AR-293
University of New Hampshire University of New Hampshire Scholars' Repository
PREP Publications Piscataqua Region Estuaries Partnership
2000 A Technical Characterization of Estuarine and Coastal New Hampshire New Hampshire Estuaries Project
Stephen H. Jones University of New Hampshire
Follow this and additional works at: http://scholars.unh.edu/prep Part of the Marine Biology Commons
Recommended Citation New Hampshire Estuaries Project and Jones, Stephen H., "A Technical Characterization of Estuarine and Coastal New Hampshire" (2000). PREP Publications. Paper 294. http://scholars.unh.edu/prep/294
This Report is brought to you for free and open access by the Piscataqua Region Estuaries Partnership at University of New Hampshire Scholars' Repository. It has been accepted for inclusion in PREP Publications by an authorized administrator of University of New Hampshire Scholars' Repository. For more information, please contact [email protected]. A Technical Characterization of Estuarine and Coastal New Hampshire
Published by the New Hampshire Estuaries Project
Edited by Dr. Stephen H. Jones Jackson estuarine Laboratory, university of New Hampshire Durham, NH 2000 TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS ...... i LIST OF TABLES ...... vi LIST OF FIGURES...... viii PREFACE ...... xii EXECUTIVE SUMMARY...... xiii
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ...... 1
1.1 Geographical and Physical Settings...... 4 1.1.1 The Great Bay Estuary ...... 4 1.1.2 Hampton Harbor Estuary...... 8 1.1.3 Beach and Dune Systems ...... 9
1.2 Biological Setting...... 10 1.2.1 Fish and Shellfish...... 10 1.2.2 Birds and Mammals...... 11 1.2.3 Primary Producers...... 12
1.3 Human Setting...... 13 1.3.1 Recreational Resources and Values...... 13 1.3.1.1 Boating ...... 14 1.3.1.2 Shellfishing...... 14 1.3.1.3 Fishing ...... 14 1.3.1.4 Passive Recreation ...... 18 1.3.2 Commercial Resources and Values ...... 19 1.3.2.1 Industry and shipping ...... 19 1.3.2.2 Fishing ...... 19 1.3.2.3 Tourism and Recreational Industries ...... 19
CHAPTER 2 PRESENT AND HISTORICAL STATUS AND TRENDS OF WATER QUALITY ...... 21
2.1 Overall Water Quality and Use Support...... 22 2.1.1 Background...... 22 2.1.2 Status and Trends of Overall Water Quality and Use Support ...... 24
2.2 Status and Trends of Microbial Pathogens and Fecal Indicators ...... 27 2.2.1 Pathogens, Bacterial Fecal Indicators, and Water Quality Standards....27 2.2.1.1 Spatial Distribution...... 28 Great Bay and Upper Little Bay with the Squamscott/Exeter and Lamprey Rivers ...... 28 Oyster and Bellamy rivers and Lower Little Bay ...... 33 Salmon Falls, Cocheco and (Upper) Piscataqua Rivers ...... 35 Portsmouth and Little Harbors and Lower Piscataqua River ...... 37 Rye Harbor and Coastline...... 38 Hampton Harbor and Tributaries...... 39 2.2.1.2 Temporal Trends ...... 40 i 2.2.2 Sources of Fecal-Borne Microorganisms...... 44 2.2.2.1 Storm-related Runoff...... 45 2.2.2.2 Wastewater Treatment Facilities and Combined Sewer Overflows...... 47 2.2.2.3 Septic Systems...... 50 2.2.2.4 Agricultural Runoff and Other Nonpoint Sources ...... 51 2.2.3. Modeling and Dye Studies for Bacterial Fate and Transport...... 52 2.2.4 Impacts of Fecal-Borne Bacteria on Shellfishing ...... 53 2.2.4.1 Historical Sanitary Assessments of Shellfish-growing Waters ...... 53 2.2.4.2 Present Conditions...... 57 2.2.5 Impacts of Microbial Contamination ...... 58 2.2.6 Fecal-Borne Viruses and Historical Studies on Indicators and Pathogens ...... 58 2.2.7 Autochthonous Microbial Pathogens ...... 60
2.3 Toxic Organic and Metal Contaminants ...... 62 2.3.1 Status and Trends for Contaminants in Water...... 62 2.3.2 Status and Trends for Contaminated Sediments...... 63 2.3.3 Sources of Toxic Contaminants...... 70 2.3.3.1 Stormwater Runoff...... 70 2.3.3.2 Superfund Sites...... 71 2.3.3.3 Documented Groundwater Pollution Sources...... 73 2.3.3.4 Oil Spills...... 77 2.3.3.5 Fertilizer and Pesticide Applications...... 78 2.3.3.6 Atmospheric Deposition...... 79 2.3.3.7 Summary ...... 79 2.3.4 Contaminant and Hydrodynamic Modelling...... 80 2.3.5 Public Health Risks and Ecological Impacts...... 81
2.4 Inorganic and Organic Nutrients ...... 87 2.4.1 Nutrient Conditions in New Hampshire’s Estuaries...... 87 2.4.2 Trends in Nutrient Concentrations...... 92 2.4.3. Relationship to Water Quality Standards...... 95 2.4.4 Pollution Sources and Nitrogen Loading Estimates...... 96 2.4.5 Documented Impacts on Water Chemistry and Natural Resources ...101 2.4.5.1 Dissolved Oxygen...... 102 2.4.5.2 Phytoplankton Blooms...... 105 2.4.5.3 Eutrophication...... 107
2.5 Suspended Sediments and Turbidity...... 109 2.5.1 Surficial Sediments Around Great Bay Estuary ...... 109 2.5.2 Shoreline Characteristics in the Great Bay Estuary ...... 109 2.5.3 Sources of Sediments ...... 110 2.5.4 Suspended Sediments...... 110 2.5.5 Sedimentation Processes on Great Bay Tidal Flats...... 113
2.6 Other Contaminants of Potential Concern ...... 114 2.6.1 Radionuclides ...... 114 2.6.2 Biotoxins ...... 114 2.6.3 Acid Rain...... 115 2.6.4 Marine Debris...... 115 2.6.5 Other Contaminants...... 116
2.7 Summary of Findings...... 117 ii CHAPTER 3 LIVING RESOURCES...... 121
3.1 Estuarine Invertebrates...... 122 3.1.1 Zooplankton...... 122 3.1.2 Benthic Invertebrates...... 123 3.1.3 Selected Invertebrate Species ...... 124 3.1.3.1 Molluscan Shellfish...... 124 Eastern Oyster (Crassostrea virginica)...... 125 Diseases of the Eastern Oyster in New Hampshire...... 128 Belon or European Flat Oyster (Ostrea edulis) ...... 130 Softshell Clam (Mya arenaria) ...... 130 Blue Mussel (Mytilus edulis)...... 137 Sea Scallops (Placopecten magellanicus)...... 138 Other Bivalve Species...... 138 3.1.3.2 Crustaceans...... 139 American Lobster (Homarus americanus) ...... 139 Crabs ...... 139 Horseshoe Crabs (Limulus polyphemus)...... 139
3.2 Estuarine Finfish...... 140 3.2.1 Selected Species...... 140 3.2.1.1 Striped Bass (Morone saxatilis)...... 140 3.2.1.2 Winter Flounder (Pleuronectes americanus) ...... 142 3.2.1.3 Rainbow Smelt (Osmerus mordax) ...... 142 3.2.1.4 River Herring (Alosa pseudoharengus and Alosa aestevalis) ...... 143 3.2.1.5 American Shad (Alosa sapidissima) ...... 143 3.2.1.6 Atlantic Silversides (Menidia menidia) ...... 144 3.2.1.7 Atlantic Salmon (Salmo salar)...... 144 3.2.2 Fish Kills...... 146
3.3 Marine Plant Habitats: Salt Marshes, Macroalgal Beds, and Eelgrass Meadows ...... 147 3.3.1 Status and Trends of Saltmarsh...... 147 3.3.1.1 Distribution, Standing Crop and Productivity...... 147 3.3.1.2 Habitat Impacts and Losses ...... 148 Dredging Impacts and Harvesting Effects...... 148 Impacts from Docks, Piers and Shoreline Development ...... 150 Impacts from Tidal Restrictions ...... 150 3.3.1.3 Habitat Change Analysis and Modeling ...... 151 3.3.2 Status and Trends of Macroalgae...... 152 3.3.2.1 Distribution, Standing Crop and Productivity ...... 152 3.3.2.2 Habitat Impacts and Losses ...... 153 3.3.2.3 Habitat Change Analysis and Modeling ...... 155 3.3.3 Status and Trends of Eelgrass Beds ...... 155 3.3.3.1 Distribution, Standing Crop and Productivity ...... 155 3.3.3.2 Habitat Impacts and Losses ...... 156 Dredging Impacts on Benthic Habitats and Sediments ...... 157 Impacts from Boating, Docks and Piers...... 157 Impacts from Shoreline Development and Harvesting ...... 157 3.3.3.3 Habitat Change Analysis and Modeling ...... 158
3.4 Wildlife ...... 161 3.4.1 Marine Mammals ...... 161 3.4.2 Waterfowl and Shorebirds ...... 161 3.4.3 Non-Game Species...... 162 3.4.4 Rare and Endangered Species...... 163 iii 3.5 Introduced and Nuisance Species ...... 164 3.5.1 Green Crabs (Carcinus maenas): Introduced and Nuisance...... 164 3.5.2 European Oyster (Ostrea edulis): Introduced...... 164 3.5.3 Common Periwinkle (Littorina littorea): Introduced...... 164 3.5.4 Oyster Drill (Urosalpinx cinerea): Nuisance ...... 164 3.5.5 Sea Lettuce (Ulva latuca): Nuisance ...... 165 3.5.6 Other Introduced and Nuisance Plant Species ...... 165
3.6 Summary of Findings ...... 166
CHAPTER 4 HUMAN USES AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ...... 169
4.1 Population Trends, Employment and Income ...... 170 4.1.1 Population and Density Trends and Projections ...... 170 4.1.2 Employment and Income ...... 171
4.2 Land Use and Development Issues ...... 172 4.2.1 Urban and Rural Development ...... 172 4.2.2 Estuarine Shoreland...... 174 4.2.3 Habitat Loss and Fragmentation ...... 174
4.3 Estuarine and Marine Uses and Issues ...... 175 4.3.1 Commercial Uses ...... 175 4.3.1.1 Shipping and Commercial Vessel Traffic ...... 175 4.3.1.2 Dredge and Disposal...... 176 4.3.1.3 Commercial Fisheries and Aquaculture...... 177 Lobsters ...... 177 Other Commercial Fisheries ...... 182 Aquaculture ...... 184 4.3.1.4 Marine Products...... 185 4.3.1.5 Marine Plant Harvesting...... 185 4.3.2 Recreational Uses...... 185 4.3.2.1 Tourism Economics...... 185 4.3.2.2 Boating and Related Activities ...... 186 4.3.2.3 Recreational Fishing...... 187 4.3.2.4 Shellfish Resource Management and Recreational Harvesting...189 Effects of Classification on Shellfish Resource Productivity ....189 Harvesting Effects on Other Wildlife...... 190 Siltation and Harvesting Effects ...... 191 Management Strategies for Recreational Beds and Flats...... 192 Illegal Harvesting ...... 192 Post-harvest Processing...... 192
4.4 Managing Human Uses ...... 193 4.4.1 Base Program Analysis ...... 193 4.4.2 Land Protection ...... 193 4.4.3 Habitat Restoration and Mitigation ...... 194 4.4.3.1 Anadromous Fish Restoration...... 194 4.4.3.2 Shellfish Restoration ...... 194 4.4.3.3 Saltmarsh Restoration ...... 197 4.4.3.4 Eelgrass Restoration...... 198 4.3.5 Port of New Hampshire Mitigation ...... 198
4.5 Summary of Findings ...... 200 iv CHAPTER 5 SUMMARY OF FINDINGS...... 201
CHAPTER 6 BIBLIOGRAPHY ...... 209
APPENDICES Appendix A Population and Population Density of Rockingham and Strafford County Towns ...... 239 Appendix B Drainage Area and Discharge of Tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary...... 241 Appendix C Land Cover and Land Use Classification and Areas for the Great Bay and Hampton Harbor Estuary Watersheds...... 243 Appendix D Abundance and Value of New Hampshire Shellfish Resources ...... 245 Appendix E Finfish and Intertidal and Subtidal Infaunal Invertebrate Species in the Great Bay Estuary ...... 247 Appendix F Status and Trends for Overall Quality and Use Support for Water Quality in New Hampshire’s Coastal Surface Waters: 1988-1996...... 249 Appendix G Fecal Coliform Data for Great Bay, Little Harbor, Rye Harbor and Hampton Harbor: 1985-1996 ...... 251 Appendix H Tissue Concentrations of Toxic Contaminants in Bivalve Shellfish, Lobsters, Winter Flounder and Marine Plants...... 255 Appendix I Zooplankton Species in the Great Bay Estuary...... 265 Appendix J Species of Seaweeds and Plants Occurring in New Hampshire Salt Marshes...... 267 Appendix K Threatened and Endangered Animal and Plant Species in Great Bay...... 273
v EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
his technical characterization report all coastal waters, especially during and Tprovides a comprehensive compila- following runoff events. This contamina- tion of information on key issues related tion occurs at concentrations that com- to water quality and natural resources in monly require limiting uses of surface the estuaries of New Hampshire. The waters to protect humans from report has identified some significant pathogens. issues and problems facing these estuar- The issue of bacterial contamination is ies that will require management atten- presently being addressed by determin- tion. Issues common to estuaries across ing sources of contaminants associated the nation have been addressed to vary- with stormwater runoff. Good documen- ing extents, depending on their signifi- tation of the presence of elevated bacte- cance in New Hampshire. Much of the rial contaminants in stormwater runoff trend information is biased by the spo- and their impact on water quality in sur- radic interest given to the different face waters exist. The actual sources of resources and water quality issues these bacteria are not known in all areas. through the years. Studies have focused Existing evidence suggests that runoff to differing extents on the various areas from impervious areas, sewage cross- of the coast, providing more information contamination in urban stormwater sys- and better documentation where greater tems, WWTFs, ineffective septic systems scrutiny was given. Problems have been and possibly waterfowl are the prime identified in relation to accepted stan- suspected sources for runoff-associated dards where possible to provide the contamination. basis for developing a clearer vision for A major problem caused by bacterial the future of New Hampshire’s coastal contamination is the closure of shellfish resources and water quality. beds. Approximately 63% of estuarine Bacterial contamination of estuarine waters in New Hampshire are closed to waters in New Hampshire is widespread. shellfishing. Recreational shellfishing is a There are no grossly contaminated areas, popular activity in the state, and the clo- but every estuarine surface water body is sures represent not only limitations of subject to bacterial contamination for activities that have long been treasured some time or during some event each but also serve as the early warning sys- year. The overall issue is that the bacter- tem that other problems may also be ial contaminants measured are indicators present in the estuaries. Efforts to open of fecal contamination, and, as such, shellfish-growing waters are recognized indicators of the potential presence of to be simultaneously beneficial to other pathogenic microorganisms that can living resources and ecosystem func- cause disease in humans that consume tions, and continued efforts to open contaminated shellfish or that are shellfish beds by improving water quali- exposed through contact with water. The ty should benefit the whole estuarine concentrations of the indicator bacteria ecosystem. are generally quite low in many areas The public health significance of the and most uses are supported. There has elevated concentrations of bacterial indi- been a clear decreasing trend in bacteri- cators is not well understood. It has been al concentrations over the past ten years documented in many studies in New in most areas of coastal New Hampshire, Hampshire and throughout the world largely as a result of upgrades in waste- that the bacterial indicators used by state water treatment facilities (WWTFs). How- agencies have significant limitations. Dif- ever, sources of contaminants persist for ficulties in finding actual sources of bac- xv terial contamination may be related to relative to published FDA “Action Lev- some of these implicit limitations of the els”, while other metals have not exceed- indicators used to assess water quality. ed these levels. On a regional scale, The implications and repercussions of metals in mussels from sites in New detecting indicator bacteria should be Hampshire are elevated along with mus- supported with verification of the pres- sels from Massachusetts Bay and are ence or absence of actual pathogens. A sometimes the highest in the region. Met- potential, emerging problem is the pres- als of concern include chromium, lead, ence of nonfecal-borne bacterial mercury, cadmium, nickel and zinc. pathogens. These include Vibrio sp. and Organic contaminants in mussels have Aeromonas sp. that have received recent generally been well below action limits. attention by researchers at UNH. Natural- However, mercury, PCB and DDT con- ly occurring bacterial pathogens cannot centrations in finfish and lobsters from be controlled by traditional elimination sites in the Great Bay Estuary and the of human pollution sources and thus nearby coast are of concern to both pose a different, more insidious public humans and wildlife. Other studies have health problem. indicated a few instances of relatively Trace metal and toxic organic contam- minor toxicity effects on marine and ination is also ubiquitous throughout estuarine biota. Much of the toxic con- New Hampshire’s coast. There is ample taminants present in New Hampshire’s information to provide an assessment of estuaries is probably the result of historic the spatial distribution and identification sources, such as tanneries, landfills and of trouble spots relative to regional back- petroleum processing facilities. This his- ground levels of these contaminants in torical contamination is largely stored in sediments and biota. Sites with elevated the fine-grained sediments dispersed concentrations of contaminants include throughout the estuaries. Identified the sediment depositional areas around sources that continue to load contami- the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard on nants to the estuaries include stormwater Seavey Island in particular, with other runoff from impervious surfaces, low hot spots for specific contaminants at concentration in some monitored point various sites throughout the coast. The source discharges, pesticide application most common contaminants present at for mosquito control and agricultural elevated concentrations are chromium, purposes, atmospheric deposition of lead, mercury, copper, zinc and PCBs. mercury and episodic oil spill events. Contaminants like DDT (and metabo- Other suspected sources include munici- lites) and PAHs are present at concentra- pal discharges, defense facilities and tions well above background levels, but Superfund sites, stormwater runoff and not at levels that are of concern to contaminated groundwater. The less well humans and other biota, and are well characterized sources warrant further within expectations based on regional investigation to determine if already ele- distributions of these compounds. The vated levels of some toxic contaminants large amount of information on tissue are increasing as a result of ongoing concentrations of toxic compounds in sources. shellfish serves as a useful database for Nutrient loading occurs in all New assessing potential health risks for Hampshire estuaries and their tributaries. seafood consumption by humans. The Present and historical databases suggest most acute documented concern is the that nutrient concentrations within the relatively high concentrations of PCBs in main area of Great Bay have not lobster tissue and tomalley. There are changed significantly over the past twen- consumption advisories for tomalley ty years, and in fact, seasonal trends from lobsters in the Great Bay Estuary appear to have been maintained in a and for bluefish throughout the coast. consistent fashion. No significant sys- Concentrations of lead in mussels from temic eutrophication effects have been around Seavey Island have been high observed, with only isolated incidences xvi 1.1
GEOGRAPHICAL he State of New Hampshire has two rized the research and management AND PHYSICAL Timportant estuaries along its approxi- efforts in the Great Bay Estuary as of SETTINGS mately 220 miles of tidal shoreline. The 1991 and provides references for Great Bay Estuary, the largest in New detailed information. An extensive body Hampshire, is a drowned river valley that of work on the Hampton Harbor Estuary is similar to some of the estuaries found was compiled as part of the Environ- along the Maine coast. The Hampton/ mental Impact Statement for the con- Seabrook Estuary is a bar-built estuary struction and operation of the Seabrook situated behind barrier beaches and sur- nuclear power plant. Monitoring efforts rounded by expansive areas of salt- continue today both in the estuary and marsh. Though quite different in size, offshore at the cooling intake and outfall topography of the watershed, geomor- sites. The Hampton Harbor Sanitary Sur- phology, hydrodynamics, and ecology, vey (NHDHHS, 1994), a result of the the Great Bay and Hampton Harbor estu- 1993 CORD Shellfish Taskforce’s efforts, aries can have similar geographically- describes water circulation, bacterial related problems. It is for this reason that contamination and the effect of storms these areas are collectively the main foci and tidal conditions in the estuary. of the New Hampshire Estuaries Project. 1.1.1 THE GREAT BAY ESTUARY Both estuaries have been studied by several organizations that include the The Great Bay Estuary is a tidally domi- University of New Hampshire, Jackson nated, complex embayment on the Estuarine Laboratory (JEL), N.H. Fish southern New Hampshire-Maine border and Game Department (NHF&G), NH (Figure 1.2). The estuarine tidal waters Department of Environmental Services cover approximately 17 square miles (NHDES), N.H. Office of State Planning (10,900 acres), with a 144-mile shoreline (NHOSP), New Hampshire Department of steep wooded banks with rock out- of Health and Human Services (NHD- croppings, cobble and shale beaches, HHS), Normandeau Associates, Inc. and and fringing saltmarsh. The estuary the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Sub- extends inland from the mouth of the stantial historic databases are available Piscataqua River between Kittery, Maine, on the physical and chemical properties and New Castle, New Hampshire of these estuaries, including sedimentol- through Little Bay to Great Bay proper, a ogy, hydrography and nutrient concen- distance of 25 km or 15 miles (Brown trations. There are also extensive in- and Arellano 1979). The junction of Little ventories of seaweed species, estuarine Bay and the Piscataqua River occurs at fish and invertebrates as well as standing Dover Point. Little Bay turns sharply at crop and distributional data for seagrass- Cedar and Fox Points near the mouth of es and marsh plants. There are numer- the Oyster River and ends at Furber Strait ous data layers for the area digitized on near Adams Point. Great Bay begins the state Geographic Information System immediately inland or “upstream” of (GIS), including hydrography, land Furber Strait. With the exception of the cover, land use, point sources of pollu- eastern shore of the Piscataqua and tion, potential nonpoint threats, bathym- Salmon Falls rivers which are bordered etry, wetlands and intertidal macroalgae, by southern York County, Maine, the and several others. Monitoring data as estuary is entirely in Strafford and Rock- well as other research efforts in Great ingham Counties of New Hampshire. Bay have been reviewed in a document New Hampshire municipalities on the entitled “The Ecology of the Great Bay shores of the estuary include Ports- Estuary, New Hampshire and Maine: An mouth, Newington, Dover, Rollinsford, Estuarine Profile and Bibliography” Madbury, Durham, Newmarket, New- (Short, 1992). This document summa- fields, Exeter, Stratham and Greenland.
4 FIGURE 1.2
The Great Bay and Hampton/Seabrook 1 .5 0 1 Harbor estuaries Miles 1000 7000 and surrounding Feet municipality 1.5 01 Kilometers boundaries
5 S. MIRICK
Great Bay The largest cities in the watershed Freshwater input typically represents include Rochester, Dover, Portsmouth, only 2 percent or less of the tidal prism and Exeter and have estimated popula- volume (Reichard and Celikkol, 1978; tions of 28,726, 26,200, 22,830, and Brown and Arellano, 1979), but the per- 13,258, respectively (NHOSP, 1997). Data centage varies seasonally. Estimates of on current and projected population and flow for all rivers (Appendix B) suggest population density for all towns in Straf- that the average combined freshwater ford and Rockingham Counties are pre- inflow is greater than 1000 cubic feet per sented in Appendix A. second. Approximately 50 percent of the Two-thirds of the 930 square mile Pis- average annual precipitation (42 inches) cataqua River drainage basin is located in the Great Bay Estuary drainage basin within New Hampshire, with the remain- enters the estuary as stream flow der in southern Maine (Reichard and (NHWSPCC, 1975). Celikkol, 1978). Tidal waters from the Tidal height ranges from 2.7 m at the Atlantic Ocean enter the estuarine system mouth of the estuary to 2.0 m at Dover at Portsmouth Harbor, flooding the three Point, increasing slightly to 2.1 m at the major portions of the Estuary; the Pis- mouth of the Squamscott River. The cataqua River, Little Bay and Great Bay. phase of the tide lags significantly mov- The estuary derives its freshwater inflow ing up the Great Bay Estuary from the from seven major rivers, four of which ocean and the slack tides can be as much are gauged by the U.S. Geological Survey as 2.5 hours later in the Squamscott River (USGS) (the Lamprey, Oyster, Cocheco, than at the mouth of the estuary. Strong and Salmon Falls rivers). The Lamprey, tidal currents and mixing limit vertical Squamscott and Winnicut rivers flow stratification during most of the year directly into Great Bay. The Salmon Falls, throughout the estuary. Partial stratifica- Cocheco, Bellamy, and Oyster rivers tion may occur during periods of intense flow into the estuary between Furber freshwater runoff, particularly at the Strait and the open coast. River flow upper tidal reaches of rivers entering the varies seasonally, with the greatest vol- estuary. The large tidal range during umes occurring as a result of spring spring tides results in exposure of exten- runoff. However, the tidal component in sive mudflats along the fringing areas of the estuary dominates over freshwater the Piscataqua River, Little Bay and the influence throughout most of the year. tributaries as well as large expanses of 6 exposed tidal flats in the central part of and 1990 LANDSAT Thematic Mapper Great Bay. High summer temperatures in imagery, has been digitized on the state these shallow flats can reach 30°C in the GIS system. Land cover shows the water- summer and -2°C during the coldest part shed is primarily forested, with smaller of winter when much of Great Bay can percentages of other land cover cate- freeze over. Ice scour in winter and early gories Table 1.1, Appendix C). Most of spring can play a major role in both sed- the urban land is concentrated in the iment transport and disturbances to sub- municipalities of Rochester, Dover, merged aquatic vegetation and benthic Portsmouth, and Exeter. fauna. Land use information for the water- The observed flushing time for water shed, developed in the 1980s and early entering the head of the estuary is 36 1990s by Rockingham and Strafford tidal cycles (18 days) during high river Regional Planning Commissions, has also flow (Brown and Arellano, 1979). Tides been mapped and digitized on the state cause considerable fluctuations of water GIS system (Appendix C). Land use sur- clarity, temperature, salinity and current rounding the Great Bay Estuary ranges speeds, and have a major impact on bot- from urban/industrial near the mouth of tom substrata. Shallow areas of the estu- the Piscataqua River and in the cities and ary are also greatly affected by towns located at the head of tide of each wind-wave conditions which can influ- of the tributaries, to rural, residential and ence grain size distributions and sedi- undeveloped private and public lands. ment transport throughout the estuary. The Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, a major Waves resuspend sediments, increasing military base, is located on Seavey Island turbidity levels well above levels attrib- in Portsmouth Harbor, and the former uted to tidal currents alone (Anderson, Pease Air Force Base in Newington and 1972). A horizontal gradient of decreas- Portsmouth is currently under commer- ing salinity exists from the mouth of the cial development as the Pease Interna- harbor to the tidal reaches of the tribu- tional Tradeport. A portion of the estuary taries and the upper portions of Great is part of the National Oceanic and Bay. The range of this gradient (0-30 ppt) Atmospheric Administration’s (NOAA) depends on tidal cycle, season and rain- National Estuarine Research Reserve Pro- fall conditions. gram and is managed by NH Fish and The Great Bay Estuary has a variety of Game Department. Just over 1,000 acres different habitats including approximate- of the former Pease Air Force Base are ly 1,000 acres of saltmarsh, 52 acres of now the Great Bay National Wildlife major oyster beds, 2,575 acres of scat- Refuge, managed by the U.S. Fish and tered clam flats, 5,000 acres of subtidal Wildlife Service. Land and shoreline eelgrass, extensive intertidal and subtidal ownership around the Great Bay Estuary macroalgal cover, mudflats and rocky and throughout its tidal waters is pre- outcroppings and islands. The subtidal dominantly private, with some lands pro- substrate in the lower estuary is primari- tected or in government ownership ly rock and cobble, with sand and mud- (Short and Webster, 1992). For lands sand mixture in the intertidal and within 300 feet of the tidal waters of the nearshore subtidal areas. Some hard sub- Great Bay Estuary system, 38% is devel- strate can be found in channel areas of oped, 18% is permanently protected, 7% the upper estuary and tidal rivers, but the is undevelopable and 37% is developable dominant substrata are sandy mud and (Rubin and Merriam, 1998). Acquisition silt. Because of this habitat diversity, of lands for conservation easements is an Great Bay Estuary supports a wide vari- ongoing process, with both government ety of flora and fauna described in more (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, N.H. Fish detail in Chapter 3: Living Resources. and Game Department, Great Bay Land cover for the watershed of the National Estuarine Research Reserve) Great Bay Estuary, mapped using 1988 and private programs operating.
7 MORRISON
The Hampton/ 1.1.2 HAMPTON/SEABROOK ESTUARY River to the south. Numerous small tidal Seabrook Estuary creeks from the surrounding wetlands The Hampton/Seabrook Estuary is a tidal- also drain into the estuary. River flows ly dominated, shallow, bar-built estuary vary seasonally with the highest flows located at the extreme southeast corner occurring in spring due to snowmelt and of New Hampshire (Figure 1.2). It is precipitation. Average annual precipita- located entirely in Rockingham County tion is approximately 42 inches. Total and is bordered by the towns of Hamp- mean freshwater discharge has been esti- ton, Hampton Falls and Seabrook. The mated to be 4.08 cubic ft/sec (NHDHHS, Estuary is roughly rectangular in shape, 1994a) and is minimal when compared has approximately 72 miles of tidal to the average tidal flow of 22,000 cubic shoreline and has a total area at high tide ft/sec. Water depth is relatively shallow, of approximately 475 acres. The topogra- ranging at mean low tide from less than phy of the 47 square mile watershed is one meter in the tidal creeks and rivers relatively flat with approximately 17 per- to over six meters at the harbor entrance. cent (5,000 acres) of saltmarsh. Eighty Most of the harbor channels have a low percent of the watershed is in New tide depth of one to three meters. Hampshire, with the remainder in Mass- During periods of light winds, the achusetts. There is one harbor entrance tidal flows dominate water circulation. through which all tidal waters enter and Circulation can change considerably, exit. Tides are semi-diurnal with a mean however, in response to high wind and tidal range of 2.5 meters and spring tidal storms. Strong westerly and northwester- range of 2.9 meters. During average ly winds alter tidal flows by forcing sur- wind conditions approximately 88 per- face waters out of the mouth of the cent of the water in the estuary is estuary, while during northeast storms, exchanged on each tide (PSNH, 1973). surface waters are pushed landward, The typical substratum is more coarse- impeding the seaward flow of ebb tide grained than that found in the Great Bay water (NAI, 1977). The estuary is gener- Estuary, and more typical of a barrier sys- ally well mixed with little vertical stratifi- tem. The estuary receives freshwater cation, though some stratification does input from the Taylor River and Hamp- occur, particularly in the tidal rivers and ton Falls River (which converge to form creeks during high flow periods (NHD- the completely tidal Hampton River) to HHS, 1994a). the north; the Browns River and Mill Perhaps the most striking feature of Creek to the west; and the Blackwater the Hampton/Seabrook Estuary is the 8 large expanse (5,000 acres) of contigu- marily because of the large expanse of ous salt marsh that surrounds the estuary. salt marsh around the estuary. The estuary is also the most popular Commercial development consists location in coastal New Hampshire for mostly of shops, hotels, and restaurants recreational harvesting of softshell clams. that support the tourist industry. The Mussels, lobsters, and a variety of finfish populations of both Hampton and are also present. Sandy beaches both Seabrook double in the summer to within and adjacent to the estuary are a approximately 23,000. Total daily beach major tourist attraction. Some of the last population, which includes daily visitors, remaining sand dunes in coastal New vacationers at the hotels and motels Hampshire are located in the area. The (~30,000) and permanent and summer Seabrook dunes, damaged by a series of residents, can be as high as 100,000. coastal storms, were recently restored Industrial activity in the watershed with sand and American beach grass. includes plastics, shoe and furniture Land cover for the Hampton/ manufacturing and metal fabrication. Seabrook Estuary Watershed, mapped Most of these industries are small with using 1988 and 1990 LANDSAT Thematic the largest employing 1,000 people and Mapper imagery, has been digitized on total industrial employment at approxi- the state GIS system (Table 1.1). Land mately 3,000. Seabrook nuclear power cover shows the watershed is primarily station, located on the western shore of forested, but not to the extent (on a per- the estuary, is a prominent feature. centage basis) of the Great Bay Estuary 1.1.3 BEACH AND DUNE SYSTEMS Watershed. A large amount of urban land is concentrated near the estuary in the The New Hampshire coast between the Town of Hampton (estimated 1996 pop- Great Bay and Hampton/Seabrook estu- ulation of 13,003). aries has significant areas of beaches and Land use information for the water- dunes. The beaches are heavily used in shed, developed in the 1980s and early the summertime for bathing and surfing, 1990s by Rockingham Planning Commis- and have experienced severe erosion sions, has also been digitized on the state during several recent storm events. The GIS system (Appendix C). The Hampton beaches and the rocky intertidal areas Harbor area is the major summer resort have been maintained to protect private area along the New Hampshire coast. and public properties and to provide Development bordering the estuary is conditions at the beaches that allow the primarily residential and concentrated in economically-important tourist trade to the beach areas on the eastern shore. Of remain viable. The historical extent of the lands within 300 feet of the tidal the dune areas has been drastically waters of the Hampton/Seabrook Estu- reduced by human development. Some ary, 14% ar edeveloped, 10% are perma- of the remaining dunes, including those nentlyt protected, 4% are developable in Seabrook, have undergone some and 71% are deemed undevelopable, pri- restoration.
Watershed land cover for the New Hampshire portions of the Great Bay and TABLE 1.1 Hampton/Seabrook Harbor estuaries.
GREAT BAY ESTUARY HAMPTON/SEABROOK ESTUARY CATEGORY Acres % of Total Acres % of Total Forested 296,070 66 10,094 40 Wetland 44,703 10 5,392 21 Urban 43,944 10 5,800 23 Agriculture 28,418 6 2,039 8 Disturbed 8,494 2 380 2 Cleared 9,240 2 400 2 Water 17,211 4 1,030 4
9 1.2
BIOLOGICAL ew Hampshire’s estuaries are com- and maintained to allow anadromous SETTING Nposed of a variety of habitats. They species access to freshwater spawning serve as nursery areas for commercially areas. The estuaries also serve as nursery important fish and shellfish species and areas for commercially important species sustain runs of numerous anadromous such as lobsters, winter flounders, cod, species. The primary producers include a pollack, eels and hake. Both juvenile and diverse community from benthic diatoms adult striped bass can be found in to salt marshes and from microscopic increasing numbers between May and phytoplankton to seaweeds and eelgrass. October as they forage on the abun- Along with the estuarine aquatic habitats, dance of baitfish such as silversides and the surrounding terrestrial and wetlands smelt. The remarkable recovery of the areas support a variety of birds and east coast stocks of striped bass has been mammals. in part due to the availability of summer feeding areas such as Great Bay and 1.2.1 FISH AND SHELLFISH Hampton Harbor. Berrys Brook in Rye, a Because of the diversity of habitats, New tributary to the lower Piscataqua River, Hampshire’s estuaries support an impres- has a rare population of sea run brown sive array of living resources. The estuar- trout. Shellfish are also abundant. There ies sustain runs of anadromous sturgeon, are 52 acres of oyster beds, over 2500 shad, alewives, lampreys, smelt and acres of scattered clam flats and signifi- salmon that spawn in the freshwater por- cant areas with blue mussel beds, razor tions of the rivers and streams. Freshwa- clams and scallops in Great Bay Estuary ter areas of the rivers and streams in and its tributaries (Appendix D). Hamp- Hampton Harbor are directly accessible ton Harbor supports abundant popula- by anadromous fish, and in all the major tions of softshell clams (approximately rivers in the Great Bays Estuary, which 2000 bushels) and blue mussels. An were dammed in the 1800s for inventory of invertebrates and fish hydropower, fish ladders have been built species is listed in Appendix E.
10 S. MIRICK
1.2.2 BIRDS AND MAMMALS October. Other wading species include Snowy Egret snowy egrets, green herons, black- A diverse bird population occurs within crowned night herons, glossy ibis, the estuaries of coastal New Hampshire, greater and lesser yellowlegs, and least with as many as 110 species (excluding sandpipers. Upland sandpipers are a upland birds) observed using the estuar- rare species, though there is a nesting ies. Coastal New Hampshire is part of the population adjacent to the runway at Atlantic flyway and is an important the Pease International Tradeport. Com- migratory stopover as well as wintering mon terrestrial species include the area for waterfowl. Seabirds, wading American crow, belted kingfisher, ruffed birds, shore birds, estuarine birds of grouse, and wild turkey. prey, waterfowl and diving birds are Several endangered and threatened found throughout the estuarine areas. bird species, including bald eagles, Seabirds (i.e. cormorants and gulls) common terns, upland sand pipers, are year-round residents of Great Bay. marsh hawks, ospreys and common Herring gulls and great black-backed loons utilize part of Great Bay Estuary’s gulls are common within the estuary. diverse habitat at various times of the The common tern (threatened in N.H.) year. The estuary supports the largest nests in several areas of Great Bay and winter population of bald eagles in New Hampton Harbor. Double-crested cor- Hampshire. During recent winters up to morants are present from April to fifteen eagles have occupied this win- November. Waterfowl, including black tering area simultaneously during early ducks and Canada geese, occur in fall December through March. Ospreys, and winter. Goldeneyes, scoters, scaups, common loons and pied-billed grebes buffleheads, mergansers and grebes are forage in the bay during migration; one also seasonal visitors in Great Bay Estu- osprey pair nested on the Bay in 1990, ary. A year-round population of mute and more have nested since. swans, now totaling more than 60 birds, Mammals common to the Great Bay nests along the shores of Great Bay and Hampton/Seabrook estuaries include Estuary and spends the winter in the otters, minks, and beaver. Muskrats nest open waters of the bay. The great blue and overwinter in many areas of the bays heron is the most prominent wading and rivers, and harbor seals are frequent- bird, occurring primarily from April to ly observed in fall, winter and spring. 11 ety of seaweed species occur within Great Bay that are absent on the open Atlantic coast north of Cape Cod. These species, which have a disjunct distribu- tional pattern, may represent relict popu- lations that were more widely distributed during a previous time when coastal water temperatures were warmer (Bous- field and Thomas 1975). Alternatively, they may have been introduced from the south. These seaweeds (e.g. Gracilaria tikvahiae, Bryopsis plumosa, Dasya bail-
GBNERR louviana, Chondria tenuissima, Lomen- taria clavellosa, Lomentaria orcadensis Eelgrass 1.2.3 PRIMARY PRODUCERS and Polysiphonia subtilissima) grow and reproduce during the warm summer and Primary producers in the Great Bay and are able to tolerate colder winter temper- Hampton/Seabrook estuaries include atures (Fralick and Mathieson 1975, phytoplankton, benthic diatoms, salt- Mathieson and Hehre 1986). Several of marsh plants, brown, red and green these seaweed taxa and several inverte- macroalgal species and eelgrass. Phyto- brates exhibiting this same pattern also plankton support a broad spectrum of occur in the Great Salt Bay at the head of planktonic consumers including bivalve, the Damariscotta River in Maine, an area crustacean and fish larvae, as well as the somewhat similar to Great Bay. The dis- large populations of sessile filter feeding junct distributional pattern described for invertebrates. Grazers such as snails, the seaweeds is also found for several deposit feeding worms and other inver- marine/estuarine invertebrates (Bousfield tebrates feed on the benthic diatoms that and Thomas 1975, Turgeon 1976). grow on the exposed tidal flats. There are approximately 1,000 acres Approximately 5,000 acres of eelgrass of saltmarsh in the Great Bay Estuary and (Zostera marina) occurs in the Great Bay over 5,000 acres of saltmarsh in the Estuary, though none occurs in Hampton Hampton Harbor Estuary. Though these Harbor. Eelgrass supplies the estuarine marshes are dominated by Spartina food web with organic matter, helps to alterniflora and Spartina patens, a total stabilize sediment, and provides habitat of 69 species of plants have been identi- for juvenile fish and invertebrates. Fol- fied in New Hampshire saltmarshes lowing substantial loss of eelgrass cover (Short and Mathieson, 1992). In addition in the 1980s to an eelgrass wasting dis- to the rare and endangered birds previ- ease, eelgrass beds have expanded in the ously mentioned, a number of rare and past several years and the populations endangered plants are also found within appear to be in good condition. The the Great Bay Estuary. These species importance of eelgrass beds is reflected include the prolific knotweed (Polygon- in state and federal wetland regulatory um prolificum), Eastern lilaeopsis actions that may require substantial miti- (Lilaeopsis chinensis), Turks-cap lily (Lil- gation, as was the case for the expansion ium superbum), marsh elder (Iva of the Port of Portsmouth in 1993. frutescens), stout bulrush (Scirpus robus- A total of 219 seaweed species are tus), exserted knotweed (Polygonum known from New Hampshire, including exsertum), and the large saltmarsh aster the Isles of Shoals (Mathieson and Hehre (Aster tenufolius). New Hampshire’s salt- 1986, Mathieson and Penniman 1991). Of marshes have received a great deal of this total, 169 taxa (77.2% of total) are attention from resource managers over recorded from the Great Bay Estuary, the past decade concerned about including 45 Chlorophyceae, 46 Phaeo- enhancing the functions of these impor- phyceae and 78 Rhodophyceae. A vari- tant natural communities. 12 1.3
HUMAN SETTING E. FINNERAN
he Great Bay and Hampton/ Today there are varied commercial TSeabrook estuaries are extremely activities centered on the estuarine sys- important to the local, regional, state, tems. Energy production facilities are and national economies. From the time located on the lower Piscataqua River as of first European settlement, the Great well as on the shore of Hampton Harbor. Bay Estuary was a center of commerce Shipping of lumber, mineral salt, gypsum, for natural resource based industries scrap metal, and other products occurs such as commercial fishing and logging. from the Port of New Hampshire in Virgin forests, bountiful runs of anadro- Portsmouth. The estuarine systems act as mous fish such as salmon, shad, stur- nursery areas for several species of fish geon and river herring, as well as that support local and regional fisheries in plentiful shellfish resources were the the Gulf of Maine. Although commercial basis of a rapidly expanding economy. fishing and shipping are important to the Plentiful timber and tidal water access to Gulf of Maine regional economy, tourism the towns gave rise to a large shipbuild- and recreation have become an increas- ing industry during the 1700s. Sailing ingly important part of the New Hamp- barges called gundalows carried raw shire Seacoast economy. The recreational materials and manufactured goods to industries supported by the activities the towns in the estuary. During the described below are dependent on good 19th century, shoe and textile manufac- water quality and a healthy ecosystem. turing became important and mills were 1.3.1 RECREATIONAL RESOURCES built in all towns with access to naviga- AND VALUES ble waterways. Increasing populations, lack of sewage treatment, pollution Recreational activities in the Great Bay from sawmills and other industries, as and Hampton/Seabrook estuaries are well as unwise exploitation of natural extensive and diverse, and have become resources, led to habitat degradation a significant portion of the New Hamp- and declines in important fish and shell- shire Seacoast economy. Boating, fishing, fish species. Abatement of pollution swimming, SCUBA diving, and other sources began in the 1940s and contin- water sports are important recreational ues today, and the water quality and activities. Passive forms of recreation habitat areas have made a significant such as birdwatching and sight-seeing recovery. are also common. 13 1.3.1.1 Boating oysters, valued at $300,000 are harvested annually by the 1,000 license holders Boating activities in the estuarine systems (Manalo et al., 1991). Recreational har- include sailing, fishing, water skiing, vesting of shellfish in the Great Bay Estu- wind surfing, rowing, kayaking and ary is currently limited to most of Great canoeing. Boater registration records Bay and Little Bay, with the upper Pis- from 1993 indicate a total of almost 3,500 cataqua River, and the smaller tidal rivers boats registered for tidal waters (note closed to harvesting due to bacterial pol- that the registration category is “fresh lution (Figure 1.4). The harvesting of and tidal water” thus, not all of these softshell and razor clams in Great Bay, boats are in the tidal waters all year). Just though difficult, has become intensified over 3,100 (90%) of these boats were in because of the closure of more popular the “private/rental” class, while the clamming areas such as the flats in remaining 10% were in the “charter/com- Hampton and Little Harbors. mercial” class (N.H. Dept. of Safety, The principal shellfish resource in 1994). During the 1980s, the Great Bay Hampton Harbor is the soft shell clam, Estuary experienced a dramatic increase located in five major resource areas (Fig- in boating activity as evidenced by the ure 1.5). These flats had been closed number of mooring permits issued by since 1988, but with the conditional the state. The rate of increase leveled off reopening of some of the flats in the fall following the adoption of the Harbor of 1994 and further openings in 1995 and Management Plan. 1998 (Figure 1.6), almost 3,000 clamming Most of the approximately 1,400 licenses were sold in 1994 (up from 239 moorings in N.H. tidal waters are used licenses in 1993). Prior to clam bed clo- by pleasure boaters, with the rest of the sures in 1988, the average number of mooring permits going to commercial licenses sold in the State between 1971- boats and to commercial lease holders 1987 was 6,400. The clam flats and mus- (marinas). The high demand for moor- sel beds in Rye, Little and Portsmouth ings is reflected in the length of the harbors, the lower Piscataqua River, the mooring waiting list, maintained by the Back Channel and, in 1998, the open N.H. Port Authority. There are currently coast (Figure 1.7), remain completely almost 550 people waiting for a moor- closed to recreational harvesting(Figure ing, with the length of the wait ranging 1.8). The contribution of recreational from three to 20 years, depending on shellfishing to the local and state econo- the location requested (N.H. Port my has been estimated to be $3 million Authority, 1995). per year (Manalo et al., 1992).
1.3.1.2 Shellfishing 1.3.1.3 Fishing Shellfishing is also an important recre- The Great Bay Estuary supports a diverse ational activity in the estuaries. The Great community of resident, migrant, and Bay Estuary supports a large recreational anadromous fishes, many of which are shellfishery for oysters, clams and mus- pursued by recreational fishermen. The sels. Oysters are the predominant shell- most abundant species include Atlantic fish resource utilized in Great Bay, silverside, rainbow smelt, killifish, river although Little Harbor supports more herring, Atlantic tomcod, white perch, concentrated populations of clams. Major winter and smooth flounders. Year-round oyster beds are located in Great Bay residents such as Atlantic silverside, killi- proper, as well as in the Piscataqua, Bel- fish, Atlantic tomcod, winter flounder lamy, and Oyster rivers, with scattered (juveniles), and smooth flounder are pockets of oysters also found throughout found throughout the estuary. Recre- the estuary (Figure 1.3). The estimated ational fishermen pursue striped bass, dollar value of oysters in major beds was bluefish, salmon, eels, tomcod, shad, nearly $1.6 million in 1981 and $3 million smelt, and flounder. Fishing is not limited in 1994. Approximately 5,000 bushels of to boat access, as cast or bait fishing is 14 Great Bay FIGURE 1.3 Shellfish Beds Shellfish resources in Oyster Beds Great Bay, Little Bay, Scattered Oysters and tributaries. Soft-shell Clams
FIGURE 1.4 Great Bay 1998 Shellfish waters classification for the Great Bay Estuary. Open Closed
15 FIGURE 1.5 5 Hampton/Seabrook Harbor clam flats
2
3 1
4
1 Common Island 2 Hampton/Browns River Confluence 3 Browns River Area 4 Middle Ground 5 The Willows
FIGURE 1.6
1998 Shellfish water classification for Open Hampton/Seabrook Closed Estuary
16 FIGURE 1.7
Shellfish resources in Portsmouth, Rye, and Little Harbors.
Soft-shelled Clams
FIGURE 1.8
Shellfish classification for Portsmouth, Rye, and Little Harbors and the northern open coast.
Unclassified (closed)
17 done from the shore in many places and ly by way of boating, a number of pub- from the bridges crossing the estuary. lic access areas, parks, and nature trails Several charter boat companies in the provide sweeping views of the Great Bay Great Bay Estuary take fishermen to pur- Estuary. These areas include: sue striped bass, bluefish, and pollack, ■ Adams Point in Durham while companies operating out of Hamp- ton Harbor carry fishing parties to the off- ■ Cedar Point in Durham shore waters to pursue cod, bluefish, ■ Hilton Park in Dover flounder, mackerel, and other fish. One of the major winter activities in Great and ■ GBNERR Sandy Point Discovery Little Bays is ice fishing for smelt. The Center in Stratham smelt fishery in Great Bay occurs primari- ■ Chapman’s Landing in Stratham ly in the Greenland Cove, Lamprey River, Squamscott River and Oyster River areas ■ Prescott Park in Portsmouth from early January to March. The N.H. ■ Bellamy and General Sullivan Fish and Game Department has pursued Bridges in Dover stocking and monitoring efforts on select- ed fish stocks (e.g., shad and Atlantic ■ Bellamy River Wildlife Management salmon) in order to enhance recreational Area in Dover fisheries (NHF&G 1989). Another impor- tant recreational fishing activity is the Numerous state parks exist along the trapping of lobsters. Almost 150 recre- Atlantic coastline from Rye to Hampton, ational lobstermen set traps throughout providing swimmers, sunbathers, fisher- the Great Bay and Hampton/Seabrook men, and picnickers with both sandy estuaries, with the Portsmouth Harbor beaches and rocky shorelines. Several area being a popular location. towns around the estuary maintain Studies by N.H. Fish and Game con- access and recreation facilities, including sultants identified substantial sums of Wagon Hill Farm in Durham (Oyster monies spent on marine recreational River), Fox Point in Newington (Little fishing. An estimated 88,000 saltwater Bay), Pierce Island and Prescott Parks in anglers spent over $52 million in 1990 on Portsmouth (Piscataqua River), as well as fishing-related activities (approximately access points in Dover (Cocheco River), $600 per person). The largest expendi- Newmarket (Lamprey River), and Exeter tures were for food and beverages, auto- (Squamscott River). Historic sites such as mobile fuel, charter/ party boat fees, bait Fort Constitution in New Castle, Straw- and fishing tackle, and boat fuel. A sub- berry Banke in Portsmouth, and Fort stantial amount of that total is estimated McClary and Fort Foster in Maine are to come from expenditures in Great Bay also located on the Piscataqua River. estuarine activities. Bird watching by an active seacoast chapter of the Audubon Society, as well 1.3.1.4 Passive Recreation as by other groups, is increasing in pop- There are several types of passive recre- ularity. A volunteer group now conducts ation that are common in and around the regular surveys of waterfowl, seabirds, Great Bay and Hampton/Seabrook estu- songbirds, and raptors for the Great Bay aries. One of the major attractions of National Estuarine Research Reserve. New Hampshire’s estuaries, particularly Great Bay is a favored wintering site for Great Bay, is the beautiful scenery. Sev- bald eagles, with as many as 15 individ- eral large tour boats bring groups into ual birds having been observed over the the Bay to see the fall foliage and to course of a winter. Nesting ospreys are enjoy the water views and largely also a popular attraction. The opening of unspoiled shorelines. Fishermen, sports- the Great Bay National Wildlife Refuge in men, and boating enthusiasts frequent the fall of 1995 has resulted in increased the estuary year-round. Though the sce- use of the area for bird watching and nic use of Great Bay is enjoyed primari- enjoyment of nature. 18 1.3.2 COMMERCIAL RESOURCES shellfish aquaculture business operating AND VALUES today is located in Spinney Creek on the Maine side of the Piscataqua River. How- 1.3.2.1 Industry and Shipping ever, there has been recent interest in reviving aquaculture in New Hampshire. Commercial uses of the Great Bay Estu- ary are primarily concentrated in 1.3.2.3 Tourism and Portsmouth Harbor and along the New Recreational Industries Hampshire side of the Piscataqua River. Tourism has become a major industry in The Port of New Hampshire in the New Hampshire Seacoast, and the Portsmouth Harbor, a center of deep- Seacoast Region is an important area for water cargo shipping activities including this industry in the state. Approximately fuel oils, wire cable, cement, scrap metal, 10 percent of all visitors to New Hamp- salt, gypsum, coal, propane, gasoline, shire come to the Seacoast, exceeded and other products, supports numerous only by the White Mountains and Lakes industries located along the lower Pis- Regions (Institute for New Hampshire cataqua River. Tonnage for 1992 was just Studies, 1993). The Travel and Tourism over 4,100,000 tons, with just over half of industry, which includes businesses such the total being oil shipments. Additional- as hotels/motels, marinas and related ly, the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, locat- boating stores, tour boats, retails stores, ed on Seavey Island in Portsmouth fishing charter boats, parks and other Harbor, uses the estuary to provide sub- recreational facilities, and restaurants, marine access to repair facilities and for supports just over 15 percent of the jobs shipping activities. in the Seacoast, making it the region’s 1.3.2.2 Fishing second largest industry (Table 1.2). A healthy estuarine system is critical to Commercial fishing in New Hampshire maintaining this portion of the seacoast occurs mainly offshore, and is based in economy. In a survey of summer vaca- fishing cooperatives in Portsmouth and tioners in 1993, respondents were asked Seabrook. However, eels, lampreys and what their “image” of New Hampshire baitfish such as silversides, mummichogs was. The most common responses were and river herring are harvested commer- “scenic,” “clean,” and “beautiful” (Insti- cially in the Great Bay Estuary. A sub- tute for New Hampshire Studies, 1993). stantial commercial lobster fishery exists Closed shellfish beds and other visible in the Great Bay Estuary and other signs of pollution, therefore, clearly coastal waters, with almost 300 lobster- detract from the estuaries’ value to the men harvesting nearly 881,300 pounds, tourism industry. valued at approximately $5-6 million each year. Studies conducted for the Fish and Game Department estimate over $1.8 million is expended annually by Employment in the New Hampshire TABLE 1.2 seacoast economy. Data from Institute commercial fishing interests. for New Hampshire Studies (1993). Several small charter boats take pas- sengers fishing for striped bass, blue- Industry Total Employment (%) fish, and pollack in the Great and Little bays, while charter boats based in Manufacturing 32.2 Hampton and Seabrook take passengers Travel and Tourism 15.3 Other Services 15.2 offshore to pursue cod, flounder, mack- Other Retail 12.1 erel, and others. Government 7.7 Four commercial shellfish aquaculture Transportation/Public Utilities 7.5 operators in the Great Bay Estuary were Agriculture/Mining/Construction 7.1 active in the 1970s and 1980s. The only Financial/insurance/Real Estate 2.9
19 2 PRESENT STATUS AND HISTORICAL TRENDS IN WATER QUALITY
he ability of an estuary to sup- port a variety of unique habitats, diverse assemblages of organ- ismsT and a variety of human activities is largely dependent on environmental quality. Waters that can affect estuarine water quality include groundwater, pre- cipitation, wetlands and surface waters, including estuaries, rivers, lakes, streams and ocean waters. Water quality in turn is dependent on the types and amounts of contaminants that enter estuaries as a result of human activities, and the natural processes of an estuary that transform, assimilate and transport contaminants. Both humans and natural ecosystems depend on certain levels of water quality 3 toxic contaminants (trace metals, Overflow pipe on for providing safe drinking water and as organics, oil, pesticides, etc.) whose North Mill Pond habitat for sustained food sources. There sources may be historic (chromium, are many other human uses of the estu- pesticides), potential (oil) or current ary and its surrounding environment, (metals and PAH’s from stormwater, some of which may contribute to con- industrial and municipal wastewater taminant loading. The following chapter and atmospheric deposition); is organized by contaminant category in 4 sediments of upland watershed or order to summarize information for each riparian origin that are carried into the category, to frame issues, to assess the estuaries by runoff. significance of issues and to develop the context to formulate corrective manage- These contaminants are listed in no ment strategies where necessary. Gener- particular order of priority. This section ally speaking, the primary contaminants of the report describes the current status of concern for most estuaries, including and spatial and temporal trends of these those in New Hampshire, are: contaminants in coastal New Hamp- shire, and provide information on docu- microorganisms from improperly 1 mented and suspected sources. treated sewage, urban stormwater Documented and potential impacts to runoff and other nonpoint sources; living resources are also discussed. The 2 nutrients from point sources (sewage term ‘contaminant” is used most often treatment plants) and nonpoint because the alternative term, ‘pollutant’, sources (riverine input, surface runoff, is only used when there are biological septic systems, atmospheric deposi- effects associated with the presence of tion, etc.); chemicals in the environment. 21 2.1
OVERALL 2.1.1 BACKGROUND porting all uses. The tidal waters include WATER QUALITY the open ocean (Isles of Shoals), coastal The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, shoreline and the estuaries as separate AND USE SUPPORT as reauthorized by the Water Quality Act areas. Figures 2.1 and 2.2 summarize the of 1987, requires New Hampshire to sub- trends in water quality for these waters mit a report that describes the status of from 1992 to 1996. Water bodies are clas- ground and surface waters to the US Envi- sified as either “fully supporting”, “partial- ronmental Protection Agency (USEPA) ly supporting” or “not supporting” all and Congress every two years. These uses. The definitions for these classifica- “305(b)” reports have been published tion categories are as follows: every two years since 1988. Surface waters are assessed according to overall ■ fully supporting: criteria for con- quality and use support, individual use taminants or conditions are not impairments, causes of impairments, exceeded, or are exceeded infre- trends in water quality, wetlands and quently for any measurement, and public health/aquatic life concerns. More no bans/advisories are in effect; detailed summaries of overall quality/use ■ partially supporting: criteria for support and some individual use impair- contaminant exceeded at low to ments are summarized in Appendix F for medium frequency for any meas- the 1988 through 1996 305(b) reports. urements, restricted consumption Overall water quality and use support advisory or ban in effect, or adviso- data are separated into freshwater and ry lasting only a short period; tidal waters, then by defined areas in the coastal area. The classification for use ■ not supporting: criteria exceeded support provides information on the miles at medium frequency, advisory of freshwater streams and rivers in the periods too long or too frequent, Coastal and Piscataqua River basins sup- or “no consumption” ban in effect.
FIGURE 2.1 Percent of classified coastal waters as fully supporting all uses: Freshwater (NHDES, 1996b).
Coastal Basin Piscataqua River Basin
100% 99% 95% 97% 96%
80%
1992 1994 1996
22 These classification categories are to 10,841 miles as a result of differences defined in more detail for the different in scale used to trace hydrologic features. individual use categories, including In previous years, NHDES only assessed, aquatic life use, drinking water use, or made use support decisions, on 1348 recreational use and fish consumption miles statewide. The assessed waters use, based on USEPA guidelines. The tended to be “problem” waters. In 1992 aquatic life use category criteria are and thereafter, NHDES has used any based on conditions where chlorine, available information to assess all waters, ammonia or other toxicants cause viola- and area/mileage assessed for all fresh- tions based on acute toxicity tests, or water and estuarine waters thus increased conditions relative to dissolved oxygen, from 1990 to 1992. Other changes in the pH or temperature exceed criteria limits. program resulted from passage of HB The overall program of assessing 560, amending RSA 485:A, by the legisla- water quality and use support has ture in 1991. Thereafter, all existing Class evolved since 1988. In general, less infor- C waters were reclassified and upgraded mation was available in earlier years for to Class B, with the goal of attaining assessing surface waters, and the assess- “fishable and swimmable” conditions in ment of some uses was incomplete. More all surface waters. HB 560 also included recent data, showing a high degree of adoption of different bacterial indicators support for all uses, are more complete for freshwater and tidal waters. Based on and therefore more accurate relative to a EPA recommendations, fecal indicators greater range of contaminants. Between were changed as Escherichia coli was the 1990 and the 1992 305(b) reports, the adopted for freshwater and enterococci USEPA suggested that New Hampshire was adopted for tidal recreational waters. and other states use a new database RSA 485:A was also changed to allow for (Waterbody System software; River Reach use of any indicator adopted by the File-RF3) for defining hydrologic features. National Shellfish Sanitation Program The miles for surface waters reported by (NSSP) for classification of shellfish grow- New Hampshire decreased from 14,544 ing waters.
Percent of classified coastal waters as fully supporting all uses: Tidal water (NHDES, 1996b). FIGURE 2.2
23 Hampton Beach 2.1.2 STATUS AND TRENDS OF imposed. From 1992 to 1996, the coastal OVERALL WATER QUALITY basin and open ocean waters fully sup- AND USE SUPPORT ported all uses (Figure 2.2). Estuaries have had large areas with classifications There has been a general improvement that reflect impaired use because of in water quality in the fresh and tidal sur- restrictions on shellfish harvesting due to face waters of New Hampshire since the presence of indicators of pathogens 1988 that can be attributed in large part (Figure 2.2). Recent efforts to reclassify to improvements in sewage treatment shellfish waters have resulted in facilities. In the Coastal Basin, at least improved use support in 1996. Indicators 75% of the rivers and streams have fully of pathogens also caused decreased sup- supported all uses since 1988, improving port for swimming in open ocean and to 100% support of all uses in 1996 (Fig- coastal shoreline areas from 1988-1992, ure 2.1; NHDES, 1996b). The Piscataqua while estuarine waters have had no River Basin has had as little as 45% of restrictions on swimming. rivers and streams supporting all uses Whole effluent toxicity tests decreased (NHDES, 1990). In 1996, only 11 of 1001 uses of some coastal tributaries in 1992, miles of freshwater rivers and streams in and the presence of elevated metal con- the Piscataqua River Basin were partially centrations decreased use support in or not supporting full use. tidal waters in 1994. Metals also impaired For all uses of New Hampshire’s open use of some freshwater streams in 1996. ocean and coastal shoreline areas, only Aquatic life support was impaired in the swimming restrictions were impairments Lamprey River in 1994 because of metals from 1992 to 1996. This areas has since (NHDES, 1994). Only 4.4 square miles of had shellfish harvesting closures estuarine waters supported aquatic life
24 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permitted sites in coastal New TABLE 2.1 Hampshire area for which monitoring data are available in the Permit Compliance System database.
NEW HAMPSHIRE
Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) Receiving waters NH0020966 Wallis Sands, Rye Atlantic Ocean NH0100196 Newmarket Lamprey River NH0100234 Portsmouth Piscataqua River NH0100251 Rollinsford Salmon Falls River NH0100277 Somersworth Salmon Falls River NH0100455 Durham Oyster River NH0100609 Rockingham County Complex (prison) Ice Pond Brook NH0100625 Hampton Tide Mill Creek NH0100668 Rochester Cocheco River NH0100676 Milton Salmon Falls River NH0100692 Epping Lamprey River NH0100854 Farmington Cocheco River NH0100871 Exeter Squamscott River NH0101028 Star Island Conference Center Atlantic Ocean NH0101141 Newington Piscataqua River NH0101192 Newfields Squamscott River NH0101303 Seabrook Atlantic Ocean NH0101311 Dover Piscataqua River NHG640006 Swains Lake Village Water District Swains Lake via wetland Industry NH0000469 Tillotson Healthcare Co., Rochester Salmon Falls River NH0001091 KJ Quinn & Co., Inc., Seabrook Cains Brook NH0001490 Simplex Piscataqua River NH0001503 Bailey Corp. Hunts Island Creek NH0020923 Little Bay Lobster Piscataqua River NH0022306 Morton International, Seabrook Cains Brook NH0022055 EnviroSystems-Hampton Taylor River NH0022985 Aquatic Research Organisms Taylor River NH0090000 Pease Piscataqua River NHG250317 GE Somersworth Salmon Falls River Power Plant NH0001601 PSNH Newington Station Piscataqua River NH0001473 PSNH Schiller Station Piscataqua River NH0020338 Seabrook Station Atlantic Ocean Water Treatment Plant NH0000884 Portsmouth (Madbury) Johnson Creek NH0001031 UNH Oyster River NHG640007 Newmarket Lamprey/Piscassic rivers
MAINE
Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) Receiving waters ME0101397 Berwick Sewage District Salmon Falls River ME0100285 Kittery Piscataqua River ME0100820 South Berwick Sewer District Salmon Falls River Industry ME0000868 Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, Dry docks Piscataqua River ME0022861 Pratt & Whitney Great Works River ME0022985 Watts Fluidair, Corp., Kittery Wilson Creek
25 use in 1996, the other areas only partial- Hampshire waters, and three WWTFs ly supported aquatic life because of ele- and three industry permittees in Maine vated levels of PCBs in lobster tomalley that discharge into the waters of the (NHDES, 1996b). Overall, none of the Great Bay Estuary. estuarine water supported full use The NPDES program is a source for because of either PCBs or pathogens. a limited range of general contaminant Recreational uses and fish consumption data in point source effluent. Monitored were fully supported in all estuarine permit data are available from the Per- waters. The health advisory for lobster mit Compliance System database which tomalley is probably the result of histor- is maintained by the USEPA. The ical PCB contamination, and the re-clas- NHDES and the USEPA both get reports sification is based on studies conducted from permittees and act on violations, in the late 1980s and early 1990s (Isaza should they occur. A review of data for et al., 1989; Schwalbe and Juchatz, 1996 at all permitted sites in Table 2.1 1991). showed violations of bacterial indicator Septic systems, land disposal of solid limits were frequent at some sites and wastes, stormwater runoff, CSOs and were always met at other sites. Only point sources have been the most com- rare violations of limits for discharges of mon suspected sources cited in 305(b) metals occurred. Various toxicity assays reports for non-support, although the are used on effluent at most facilities estuarine sources of the PCBs responsi- other than some power plants. Some ble for the lobster consumption advisory facilities had no violations while others are unknown. The presence of had occasional violations of toxicity lim- pathogens, indicated by the presence of its. Two WWTFs in New Hampshire had elevated concentrations of fecal indicator problems with meeting ammonia dis- bacteria, has been the most common charge limits. pollutant. Other problem pollutants and In general, the water quality in conditions have been in-stream toxicity, coastal New Hampshire has improved. low dissolved oxygen, ammonia and The major factor has been improved metals. The trends presented in the two sewage treatment facilities capabilities figures reflect to a great extent the evolv- for eliminating microbial contaminants ing program of assessment. from their discharges. However, both The State of New Hampshire regu- monitoring activities and the contami- lates point sources primarily through the nants measured have increased during National Pollutant Discharge Elimination the last ten years, resulting in identifica- System (NPDES). Dischargers are tion of previously undocumented causes required to obtain discharge permits for use limitations. These changes have and the discharge has to meet set limits. occurred while loading characteristics, The permitted dischargers in New discharge permit requirements and con- Hampshire and Maine are listed in Table taminant issues have changed to reflect 2.1. Sites are categorized as wastewater evolving concerns. There is a continuing treatment facilities (WWTFs), industries need to identify and reduce or eliminate or power plants. There are 19 WWTFs, sources of pollutants that are presently ten industries and three power plants responsible for limitations on uses of the permitted dischargers in coastal New state’s estuarine and coastal waters.
26 2.2
umans are susceptible to diseases contamination to assess the sanitary STATUS Hcaused by waterborne microorgan- quality of water. The number of potential AND TRENDS isms. Some viruses, bacteria and proto- fecal-borne pathogens, both bacterial OF MICROBIAL zoa are human pathogens, and their and viral, are too numerous and difficult PATHOGENS AND presence in surface waters and shellfish to measure on a routine basis. New FECAL INDICATORS is a public health threat. Some patho- Hampshire presently uses fecal coliforms genic microorganisms are present natu- for shellfish growing waters, as recom- rally in estuaries and coastal waters. The mended by the National Shellfish Sanita- ecology of many of these indigenous tion Program (NSSP, 1995). For microorganisms is not well understood, recreational uses of marine and estuarine and their presence would be difficult to waters, enterococci are used, and manage. However, most waterborne Escherichia coli is used for freshwater pathogens of concern in northern New recreational uses, both as recommended England are of fecal origin and thus are by the U.S. EPA. The bacterial indicator not natural inhabitants in estuarine standards for classifying surface waters in waters. These microbes are introduced New Hampshire are summarized in into coastal waters largely as a result of Table 2.2. These indicator bacteria have human activities, and can thus theoreti- been chosen as the best indices of fecal cally be controlled. Known anthro- contamination for the different purposes pogenic sources include inadequately based on numerous studies. In many treated wastewater discharges, septic studies conducted by UNH/JEL, Clostrid- systems, boat discharges, urban and ium perfringens is also included as an agricultural runoff and sanitary landfills, indicator of long-term fecal contamina- although significant contamination can tion and contamination associated with also come from waterfowl and other resuspended sediments. The following is wildlife. a summary of information on the status and trends of these indicator bacteria, 2.2.1 PATHOGENS, BACTERIAL with some limited information on actual FECAL INDICATORS AND bacterial pathogens and viruses. Because WATER QUALITY STANDARDS of the extensive amount of data for the The State of New Hampshire, along numerous bacterial indicators that have with every other jurisdiction that has the been used, fecal coliform data will be need to assess water quality and classify used for most illustrations of spatial and waters, uses bacterial indicators of fecal temporal trends.
TABLE 2.2 Bacterial indicator standards for surface water classification: freshwater, tidal recreational waters and shellfish-growing waters.
Geometric Mean GMC Maximum Limit MLC Surface water Classification Indicator Concentration* # of samples Concentration* Frequency Freshwater Class A Escherichia coli 47 3 in 60 days 153 1 of 3 samples FW designated beach Class A Escherichia coli 47 3 in 60 days 88 1 of 3 samples Freshwater Class B Escherichia coli 126 3 in 60 days 406 1 of 3 samples FW designated beach Class B Escherichia coli 47 3 in 60 days 88 1 of 3 samples
Tidal Recreational enterococci 35 3 in 60 days 104 1 of 3 samples
Shellfish-growing Approved Fecal coliforms 14 30 (most recent) >43 <10% of samples Restricted Fecal coliforms 14-88 30 (most recent) >260 <10% of samples Prohibited Fecal coliforms >88 30 (most recent)
* Concentrations per 100 ml
27 2.2.1.1 Spatial Distribution State agencies have conducted routine monitoring of coastal waters for over 30 The spatial distribution of bacterial indi- years. Freshwater sites are monitored by cators in coastal New Hampshire has NHDES, with NHDES, NHDHHS and been relatively well documented in most NHF&G monitoring tidal waters. Citizen areas. Adequate spatial coverage of sam- volunteers have also been involved in pling is necessary to aid in the identifica- monitoring microbial water quality in the tion of contaminant sources and to coastal waters. The Great Bay Watch has document the effects of efforts to reduce monitored fecal coliforms at up to 24 pollution sources. In general, bacterial sites in the Great Bay Estuary for over ten contaminants are present at higher con- years (Reid et al., 2000). UNH and JEL centrations in tributaries in comparison have contributed substantial water quali- to the main estuarine waters (Great Bay; ty data as a result of numerous studies Hampton Harbor) and the Atlantic throughout coastal New Hampshire. Ocean. This is a function of the most important sources of contaminants being Great Bay and Upper Little Bay with present upstream and along the shore- Squamscott/Exeter and Lamprey Rivers lines of the tributaries, the smaller vol- umes of water in tributaries having less This area extends from the dams on the capacity for favorable dilution impacts two rivers through all of Great Bay and on contaminant concentrations, and con- upper Little Bay to Fox Point and the taminants are subject to physical and bio- area south of the mouth of the Oyster logical processes that remove them from River (Figure 2.3). The most spatially water as a function of time, distance and and temporally intensive database for changing environmental conditions dur- bacterial contaminants in Great Bay is ing transport through the tributaries to the NHDHHS shellfish water monitoring the main water bodies. program database. The data for 12 of the Early data on bacterial contamination NHDHHS sampling stations (Figure 2.3) can be found in Jackson (1944). These were reviewed and interpreted as part of data reflected the high concentration the 1995 sanitary survey for the loading of untreated sewage into the approved shellfishing areas in Great and tributaries to Great Bay Estuary, all of Little bays (NHDHHS, 1995; Jones and which had average total coliform con- Langan, 1995b). Fecal coliform concen- centrations of >800 /100 ml, with aver- trations were low enough to support an ages ranging from 803 to 9,020/100 ml. approved classification for much of Concentrations were much lower at Great Bay, although elevated concentra- sites in Great and Little bays, but tions near the mouths of the Lamprey, remained elevated compared to more Squamscott, Oyster and Winnicut rivers recent data, ranging from 20 to 144/100 only supported restricted or prohibited ml and generally in excess of the limit classifications. Major rainfall events had of 70 total coliforms/100 ml for shell- significant negative effects on water fishing. In 1974, the New Hampshire quality throughout the area and were Water Supply and Pollution Control noted as a potential condition for classi- Commission (NHWSPCC) reported fication. The area near the mouths of the median total coliform concentrations Squamscott and Lamprey rivers has ranging from 50/100 ml at an upstream recently been subject to more detailed site in the Exeter River to 109,000/100 monitoring to better define the bound- ml at an upstream site in the Cocheco ary between restricted and approved River in freshwater tributaries classifications. Dye studies for the (NHWSPCC, 1975). In tidal waters, con- Durham and Newmarket wastewater centrations were <21/100 ml at Hamp- treatment facilities (WWTFs) plus the ton Harbor, the Atlantic coast areas and Great Bay Marina have been conducted, in the Bellamy River, but ranged up to and the results will provide needed data 307,000/100 ml in the Cocheco River. to better define safety zones in areas
28 FIGURE 2.3
Great Bay, Upper Little Bay, Squamscott/Exeter River and Lamprey River water quality sampling region.
Great Bay Watch Sites
NHDHHS Sampling Sites
NHDES Sampling Sites UNH/JEL Sites
0.5 0.25 0 .5 Miles .5 0.5 Kilometers
29 around the mouths of the Lamprey and low tide, have been reported by the Oyster rivers and in Little Bay. Great Bay Watch (Reid et al., 2000). The The long-term Great Bay National Town Landing area appears to be signif- Estuarine Research Reserve (GBNERR) icantly affected by undefined localized monitoring program has provided an conditions that are currently under inves- eleven year database for fecal coliforms, tigation by state agencies. enterococci, E. coli and C. perfringens at The water quality in the tributaries to Adams Point between Great and Little Great Bay has been assessed as part of bays, Chapmans Landing in the Squam- numerous other studies. Both the Lam- scott River and at the Town Landing on prey and Squamscott rivers were part of the Lamprey River (Langan and Jones, a three year project to investigate the 2000; Langan and Jones, 1997). In 1996- effects of storm events on water quality 97 as in 1988-97, fecal coliform, E. coli, in all tributaries (Figures 2.6 and 2.7) to enterococci and C. perfringens concen- the Great Bay Estuary (Jones and Lan- trations were lowest at Adams Point at gan, 1994a; 1995a; 1996a). An analysis of both high and low tides (Figures 2.4 and all three years can be found in Jones and 2.5; Appendix G). Most indicators have Langan (1996a). The geometric mean been present at relatively low concentra- fecal coliform (FC) concentrations were tions in the Squamscott River at high tide, relatively low during dry weather over whereas at low tide contaminant con- the three year study at the freshwater centrations have been much higher. The sites just above the dams on both the large difference in contaminants in the Lamprey (9 FC/100 ml) and the Squam- Squamscott River is a result of dilution scott (31 FC/100 ml) rivers (Figure 2-6). with less contaminated bay water at high Compared to the freshwater sites, the tide. Bacterial indicators in the Lamprey concentration at the tidal water sites River are present at elevated concentra- were lower in the Squamscott (23 FC/100 tions at both high and low tides. Similar ml) and higher in the Lamprey (48 observations, i.e., elevated bacterial lev- FC/100 ml) during dry weather. Concen- els in the Lamprey River compared to trations increased significantly at all four other areas in Great Bay at both high and sites during storm events (Figures 2.6
FIGURE 2.4 Temporal trends for fecal coliforms (colonies/100 ml) at three sites in the Great Bay Estuary at low tide.
600 Lamprey River Squamscott River 500 Adams Point
400
300
200 Fecal coliforms/100 ml
100
0
1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93 1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97
30 and 2.7). During the same years, fecal ties and bacterial contaminants suggest- coliform concentrations in the Squam- ed that the tributaries were affecting scott River downstream of the dam in contaminant concentrations between downtown Exeter were generally Chapmans Landing and the upper >50/100 ml (Reid et al., 2000). Fecal col- reaches of the tidal river. However, there iform concentrations in the Winnicut was no evidence for significant influence River have been elevated compared to on water quality by any one tributary on most other sites in Great Bay at low tide, the Squamscott River. Samples collected but are diluted to low concentrations at from ten sites in the freshwater Exeter high tide (Reid et al., 1998). The small River and tributaries showed higher con- tributaries that flow into the Winnicut centrations in the downstream area near River and the southeast corner of Great downtown Exeter. In a follow-up study, Bay were sampled during 1994-95 (Jones bacterial concentrations in the freshwa- and Langan, 1995b). Despite some ele- ter tributaries to the Exeter and Squam- vated concentrations of fecal coliforms, scott rivers were found to be elevated the tributaries appeared to have little above state standards during dry and impact on water quality in Great Bay. wet weather, with more severe contami- Both the tidal and freshwater portions nation during wet weather (NHOSP, of the Squamscott/Exeter River water- 1995a). The sites with higher concentra- shed were studied in detail during 1994- tions in the lower portions of the Exeter 95 (Jones and Langan, 1995c). Along the River close to downtown Exeter were main channel of the Squamscott River, affected by stormwater runoff, and were concentrations of fecal coliforms and E. suspected to be affected by septic sys- coli increased dramatically going tems and agricultural runoff (Becker and upstream from Chapmans Landing to the Radacsi, 1996). Exeter WWTF discharge pipe. Bacterial An earlier study focused on the area contaminants were present in relatively from the Exeter River dam to Adams high concentrations in some of the fif- Point during 1989-90 (Jones, 1990). Prior teen small tributaries sampled along the to February, 1990, elevated bacterial con- Squamscott River, and analysis of salini- centrations in the Squamscott River were
Temporal trends for geometric means of fecal coliforms (colonies/100 ml) at three sites in FIGURE 2.5 the Great Bay Estuary at high tide.
300 Lamprey River Squamscott River 250 Adams Point
200
150
Fecal coliforms/100 ml 100
50
0
1988-89 1989-90 1990-91 1991-92 1992-93 1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97
31 FIGURE 2.6 Geometric mean fecal coliforms (colonies/100 ml) in water collected during dry weather and storm events for three consecutive years in tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary: 1993-96, freshwater.
Fecal coliforms/100 ml 550 Wet Weather Dry Weather
312
221
149 133
87
43 9 31 26 33 39
Exeter River Lamprey River Oyster River Bellamy River Cocheco River Salmon Falls River
FIGURE 2.7 Geometric mean fecal coliforms (colonies/100 ml) in water collected during dry weather and storm events for three consecutive years in tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary: 1993-96, tidal water.
Fecal coliforms/100 ml Wet Weather Dry Weather 272
173 150
79 64 48 23 31 7 31 10 30 Exeter River Lamprey River Oyster River Bellamy River Cocheco River Salmon Falls River
32 dominated by discharges from the Exeter ue use of total coliforms as an indicator WWTF. Water quality in the Squamscott of fecal contamination in surface waters. River and Great Bay improved following Oyster and Bellamy Rivers the upgrading of the facility in early and Lower Little Bay 1990. The concentrations of fecal col- iforms, E. coli and enterococci dis- This area extends from the freshwater charged from the WWTF were high portions of the two rivers through the (105-106/100 ml) prior to the upgrade, tidal portions and into Little Bay from Fox and decreased to low levels (< 4/100 ml) Point to the General Sullivan Bridge (Fig- thereafter. A comparison of indicators ure 2.8). In the Oyster River, the DES and demonstrated the misleading nature of DHHS database results have been aug- the total coliform assay. The organisms mented by more detailed UNH studies dominating a positive test value of 3000 (Jones and Langan, 1994c; 1993a; Mar- total coliforms/100 ml in effluent collect- golin and Jones, 1990) and a recent study ed after the upgrade when other indica- by NHCP (NHCP, 1996). NHDHHS data tor concentrations were nondetectable for 12 sampling stations in and around were identified as Hafnia, Citrobacter Great and Little bays were reviewed and and Aeromonas sp., all common envi- interpreted as part of the 1995 sanitary ronmental species not associated with survey (NHDHHS, 1995; Jones and Lan- feces. These data were used as part of gan, 1995b). Fecal coliform concentra- the justification by the state to discontin- tions were low enough to support an
FIGURE 2.8
17 Oyster River, Bellamy River and Lower Little Bay water quality sampling region. 9
Great Bay Watch Sites
NHDHHS Sampling Sites
NHDES Sampling Sites
UNH/JEL Sites
0.5 0.25 0 5 Miles .5 0.5 Kilometers
1
33 approved re-classification for the area in source pollution in the Oyster River Little Bay that was monitored, which watershed, with emphasis on the tidal included two new sites during 1995-96 portion of the river and the tributaries near Mathes Cove and Langley Island. that empty directly into the tidal river Elevated concentrations near the mouth (Jones and Langan, 1993a). Fecal-borne of the Oyster River only supported a bacteria levels were elevated in the restricted classification. Major rainfall watershed, and the levels in the tidal area events had significant negative effects on were as high or higher than measure- water quality and were noted as a poten- ments made in other tidal rivers in the tial condition for classification. Dye stud- Great Bay Estuary. The geometric mean ies for the Durham WWTF and for the for fecal coliforms for all tidal sites was Great Bay Marina, conducted by USEPA 37 FC/100 ml, which is consistent with a in 1996 and 1997 (reports in preparation), restricted or conditionally approved will provide needed data to better define shellfish harvesting classification. safety zones around these sites. Fecal coliform and enterococci con- A new sanitary survey focused more centrations were highest in the Town intensive monitoring, including four new Landing area, in Mill Pond and upstream sites, in lower Little Bay (NHDHHS, in the tidal tributaries. Extensive sampling 1998). Sanitary survey work was also per- in the Beards and Johnson Creek water- formed in the Bellamy River and the sheds showed elevated concentrations of analysis of fecal coliform data has been bacteria throughout these watersheds. published (Jones, 1998a). The shoreline The bacterial contamination was dominat- survey and fecal coliform concentrations ed by nonpoint sources suspected to be at five of the six sites were consistent on-site private sewage disposal systems with an approved classification of much (OSDs) and associated groundwater flow, of lower Little Bay. Initially, only an area urban and agricultural surface runoff, and around Broad Cove was classified as other as yet undetermined sources. The approved, as other areas required addi- evidence for these sources was based on tional samples. In June, 1998, as part of elevated bacterial and nutrient contami- an amendment written to the original nation in some areas (Deer Meadow and sanitary survey, most of the rest of lower Beards creeks) of the shoreline of the Little Bay was re-classified as approved, tidal river (suspected source: OSDs), except for an area from the mouth of the areas within some tributaries where no Oyster River east to Fox Point and areas direct source is apparent (suspected around the two marinas. sources: groundwater flow, wildlife), con- Margolin and Jones (1990) found ele- sistent elevated responses to rainfall/ vated concentrations of bacterial indica- runoff, and site-specific sampling around tors in the Town Landing area of the a farm where horses graze in and around Oyster River, especially following rainfall a tributary. However, there is also some events. Geometric mean fecal coliform evidence to suggest that the Durham concentrations were >14/100 ml at six WWTF and some sewer lines are inter- sites along the length of the river, except mittent sources of significant contamina- the WWTF outfall which had residual tion in water bodies that are crossed by chlorine that disinfected the effluent and sewer pipes. the river at the pipe. Poliovirus was also The JEL study was continued for a sec- detected in 10 of 60 samples at six sites ond year, with more emphasis on the in the Oyster River, suggesting that Johnson and Beards Creek watersheds sewage-borne viral pathogens could be (Jones and Langan, 1994c). Fecal col- present. There was no relationship iforms, enterococci and C. perfringens between viral detection and concentra- concentrations were measured at fifteen tions of bacterial indicators. sites along the tidal portion of the Oyster The Oyster River Nonpoint Source River. The highest concentrations were Pollution Assessment project presented a again detected in the upper reaches of comprehensive assessment of nonpoint the river near the Town Landing, with 34 decreased fecal coliform and enterococci ric mean concentrations of fecal coliform concentrations near the WWTF outfall were relatively low during dry weather caused by residual chlorine in the efflu- over the three year study at freshwater ent. C. perfringens concentrations were sites in both the Oyster (26/100 m) and highest near the WWTF outfall because the Bellamy (33/100 ml) rivers (Figure their spores are resistant to chlorine dis- 2.6). The concentration in the tidal infection. Elevated concentrations of bac- waters were low in both rivers (<11/100 terial indicators were again measured in ml) during dry weather (Figure 2.7). the two watersheds, and a detailed study Concentrations increased significantly at of salinity and fecal coliforms suggests all four sites, especially the freshwater that mixing of high concentrations in sites, during storm events. freshwater with cleaner salt water Salmon Falls, Cocheco, reduces bacterial concentrations in water and (Upper) Piscataqua Rivers beyond dilution effects. Expansion of sample sites into some branch brooks in This area includes all estuarine and asso- the Johnson Creek watershed showed ciated freshwater waters north of where high concentrations around some hous- Little Bay and the Piscataqua River meet ing developments that depend on septic near Dover Point (Figure 2.9). In the systems, with one site contaminated by upper Piscataqua, Cocheco and Salmon an identifiable residential septic system. Falls rivers, the DES and DHHS databas- In the more urban Beards Creek water- es are augmented by some UNH studies, shed, houses still on septic systems or as well as State of Maine and Spinney leaky sewer lines were probably the Creek Shellfish Co. monitoring results sources of bacterial contamination. In (Mitnick and Valleau, 1996; Livingston, fact, a small study at the mouth of Beards 1995). Sites in the freshwater and tidal Creek gave clear evidence of contamina- areas of the Cocheco and Salmon Falls tion from a sewer line that crosses the rivers were studied as part of the three- mudflat. The latter and other identified year investigation on storm events in sources of bacterial contaminants have tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary been investigated by NHDES. (Jones and Langan, 1996a). The geomet- In a more recent study, data support- ric mean fecal coliform concentrations ed conclusions that the lower portion of were elevated compared to other tribu- the Oyster River watershed around taries during dry weather over the three downtown Durham is where most con- year study at freshwater sites in both the tamination occurs (NHCP, 1996). This Cocheco (87 FC/100 ml) and the Salmon study included sampling sites in the Falls (39 FC/100 ml) rivers (Figure 2.6). upper portions of the watershed and in The concentration in the tidal waters the College and Pettee Brook areas that were low in the Salmon Falls (30 FC/100 were not included in the JEL studies. ml) and high in the Cocheco (79 FC/100 Septic systems/leaky sewers and urban ml) during dry weather (Figure 2.7). and agricultural runoff were probably the Concentrations increased significantly main sources of bacterial contamination. (all >100 FC/100 ml) at all four sites, Sampling at most sites during storm especially at the freshwater sites, during events showed elevated bacterial con- storm events. Some attenuation of bacte- centrations, often exceeding 100 E. rial concentrations apparently occurs coli/100 ml, and sometimes exceeding between the upper and lower tidal por- 1000/100 ml for some sites. tions of the Cocheco River, based on Samples were collected at sites in the samples collected during 1997 (Reid et freshwater and tidal areas of the Bellamy al., 1998). Even lower concentrations and Oyster rivers as part of a three-year were measured downstream in the Pis- study to investigate the effects of storm cataqua River. Lower bacterial concen- events in tributaries to the Great Bay trations were measured at a more Estuary on water quality in the estuary upstream site in the Cocheco River. The (Jones and Langan, 1996a). The geomet- high concentrations of bacteria in the 35 downtown and downstream portions of in the Cocheco River were relatively the river suggest that urban areas of lower during wet and dry weather com- Dover are major sources of contami- pared to previous (Jones and Langan, nants to this area of the Estuary, espe- 1996a) data. cially during storm events. Studies that focused on indigenous More recent studies have focused on bacterial pathogens (i.e., vibrios) includ- contaminants in storm drains in down- ed assessments of fecal-borne bacteria town Dover and Exeter (Jones et al., (Jones et al., 1991a; O’Neill et al., 1990). 1999; Jones, 1998). All of the drains had Relatively high concentrations of fecal detectable microbial contaminants dur- coliforms were detected in the Salmon ing dry and wet weather. Levels of con- Falls and Piscataqua rivers compared to taminants in street runoff were relatively Portsmouth Harbor during 1989-92. The low, suggesting that sources within the general trend of higher concentrations of stormdrain system, probably illicit con- fecal-borne bacteria in tributaries was nections and leaking sewer pipes, were directly related to incidence of Vibrio the major sources of the microbial con- vulnificus detection, but not for Vibrio taminants. Contaminant concentrations parahaemolyticus.
FIGURE 2.9
Salmon Falls, Cocheco and upper Piscataqua rivers water quality sampling region.
Great Bay Watch Sites
NHDHHS Sampling Sites
NHDES Sampling Sites
UNH/JEL Sites
Gulfwatch/NHDES Sites
0.5 0.25 0 5 Miles .5 0.5 Kilometers
36 Portsmouth and Little Harbors an approved classification, while fecal and Lower Piscataqua River coliform concentrations were relatively high in Back Channel and tributary sites. This area includes the Piscataqua River Some areas in the Back Channel will south of Dover Point, The Back Channel probably be within a closed safety zone area and Portsmouth and Little harbors in the area around the Portsmouth (Figure 2.10). In Portsmouth Harbor, Lit- WWTF effluent pipe. tle Harbor, Back Channel and the lower A spatially intensive monitoring pro- Piscataqua River, routine NHDHHS and gram to determine fecal contamination NHDES monitoring provides the most levels in water around Portsmouth Har- consistent databases, along with some bor, including some sites on the New limited UNH/JEL data. The data from the Hampshire side, was conducted during NHDHHS database have been summa- 1992-93 (Jones, 1994). The sites were rized and interpreted relative to shellfish located along the main channel of the water classification standards in Jones Piscataqua River. The geometric means and Langan (1996c), and more recent for enterococci in the study area waters data are available (Appendix G). Sites in were generally consistent with safe recre- Little Harbor were generally in support of ational use criteria set by Maine and New
Great Bay Watch Sites
NHDHHS Sampling Sites FIGURE 2.10
NHDES Sampling Sites Portsmouth and Little Harbors and Gulfwatch/NHDES Sites lower Piscataqua River water quality sampling region.
0.5 0.25 0 .5 Miles .5 0.5 Kilometers
37 Hampshire (geometric mean <35/100 Rye Harbor and Coastline ml). The geometric means for fecal col- iforms were all lower than the limit of 14 This area includes the coastal areas from fecal coliforms/100 ml for approved Little Harbor south to Hampton Harbor shellfish-growing waters, but the fre- (Figure 2.11). In Rye Harbor and the quency of samples greater than 43/100 coastline, existing data are mostly from ml was greater than 10% at the 6 stations. NHDHHS and NHDES monitoring pro- A long-term database (monthly for ten grams. Some of the data from the NHD- years) for samples from Ft. Constitution HHS database have been summarized in New Castle has shown concentrations and interpreted relative to shellfish water of fecal indicator bacteria to be consis- classification standards in Jones and Lan- tently low at the mouth of the river (Dr. gan (1996c), and more recent data are S. Jones, unpublished data). Four sites in also available (Appendix G). NHDHHS North and South Mill ponds have been data for some additional sites in tributar- monitored for fecal coliforms saince 1997 ies are not presented, and NHDHHS data by the Great Bay Coast Watch (Reid et are summarized in Appendix G. The al., 2000). Two one-year studies in North geometric mean concentrations of fecal Mill Pond included fecal coliform meas- coliforms at all four sites were <14/100 urements of the pond and storm drains ml. However, the incidence of samples (Jones, 2000; ANMP, 1998). >43/100 ml was in excess of 10% in the
FIGURE 2.11
Coastal New Hampshire, from Little Harbor to the Massachusetts border, water quality sampling region. NHDHHS Sampling Sites
1 .5 0 1 Miles 1.5 01 Kilometers
38 last 30 samples at all but an inner harbor ing shellfish waters in Hampton Harbor site, suggesting non-random contamina- have been reviewed and interpreted tion events are too frequent in the harbor (NHDHHS, 1994a), and more recent data to allow approved shellfish classification are presented in Appendix G. The geo- (NSSP, 1995). A boat pumpout facility has metric mean fecal coliform concentra- recently been put in at the NH Depart- tions for all ten sites were <14/100 ml. ment of Resources and Economic Devel- However, the incidence of concentra- opment (DRED) dock. tions >43/100 ml exceeds the standard 10% at some sites. Some of the sites with Hampton Harbor and Tributaries the more frequent incidence of high con- This area includes all of the centrations are near the mouth of Mill Hampton/Seabrook Estuary and tributar- Creek on the west shore, suggesting that ies (Figure 2.12). In Hampton Harbor, contamination from the creek may be routine NHDHHS and NHDES monitor- influencing water quality in the area. ing, in cooperation with NHF&G, has Improved water quality in recent years provided long-term databases, while has resulted in a recent upgrading of the some recent more detailed UNH/JEL shellfish harvest classification of the large studies provide added information (Lan- Middle Ground clam flat in Seabrook gan and Jones, 1995 a&b). The NHDHHS from restricted to conditionally approved data for sites currently used for classify- (NHDHHS, in prep.).
FIGURE 2.12
Hampton Harbor and tributaries water quality sampling region.
NHDHHS Sampling Sites
0.25 0 0.25 Miles 0.25 0 0.25 Kilometers
39 coastal New Hampshire and limit uses of estuarine and coastal waters. The con- cern is the protection of public health in areas that will only experience increased human use in the future. Continued efforts to identify and either eliminate or effectively manage the impacts of fecal contamination sources is an important, on-going issue in coastal New Hamp- shire. As the next section suggests, water quality in general has improved over the last ten years, but the widespread nature of the problem suggests that much remains unknown about the issue.
2.2.1.2 Temporal Trends
Water quality survey A two-year study on septic systems in There appear to be some general tempo- on Cocheco River Seabrook included some surface water ral trends that have occurred in many monitoring, with emphasis on tributaries areas of the Seacoast. Fecal-borne bacter- that border residential areas (Jones et al., ial contaminant concentrations have 1995; 1996). Samples were collected decreased in all coastal waters since the from 16 sites at low tide in Mill Creek, early 1990s as a result of the extensive Farm Brook, some tidal creeks and the improvements to wastewater treatment harbor. Water from Mill Creek had the facilities. Bacterial contaminants are also highest levels of indicator bacteria (<200 generally present at higher concentrations FC/100 ml) during sampling in 1995 and at low tide compared to high tide, mostly 1996. Concentrations of bacteria detected as a function of mixing of more contami- at all upstream tributary sites were ele- nated freshwater with cleaner tidal water. vated compared to harbor sites. Lower Bacterial concentrations are often elevat- concentrations in the harbor were prob- ed during autumn and winter compared ably the result of dilution and die-off in to other seasons in some areas. This the more saline waters, which represents observation is probably related both to less favorable conditions for bacterial the amount of runoff associated with rain- survival. Seven sites, mostly in tributaries, fall events as a function of seasonal dif- did not meet the New Hampshire swim- ferences in evapotranspiration and ming water standard of 35 enterococ- infiltration, and to the enhanced survival ci/100 ml. Based only on the study data, of bacterial contaminants with colder only one site had a mean fecal coliform water temperatures (Jones et al., 1997). concentration <14/100 ml. There was no The most severe incidences of elevated clear relationship between groundwater contamination occur in temporally less contamination and surface water quality predictable conditions, i.e., following rain- at any site, although the elevated con- fall/runoff events and upsets in treatment centrations of bacteria in streams near processes at WWTFs. In addition, >100 high density residential areas suggests year storms such as the one that occurred septic systems are a likely source of con- in October, 1996, tax the capacities of tamination. During 1996-97 when septic most WWTFs because of infiltration into systems were being disconnected and the sewer systems and overloading of sewage was diverted to the new treat- treatment plants. Some areas are more ment facility, measurements of contami- prone to contamination incidences nants in the surface waters of the harbor because of proximity to WWTFs, espe- and tributaries showed little change from cially those that may lack effective control previous years (Jones, 1997). measures for stormwater runoff and have Clearly, there are sources of bacterial less capacity for effective wastewater contaminants that persist in all areas of treatment during storm events. 40 Long-term trends for total coliform concentrations (per 100 ml) in water samples collected from TABLE 2.3 six tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary, 1960, 1975, and 1996.
FRESHWATER SITES AT TIDAL DAMS Exeter R. Lamprey R. Oyster R. Bellamy R. Cocheco R. Salmon Falls R. YEAR 9-EXT 5-LMP 5-OYS 5-BLM 7-CCH 5-SFR 1960 19700 524 656 — 16540 4266 1975 5044 1088 3742 4786 133690 4266 1996* 1490 350 1310 1345 1530 1475
*1996 data transformed by multiplying fecal coliform concentrations by 5.
Certain sites in coastal New Hamp- 1996. The decrease was most dramatic in shire have been sampled for decades the Cocheco River, which has remained and the results can be used for deter- the most contaminated tributary since mining temporal trends. Data from three 1944, but which showed a nearly 100- reports (Jones and Langan, 1996a; fold decrease from 1975 to 1996. The NHWSPCC, 1975; NHWPC, 1960) are higher concentrations in 1975 compared summarized in Table 2.3 to illustrate the to 1960 may reflect increased loading of dramatic improvements in water quality wastewater treatment facilities due to the since 1960. Because the two earlier nearly doubling (158,800 to 275,800) of reports used total coliforms and the third populations in Rockingham and Strafford used fecal coliforms, it was assumed that counties from 1960 to 1980 (NHOSP, total coliform concentrations were equiv- 1997a). There was also a dramatic, alent to five times the fecal coliform con- steady decrease in the Exeter/Squamscott centrations, and the 1996 data were River and a less extensive decrease in the converted to total coliform equivalent Salmon Falls River (Figure 2.13). The fol- data. This conversion is based on the lowing section summarizes in more relationship between total and fecal col- detail existing information on the tempo- iform standards for classifying shellfish ral trends of bacterial contamination in growing waters (NSSP, 1995). The data the different estuarine and coastal areas show decreases in total coliform concen- of New Hampshire. Where possible, dis- trations in all six rivers from 1960 to cernable temporal trends are related to
Total coliforms (colonies/100 ml) in the Exeter/Squamscott and Salmon Falls rivers: 1960-1996. FIGURE 2.13
20000 Squamscott River Salmon Falls River
15000
10000
5000
0 1960 1975 1996
41 management efforts to reduce pollution. appears that reducing concentrations The overall trend over the nine year much below the standard 14 FC/100 ml period of GBNERR monitoring (Langan may be difficult when other areas con- and Jones, 1997) has been a general tinue to have higher concentrations. Sea- decrease in bacterial contaminants at all sonal trends show contaminants tend to sites (Figures 2.4 and 2.5), although con- be present in higher concentrations dur- centrations of all indicators were higher ing late autumn and winter, as illustrated during 1995-96 than during previous in Figure 2.14 for enterococci at Adams years. The three-year study of tributaries Point from 1989-97, which is consistent to Great Bay Estuary also showed some with runoff conditions and bacterial sur- bacterial contaminants were present at vival patterns (Jones et al., 1997). As pre- significantly higher concentrations during viously mentioned, contamination trends 1995-96 compared to the previous two at the Lamprey River do not follow typi- years in the Lamprey and Squamscott cal patterns, as fecal coliforms are typi- rivers (Jones and Langan, 1996a). The cally highest during the summer, instead long-term decrease in bacterial concen- of autumn/winter. trations was most dramatic in the Squam- Various studies in the Oyster River scott River, especially after 1990 when were conducted from 1992-1997 (Jones the Exeter WWTF was upgraded. Trends and Langan, 1996a; 1994c; 1993a; Reid et for fecal contaminants were less dramat- al., 1998). The 1992-93 seasonal trends ic at other sites like Adams Point, where for enterococci showed a clear trend of concentrations have been relatively low elevated concentrations in summer, (<33 FC/100 ml) since 1988. It also while fecal coliform concentrations
FIGURE 2.14 Monthly concentrations of enterococci (colonies/100 ml) at high and low tides at Adams Point: 1989-1997.
100
High Tide
80 Low Tide
60
40
20
0 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997
42 exhibited a mixture of trends at all sites nonpoint sources and possibly the two (Jones and Langan, 1993a). The next CSOs remaining in Portsmouth. The con- year, seasonal trends for enterococci and tribution of the CSOs to contaminant fecal coliforms were mixed, while C. per- loading is not known, although the CSOs fringens showed a clear trend of elevat- discharge a combination of untreated ed concentrations during springtime for sewage and stormwater during some almost all sites (Jones and Langan, storm events (NHDES, 1996a). 1994c). In the Johnson Creek watershed, In Rye Harbor, concentrations of fecal fecal coliform and enterococci concen- coliforms have decreased at all sites trations were uniformly at much higher since 1985, especially at the harbor concentrations during summer and, to a mouth (see Appendix G). Lower concen- lesser extent, autumn, compared to win- trations after 1991 could have been the ter and spring. This may be the result of result of connection of some Rye resi- increased regrowth at higher tempera- dences to the Hampton WWTF. tures and reduced flow during warm The temporal trends for annual geo- months. Rainfall events >0.25”/24 h metric mean fecal coliform concentra- caused elevated concentrations of ente- tions in Hampton/Seabrook Harbor rococci at most sites and higher fecal col- showed an overall decrease for all sites iforms at sites near the Town Landing. from 1988 to 1996. The lowest concen- There has been an overall decrease in trations for 8 of the 10 sites occurred in fecal coliform concentrations near the 1995. Further improvements in water mouth of Bunker Creek from 1992-97 quality are expected to occur following (Reid et al., 1998). At Mill Pond, fecal col- the completion of connections of all iform and enterococci concentrations present septic system sites in Seabrook to were decreasing from 1993 to 1996 dur- the new town sewer system. Improve- ing both dry and wet weather (Jones and ments in the sanitary quality of the Har- Langan, 1996a). In the Bellamy River, bor water was not yet apparent in fecal coliform and enterococci concen- mid-1997 after many of the areas adja- trations increased from 1993 to 1996 dur- cent to tidal waters had been connected ing both dry and wet weather. (Jones, 1997). In downtown Dover above the tidal The overall improvement in water dam, fecal coliform and enterococci con- quality relative to bacteriological meas- centrations exhibited mixed trends from urements is a reflection of the significant 1993 to 1996 during both dry and wet resources expended to improve waste- weather (Jones and Langan, 1996a). In water treatment facilities in coastal New the tidal portion of the Cocheco River, Hampshire. Population growth continues fecal coliform and enterococci concen- at a slower pace relative to previous trations increased from 1993 to 1996 dur- decades. The estimated increase in pop- ing both dry and wet weather. The ulation in Strafford and Rockingham trends for both enterococci and fecal col- counties from 1990 to 1996 was 350,000 iforms were mixed for dry and wet to 367,900, only a 5% increase (NHOSP, weather at the freshwater and tidal sites 1997b). Nevertheless, increases in human in the Salmon Falls River. population, development, impervious Temporal trends for fecal coliforms surfaces with associated stormwater showed an overall decrease in concen- runoff, and wastewater treatment trations since 1988, especially after 1991, demands will continue to change the in Portsmouth Harbor, Little Harbor, the ability of watersheds to handle the addi- Back Channel and the lower Piscataqua tional pollution. A better understanding River (Figure 2.15). The striking decrease of the watershed factors that affect trans- after 1991 was coincident with the con- port and fate of microbial contaminants struction of advanced wastewater treat- would help frame effective strategies for ment in Portsmouth. Continued detection eliminating or managing pollution of fecal coliforms at concentrations sources and transport pathways for these >14/100 ml are the result of lingering contaminants to estuarine waters. 43 FIGURE 2.15 Fecal coliform concentrations at seven sites in Little Harbor, Back Channel and Portsmouth harbor: 1988-1996. 600 Fecal coliform concentrations per 100ml
500
400
300
200
100
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
2.2.2 SOURCES OF animals and are all capable of existing FECAL-BORNE BACTERIA outside of the small intestine and may be found to occur naturally in the environ- By definition, fecal-borne bacteria are ment. Thus, caution is required when from the small intestines of mammals, interpreting the fecal indicator data in and their presence is indicative of the efforts to identify sources of pollution. presence of sewage and other fecal Ongoing studies by UNH/JEL and material. However, the bacterial indica- NHDES are focused on developing meth- tors cited in this report that are used to ods (Parveen et al., 1999) to identify spe- assess sewage contamination; total and cific sources of fecal indicator bacteria. fecal coliforms, enterococci, E. coli and Prior to the efforts in the late 1980s C. perfringens, may be found in other and early 1990s by New Hampshire to 44 upgrade all WWTFs in the Seacoast, Oyster (NHCP, 1996; Jones and Langan, point sources were the major source of 1993a; 1994c) rivers have confirmed that bacterial contaminants in the Great Bay urban runoff is an obvious source of Estuary and coast. More recently, the contamination in these areas. This issue masking effects of point source pollution is presently being addressed by support have been drastically reduced to occa- from the NHEP and other ongoing proj- sional malfunctions or storm event over- ects. Some municipalities have invento- loading at WWTFs, and nonpoint source ries of stormwater outfalls. Those that pollution is now the major source of have inventories include Greenland and chronic contamination. parts of Dover, Rochester and Seabrook. A summary of the recent status of However, the quantity and quality of the sources of bacterial contaminants in information varies, making it difficult to shellfish waters was compiled by NHDES formulate a clear picture of the magni- (NHDES, 1995). It lists WWTFs, CSOs, tude of stormwater outfalls as potential and urban stormwater as the major pollution sources. sources of bacteria, and unidentified A better understanding of contami- nonpoint sources as important in some nants in stormwater runoff has been areas. In the following section, the exist- recently emerging. NHDES (1997) found ing information on these and other significant dry weather contamination in sources will be described. stormwater pipes draining into the Cocheco and Squamscott rivers. A fol- 2.2.2.1 Storm-related Runoff low-up study included wet and dry The most common source of bacterial weather sampling in the Bellamy and contamination in New Hampshire is Cocheco rivers (Landry, 1997). Signifi- runoff resulting from rainfall/snowmelt cant contamination was observed in the events in urban and urbanizing areas. Cocheco storm drains during dry weath- This conclusion is based on the elevated er and the Bellamy drains in wet weath- concentrations of bacteria detected in all er. More comprehensive studies by Jones areas following rainfall events and the (1998) and Jones et al. (1999) focused on proximity of urbanized areas to tidal the worst of the drains on the Cocheco water sampling sites, as reported in River and showed contaminants flowed almost every recent study. Some refer- from the drains continuously during dry ence to stormwater effects in the differ- and wet weather, in some cases at high ent areas have already been cited. concentrations. The best illustrations of the impact of Other recent studies on stormwater storm events on surface water quality are contamination have been designed to some recent projects conducted by JEL. assess the effectiveness of stormwater The first is a three-year study on the control measures. Jones and Langan effects of storm events on water quality (1996b) focused on ten different in the tributaries of the Great Bay Estu- stormwater control systems in the NH ary, as summarized in Jones and Langan Seacoast region during 1995-96, includ- (1996a). Statistical analysis of the cumu- ing swales, retention ponds, a pond with lative 3-year data showed significantly staggered dikes and an infiltration cham- higher bacterial concentrations following ber. First flush (during the first 0.25 inch- storm events at every freshwater and es of rainfall) samples were analyzed for estuarine site (Figure 2.6 and 2.7). The a variety of contaminants, including bac- freshwater sampling sites were all locat- terial indicators. Results showed that wet ed at the tidal dams, all of which are ponds were more consistently effective located within urbanized areas of the at treating diverse contaminants than nearby municipalities of S. Berwick, ME swales. During summer, bacterial con- and Dover, Durham, Newmarket and centrations increased both in influent Exeter, NH. More detailed studies of the and effluent water, and all systems were watersheds around the Exeter (Jones and less effective at removal. The results sug- Langan, 1995c; NHOSP, 1995a) and the gest that bacteria may re-grow in the 45 moist, nutrient-rich control systems dur- catch basins with high E. coli concentra- ing dry periods that occur between tions in Hampton. storms. Elevated concentrations are then The most intensive study on stormwa- discharged with new storm events. This ter was conducted by the NH Water Sup- raises the issue of the public health sig- ply and Pollution Control Commission nificance of stormwater runoff. It also (NHWSPCC) in 1983 as part of the EPA suggests that some system designs may Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (Oak- not be effective in treating bacterial con- land, 1983). The impacts and methods taminants. A follow-up study (Jones, for control of stormwater were studied in 1998c) of five systems during dry weath- tidal and freshwater portions of the Oys- er showed evidence of some growth ter River watershed in Durham, NH. occurring during summertime in some Water quality in the watershed declined systems and suggested certain conditions significantly following storm events, may be conducive to growth. especially for total and fecal coliforms. The 1996 New Hampshire Water Because Durham maintains a separate Quality Report to Congress 305(b) stormwater and sanitary sewer system, (NHDES, 1996b) reported that 17.3 sources of contaminants during storms square miles of coastal estuaries are not were suspected to be from animal feces. fully supporting uses because of Sources for dry weather contamination pathogen indicators, and that the source were not identified. Studies on stormwa- of bacteria is unknown. It states that ter runoff control measures showed stormwater runoff is a well-documented favorable effects on bacterial contamina- source of bacteria and nutrients, citing tion with parking lot vacuum cleaning numerous studies (Jones and Langan, and a river-run impoundment (Mill 1996a; 1996b; NHCP, 1996; Swift et al., Pond), but not with a grassed swale. The 1996). Stormwater was also cited as a sig- grassed swale showed significant nificant source in coastal New Hamp- removal of inorganic nitrogen, but shire in another DES report (NHDES, orthophosphate and bacteria concentra- 1995). The 305(b) report also pointed out tions increased. The river-run impound- that rainfall is a condition for closure of ment, in contrast, showed significant Hampton Harbor because of runoff-asso- removal of mass loads for bacteria and ciated bacteria, as reported in the sani- inorganic nitrogen, with a non-significant tary survey (NHDHHS, 1994b). increase in orthophosphate, with length Other studies in New Hampshire have of detention time a positive factor. shown degradation of surface water The major Best Management Practices quality from rainfall runoff. The runoff (BMPs) used to control urban runoff in water from seven storm events in two New Hampshire in 1989 were treatment developed areas in Concord had fecal swales and sedimentation basins coliform concentrations ranging from 23 (NHDES, 1989a). The report suggested to 240,000/100 ml (NHWSPCC, 1979). A that these control measures are effective more recent study (Comstock, 1997) for trapping sediments, controlling ero- found E. coli concentrations in stormwa- sion and removing some heavy metals. ter runoff consistently exceeded state However, the report recognized these water quality criteria at both an urban systems as being ineffective at treating and a residential site. Water quality in nutrients, bacteria, oil and suspended Great Bay was reported to be degraded solids. New rules for stormwater control during periods of high rainfall and runoff measures for large developments have (NHDHHS, 1992). Several street drainage been adopted, and a new manual systems in Hampton and drainage ditch- describing acceptable control systems es in Seabrook, some of which contained has been published (NHDES, 1996). The fecal contaminants, were found to drain effectiveness of each type of system for directly into the marsh and tidal waters treating a range of different contaminants of Hampton Harbor (NHDHHS, 1994). is presented, along with advantages, dis- NHDES (1997) also reported stormdrain advantages and design criteria. 46 Stormwater runoff is considered to and their effluent flow ranges are pre- be a serious nonpoint source pollution sented in Figure 2.16. NHDES records concern by 68% of polled residents of the number of upsets that facilities the Oyster River watershed (Hanratty et report, although documented impacts of al., 1996). Even though 87% said that upsets in treatment processes on surface problem storm drains should be water quality are rare (Jones and Langan, upgraded, they were largely unwilling 1993a; 1994c). Reporting of upsets has to pay for corrective actions. NHDES increased in recent years resulting in bet- estimated that rehabilitation of coastal ter characterization of the problem collection systems and treatment of (NHDES, unpublished data). WWTFs stormwater would cost $100-200 million report upsets to NHDHHS so shellfish (NHDES, 1995), and that the chances of areas can be closed. All coastal WWTFs successful treatment of bacterial con- have a limit of 70 total coliforms/100 ml taminants is slim. For ongoing work in at discharge pipes, they are required to the Seacoast, NHDES considers this conduct daily testing and chlorine resid- issue a significant problem, and it is a uals are required to be low/non-toxic. A major focus of the latest NHDES Coastal few WWTFs still have problems meeting Basin Nonpoint Source Pollution the total coliform discharge limit, and Assessment and Abatement Plan modifications to disinfection systems are (NHDES, 1996a). Present efforts by being planned for most of these systems. NHDES and UNH/JEL are focused on Some coastal WWTFs and sewer sys- investigating stormwater systems during tems have limited capacities for handling dry and wet weather, and following up stormwater during major storm events. on problems in tributaries to coastal Stormwater can overburden facilities and rivers identified in previous JEL, NHOSP, require bypassing of pump stations. NHDHHS and NHDES studies. Under these conditions, inadequately Unlike previous studies that often treated wastewater is discharged to tidal conclude that animal feces is the major waters and significant loading of bacteria source of microbial contaminants in can occur. This happens several times stormwater runoff from urban areas, the each year and shellfish beds downstream major source of contaminants in New from the affected facilities have been Hampshire coastal urban runoff appears closed. The ‘100 year’ storm of October, to be direct sewage contamination from 1996 caused bypasses in all but a few leaking pipes and illicit connections. coastal WWTFs. Other stormwater relat- Thus, even though there may be sepa- ed problems include infiltration of rate sewage and storm drain systems, stormwater and high groundwater into their age, design and close proximity sewer pipes. This may result in leakage below the surface appear to be con- of pipes. It is suspected to be a problem ducive to cross contamination. in all urban areas, and has been docu- mented in Durham (Jones and Langan, 2.2.2.2 Wastewater Treatment 1994c). The problems and the extensive Facilities and Combined documentation of high levels of contam- Sewer Overflows ination in tidal waters following major WWTFs are, ideally, capable of reducing storm events are the basis for closing the microbial contaminant concentrations to whole coastal area to shellfishing until meet required criteria in wastewater water quality returns to acceptable levels 100% of the time. However, this does not and shellfish have depurated contami- occur in practice. Changes in waste nants. The state has made many stream characteristics that modify treat- improvements in WWTFs throughout the ment efficiency, equipment problems, coastal area (Table 2.4), and these efforts operational changes, human error and continue (NHDES, 1996d). acts of God (hurricanes, lightning, The two remaining CSOs in storms) all influence the effectiveness of Portsmouth are significant sources of WWTFs. The WWTFs in New Hampshire bacteria that impact the water quality of 47 Farmington WWTF FIGURE 2.16 Milton Municipal wastewater WWTF treatment facilities. Municipal Wastewater Treatment Facility (WWTF)
Rochester WWTF Somersworth WWTF Berwick, ME WWTF Rollinsford WWTF South Berwick, ME WWTF
Durham Dover WWTF WWTF
Newington WWTF Kittery WWTF
Portsmouth WWTF Newmarket WWTF
Epping Newfields WWTF WWTF Exeter WWTF
Hampton WWTF
Seabrook WWTF Seabrook WWTF (outfall)
48 Little and Portsmouth harbors. has filed for a Use Attainability (UAA) Portsmouth has eliminated eight of ten Study to reclassify the receiving waters, CSOs, but two remain in South Mill i.e., South Mill Pond. If they are success- Pond. A concern for the Little Harbor ful in proving that the costs are essen- area is that contaminants flushed into tially prohibitive, then they would not be South Mill Pond from the CSOs could required to attain the limit of 70 total col- flow through the Back Channel area into iforms per 100 ml in South Mill Pond. In Little Harbor (NHDES, 1995). Elimination such a case, careful attention to the of the remaining CSOs would cost an potential for storm-related contamination estimated $10 million, as estimated by to affect any opened shellfish beds in Lit- the city’s CSO Facility Plan. Because of tle Harbor would be necessary. It would the high costs associated with elimina- also be difficult to open the extensive tion of the CSOs, the City of Portsmouth mudflats in the Back Channel area.
Point source pollution control program activities from 1988-1996: WWTFs and CSOs. TABLE 2.4
Wastewater flow (mgd) Date City design ave.* max.* Control measure completed Cost
Dover 4.4 new 2° treatment facility 1991 $24,300,000
Strafford Co. Facility cease discharge to Cocheco R. 1992
Durham 2.5 1.0 4.5 upgrade from 1° to 2° treatment 1981 equipment upgrades 1992-93 dechlorination 1995
Exeter 3.0 1.6 6.2 lagoon system built; dechlorination 1990 $5,900,000 all but one CSO disconnected 1992 $3,400,000
Farmington 0.4 secondary clarifier 1994-95
Hampton 3.5 sewer project and dechlorination 1993 $4,400,000
Newfields 0.1 0.04 0.2 construction of facility 1983
Newmarket 0.9 0.6 2.5 upgrade from 1° to 2° treatment 1986 $1,900,000 dechlorination/dewatering system 1993
Newington 0.3 upgrade disinfection system 1995 ~$350,000
Portsmouth 7.0 new advanced 1° treatment & dechlorination 1992 $15,000,000 eliminate 10 CSOs 1991 $5,800,000
Rochester 3.9 currently designing new advanced treatment
Rye sewers connected to Hampton POTW 1991 $2,400,000 Wallis Sands St. Pk. UV disinfection; refurbish sand filter 1993
Seabrook construction of wastewater treatment facility 1995
Somersworth 2.4 various improvements; P reduction study
Star Island construction of seasonal 2° treatment plant 1994-95
* in 1994
49 Ongoing work is focusing on a ter and adjacent surface waters (Jones et hydraulics study of the CSOs around al., 1996; 1995). Little evidence of sig- South Mill Pond, identification and elim- nificant contamination of groundwater ination of illicit connections and dye downgradient from septic systems could studies of the WWTF outfall pipe. A safe- be documented. At one site with a high ty zone around the outfall pipe will prob- water table, bacterial contaminants were ably extend into the nearby Back detected ~9 meters downgradient in the Channel. groundwater. Analysis of saturated soil One CSO remains in Exeter. The CSO cores showed the presence of high con- is a source of bacteria during storm centrations (>100,000/g soil) of C. per- events when the capacity of the main fringens, evidence of long-term and pump station is exceeded. Under those probably cumulative contamination. conditions, sewage can overflow into Other sites also had contaminated soils Clemson Pond, which acts as an emer- at downgradient (away from the system gency holding pond. However, the water in the direction of groundwater flow) that drains from the pond to the Squam- areas. The main limitation of any study scott River is often contaminated of subsurface environments is the diffi- (NHOSP, 1995; Jones, 1990).The problem culty of finding contaminant plumes is currently under investigation. Exeter without extensive exploration. The passed a warrant article in 1999 to allo- studies concluded that septic systems cate $1.7 million to address the CSO are indeed potential sources of contam- problem. ination to tidal waters when systems are As previously stated, the system of located close to the shore, especially in wastewater treatment facility pipes that densely populated areas in soils with transport sewage from sources to the high water tables and course-grained, treatment plant are a potentially signifi- excessively-drained soils. cant source. In several coastal New Seabrook has recently connected all Hampshire municipalities, downtown residences and businesses to their new stormwater drains have high concentra- sewer system. There are still houses tions of fecal contaminants, even during close to tidal waters that remain on sep- dry weather (NHDES, 1997; NHDES, tic systems in Hampton and Hampton 1998; Jones, 1998b). This suggests that Falls (NHDHHS, 1994a). The impact of sewer pipes that cross paths with the disconnecting the septic systems on storm drains may leak contaminants into water quality was investigated by Jones the drains. During runoff events, con- (1997). No significant improvement in taminants that accumulate in the drains Harbor water quality was observed, are washed into the receiving waters. possibly because the Mill Creek area Thus, the system of pipes associated with had not yet been connected to the municipal sewage treatment facilities WWTF. may be sources of contaminants. The Septic systems are numerous around estimated cost for rehabilitating these the Little Harbor area in Rye and in systems in the coastal urban areas is well some areas in New Castle (Jones and in excess of $200 million (NHDES, 1997). Langan, 1996c). Septic systems are also common around Great and Little bays 2.2.2.3 Septic Systems (Jones and Langan, 1995b), the Squam- Many shoreline areas adjacent to the scott River (Jones and Langan, 1995c) shellfish waters of New Hampshire are and in the Oyster River watershed still served by septic systems. These sys- (Jones and Langan, 1994c; 1993a). Large tems contain high levels of bacteria and areas with houses served by septic sys- nutrients (Jones, 1998d) that can leach tems are also present along the coast into groundwater. An extensive two-year and the Piscataqua/Cocheco/Salmon study in Seabrook focused on the poten- Falls River areas. Thus, septic systems tial for existing, operational residential are a widespread, documented potential septic systems to contaminate groundwa- source of contamination. 50 2.2.2.4 Agricultural Runoff and Other Nonpoint Sources On a statewide basis, agriculture has not been a significant nonpoint source prob- lem (NHDES, 1989a). The number of farms in New Hampshire and Strafford County have been declining over the past 25 years. However, horse farms are increasing. Certain activities have been problems on local levels, including manure storage and spreading practices, stable management and milk house ties. Further improvements are expected Rye Harbor waste management. Rockingham County each year. Recent sanitary surveys for Conservation District has information on some coastal waters include marina contaminant runoff and management assessments (NHDHHS, 1994; 1995; strategies for mitigating specific farm Jones and Langan, 1995b; 1996c). sites in the county. UNH/JEL and NHDES Animal feces is often mentioned as a conducted studies at a farm in Stratham probable source of bacterial contamina- to determine the effectiveness of con- tion in stormwater runoff (Jones, 1999; structed wetlands on microbial and nutri- Oakland, 1983). In almost every case, the ent contaminants (Jones and Langan, justification for such conclusions is that 1992; 1993b). The construction of a wet- no human source could be identified, so land within the drainage swale between the investigators conclude that animal the manure storage area and the Squam- waste must be the source, usually with- scott River had no beneficial effects on out any direct documentation. Recent contaminants during the first year after studies have shown many previously construction (Jones and Langan, 1993b). unsuspected sources of stormwater con- Concentrations of fecal indicator bacteria tamination exist in coastal New Hamp- (fecal coliforms, enterococci, E. coli and shire towns, including stormwater drains, C. perfringens ) were all detected at ele- sewer pipes, stormwater treatment sys- vated concentrations (> 105/100 ml) just tems, etc., including areas where animal below the manure pile, and at lower feces had been previously suspected concentrations downstream. A similar (Jones and Langan, 1996b; Jones and trend was observed for nutrients (ammo- Langan, 1993a). More recent studies have nium, nitrate/nitrite, orthophosphate). shown underground sewage pipes con- Agricultural use of land within most taminate stormwater drains in urban growing areas have been documented areas (Landry, 1997; Jones, 1998b). It is (NHDHHS, 1994a; 1995; Jones and Lan- likely that human sources of fecal con- gan, 1996c). Many of the cited farms are taminants remain more significant than practicing responsible management pro- animal sources in New Hampshire’s Sea- cedures to prevent animal waste from coast (Jones, 1999). However, the issue contaminating bordering water bodies. of the source of nonpoint source pollu- There are other potential sources of tion, whether it is of human, animal or bacterial contamination near and within other origin, is an extremely important New Hampshire’s shellfish waters, question to address. Not only is it neces- including storm and parking lot drains, sary for identifying the source of con- snow dump sites, boats, wildlife and tamination, but it is essential for resuspended sediments. A guide for determining the public health signifi- BMPs to control most potential nonpoint cance of fecal contamination. A new sources of pollution is published study by NHDES and UNH/JEL will use (NHDES, 1994c) and serves as a useful new biotechnological methods to differ- reference. NHDES has recently been suc- entiate between human and other cessful in improving and increasing the sources of E. coli isolates from New number of coastal boat pump-out facili- Hampshire coastal waters. 51 2.2.3 MODELING AND DYE STUDIES shellfish harvesting around WWTFs and FOR BACTERIAL FATE AND marinas. A recent dye study was con- TRANSPORT ducted by the US EPA at the Great Bay Marina in Little Bay, but the results have Computer modeling of stormwater runoff not yet been published. In Hampton impacts to the tidal portion of the Oyster Harbor, a dye study was conducted to River was conducted as part of a study determine the safety zone downstream by Oakland (1983). The goal was to from the Hampton WWTF (Fugro- assess impacts relative to state standards McClelland, 1993). for coliform bacteria and dissolved oxy- In Great Bay, the most recent sanitary gen standards, and assess effectiveness survey (NHDHHS, 1995) identified the of stormwater control measure imple- WWTFs in Durham and Newmarket as mentation. The results of the modeling the plants with the greatest chances of confirmed observations that coliform impacting shellfish harvesting. There standards would be violated routinely have been recent dye studies conducted during storm events. Violations, even at both sites, but the data are not yet during dry weather, would be most fre- published. An EPA model, CORMIX, quent at upstream sites and during ebb was used to model discharges of fecal tides. Dissolved oxygen standards coliforms from the WWTFs (Langan and would be violated much less frequently, Jones, 1995a). At the Newmarket only during 28% of storms. The viola- WWTF, the worst case scenario was for tions would be expected to be short- a release at mid-falling tide, in which lived during ebb tides only in the upper case the plume would reach the mouth reaches of the tidal river. The model of the Lamprey River in 7.2 h with a found that only Mill Pond, as a river-run concentration of 750 fecal coliforms/100 impoundment, would have significant ml. The mouth of the river is an area impacts on coliform loading, while vac- classified as prohibited for shellfish har- uum cleaning of impervious surfaces vesting. Thus, another model (Brown could significantly reduce BOD loading. and Arrelano, 1979) was used to esti- Numerous dye studies have been mate time for the plume to reach the conducted to determine potential con- closest approved areas. It was estimated tamination plumes and contaminant that the total time for the plume transport from various point sources. released at mid-falling tide to reach Ballestero (1988) reported on a field dye restricted waters is 28 h, which is suffi- study and calculations for dilution and cient for closing the area to shellfishing. dispersion using MERGE, a contaminant At the Durham WWTF, the worst case plume modeling program, for the new scenario was found to be a release at Dover wastewater treatment plant out- high tide, in which case the plume fall diffuser in the Piscataqua River. The would reach the mouth of the Oyster purpose of the study was to determine River in 4.2 h with a concentration of water quality criteria for conservative 420 fecal coliforms/100 ml. Further contaminants in the effluent. The zone transport of bacteria to the Langley of initial dilution was set by the state to Island area could take a total time from be 0.25 miles upstream and downstream a high tide release of 8-12 h. from the diffuser. Average dilution at In Hampton Harbor, CORMIX was these distances was calculated to be used to model transport and survival of 26,000, with significant dilution occur- bacteria discharged from boats moored ring as a result of the initial jet aspira- in Seabrook Harbor during fall-spring tion from the diffuser as the effluent when the clam flats in the Harbor are entered the river. A modeling study was open for harvesting (Langan and Jones, also conducted for a proposed diffuser 1995b). Model simulations were run for for the Newmarket WWTF. both a slug release and a slow, continu- Other dye studies have been con- ous release of bacteria over a six hour ducted to establish safety zones for time period from the vessels. The con- 52 centrations of bacteria in the plume at 2.2.4.1 Historic Sanitary Assessments the edge of the adjacent clamflat for of Shellfish-growing Waters both types of releases were 13 and 0.02 Bacterial contamination of the shellfish fecal coliform/100 ml, respectively, growing waters of New Hampshire has which are both below the regulatory been a challenging, continuous problem. limit of 14 fecal coliforms/100 ml. The New Hampshire has assessed the sani- conclusion of the study was that the tary conditions of tidal water bodies boats present during colder months do since 1957 (NHWPC, 1960). Early data on not pose a risk of significant contamina- bacterial contamination Jackson (1944) tion to adjacent clamflats. However, reflected the high loading of untreated because boating activity increases signifi- sewage into the tributaries to Great Bay cantly during warm months (mid-May to Estuary: every tributary had average total mid-September) it is recommended that coliform concentrations of >800 /100 ml. clamflats remain closed during these Total coliform concentrations were much times. This study did not address the lower at sites in Great and Little bays, Hampton Marina, which typically has although still elevated compared to more many more boats than Seabrook Harbor. recent data and in excess of the limit of Current direction and velocity meas- 70 total coliforms/100 ml for shellfishing. urements have been used to help pre- Early routine state assessments of the dict bacterial transport and impact to sanitary quality of tidal waters began in shellfishing areas in Hampton Harbor 1957 (NHWPC, 1960). The 1960 report (Langan and Jones, 1995b) and Little included a map delineating suitability of Harbor (Jones and Langan, 1996c). In water quality for shellfishing in the Pis- Little Harbor, transport of bacteria dis- cataqua River/Great Bay Estuary (Figure charged from boats at the Wentworth 2.17). Only a small portion of eastern Marina and in the nearby mooring area Great Bay (Greenland Bay) near the to shellfishing areas were modeled shore between Fabyan and Pierce using estimated discharges and current points was classified as suitable for velocities and directions. Using a variety year-round harvest of shellfish for direct of scenarios, the modeling effort found marketing. The rest of the estuary was it likely that water with fecal coliform considered unsuitable for year-round concentrations exceeding 14/100 ml harvesting because of the continuous could reach clamflats under worst case presence of pollution by raw sewage, conditions. Jones and Langan (1996c) except for much of the central area of recommended that shellfishing be Great Bay and the outer deeper areas of allowed only during colder months Portsmouth Harbor. The classification when boat traffic and usage is negligi- was based on only a few samples (one ble. sample/site in some cases). By 1975, 2.2.4 IMPACTS OF FECAL-BORNE New Hampshire published shellfish BACTERIA ON SHELLFISHING waters classification maps based on a median 70 total coliform/100 ml limit for New Hampshire has abundant and valu- Class A tidal waters (Figures 2.17 and able shellfish resources. Many citizens 2.18; NHWSPCC, 1975). Areas where have enjoyed the recreational harvest of median total coliform concentrations clams, oysters and mussels over the years were <70/100 ml included eastern Great in Great and Little bays, Hampton Har- Bay between Nannie Island and Birch bor, Rye Harbor and Little Harbor. How- Pt. beyond the mouth of the Winnicut ever, during the past few decades, all or River, two areas near the western shore- portions of these areas have been closed line around the Footman and Vols for shellfishing because of unacceptable Islands, the lower tidal portions of the concentrations of bacterial contaminants. Oyster and Bellamy rivers, Little Harbor Much effort has been dedicated to deter- and southern portions of the Back mining which areas are safe for shellfish Channel, outer Portsmouth Harbor, the harvesting and how to open other areas. northern half of Hampton Harbor and 53 FIGURE 2.17 Great Bay Estuary shellfish waters classification trends from 1960 to 1998.
1960 1975
Suitable for year-round harvest Areas open to the public Not suitable due to probable pollution Not suitable due to continuous pollution
1990 1998
Approved Prohibited Approved Prohibited Conditionally Approved Prohibited/Safety Zone Conditionally Approved Prohibited/Safety Zone Restricted Unclassified (closed) Restricted Unclassified (closed)
54 Hampton Harbor Estuary shellfish waters classification trends from 1975 to 1998. FIGURE 2.18
1975
Approved Prohibited Conditionally Approved Prohibited/Safety Zone Restricted Unclassified (closed)
1990 1998
Approved Prohibited Approved Prohibited Conditionally Approved Prohibited/Safety Zone Conditionally Approved Prohibited/Safety Zone Restricted Unclassified (closed) Restricted Unclassified (closed)
55 lower portions of some tributaries, Rye identified and abated in Seabrook, Rye Harbor and the whole of New Hamp- eliminated its coastal discharge of raw shire’s Atlantic coast. Point sources, sewage by building a sewer line to especially the WWTFs, were the major Hampton and all but two CSOs were sources of contamination, and upgrades eliminated in Portsmouth. Shoreline sur- and construction were slated to occur veys were conducted in Great Bay and within a few years of the reports for all the Bellamy River by state agencies (see areas not currently treating waste with below), while sources of contamination the best available technology. in the Bellamy River were identified and Contaminated shellfish waters became abated. Some remote residential areas in an even more important issue for the Hampton were connected into the town public and their legislative representa- sewer system. For all growing areas tives after the NHDHHS closure of (Great/Little Bay; Little Harbor; Hamp- Hampton and Little harbors in March, ton Harbor; Rye Harbor), specific water 1989 (NHDES, 1989a). A Shellfish Com- quality problem areas were identified, mittee was formed in March, 1988, and described and prioritized. Concurrent ensuing efforts focused on identifying with these efforts were a number of sources of contaminants and eliminating water quality monitoring programs run them where possible. A report was writ- by state agencies and UNH. The shell- ten by the agency personnel on the com- fish program continued monitoring mittee in 1989 entitled “Interagency waters to support classifications, Report on the Shellfish Waters of New NHDES continued monitoring some Hampshire” to outline what steps were upstream areas as part of their ambient needed to reopen shellfish beds. The water quality monitoring program, and report included a few, high priority rec- UNH/JEL initiated monitoring in Great ommendations/actions: Bay as part of the GBNERR program. However, the 1991 report (NHF&G, ■ prioritize the elimination of sources 1991) recognized the need for more of bacterial contaminants and con- extensive water quality monitoring in duct a cost/benefit analysis relating key areas to document improvements in remediation costs to the value of water quality and to support reclassifi- shellfish harvest activities; cation of areas. The improvements in ■ increase the effectiveness and WWTFs and elimination of major point efficiency of existing WWTF sources of contamination also provided wastewater disinfection systems; conditions conducive to assessing NPS pollution. ■ communities should survey shore- The shellfish growing waters of Great lines and eliminate nonpoint Bay were the focus of shoreline/sanitary sources of pollution; surveys in 1988-91: the Bellamy River ■ identify sources of pollution where (NHDES, 1991) and Great Bay (NHD- obvious point sources are present; HHS, 1992). The Bellamy River survey found an unpermitted pipe discharging ■ prioritize state and federal funding bacterial contaminants near the Sawyer’s to support WWTF construction Mill apartments in Dover near the tidal and nonpoint programs in coastal dam. No evidence of failed septic sys- communities. tems or other nonpoint sources of con- The State began to make progress on tamination was detected, and further each of the key recommendations soon studies were recommended. In the Great after the 1989 Interagency Shellfish Bay sanitary survey, water samples col- (Flanders, 1989) report was published. lected along the northwest shoreline of By 1991, improvements had been made Great Bay were all elevated (330-3,300 to Dover, Exeter, Newmarket, Hampton total coliforms/100 ml) above the total and Portsmouth WWTFs (NHF&G, coliform limit of 70/100 ml (NHDPHS, 1991). Some failed septic systems were 1992). The dominant source of contami- 56 nation was considered to be WWTFs dis- Little Harbor was the focus of a pre- charging into nearby tributaries. liminary sanitary survey in 1995-96 Indigenous estuarine bacterial (Jones and Langan, 1996c). Water quality pathogens like vibrios have been a sig- was found to meet approved classifica- nificant public health concern in the tion standards in Little Harbor, and no southern areas of the US. In New significant sources of pollution were doc- Hampshire, there has been no docu- umented. The Wentworth Marina was mented evidence of food poisoning or considered to be a significant potential wound infections in the local communi- source of bacterial contaminants. A ties associated with the incidence of any pumpout facility replaced in 1997 using Vibrio sp., except for an incident of V. Clean Vessel Act support and private parahaemolyticus gastroenteritis result- funds. Even though it has pump-out ing from consumption of oysters taken facilities that are extensively used, such from Great Bay waters that occurred in large marinas are regarded as potentially June, 1992 (Dr. R. Rubin, personal com- significant sources of contamination rela- munication). tive to classifying shellfish areas. The statewide closure of shellfishing during 2.2.4.2 Present Conditions warm months, June through early Sep- A recent sanitary survey in Great Bay tember (November for Hampton Har- was conducted (NHDPHS, 1995; Jones bor), coincides with the timing of the and Langan, 1995b). The approved area greatest use of the marina, mid-May was expanded northward in Little Bay through mid-September. The absence of from the cable crossing (Figure 1-6) boaters at the marina during colder based on monitoring at NHDHHS sta- months resulted in little impact of the tions (Figure 2-3). The northern bound- marina on water quality (Jones and Lan- ary for the approved area now extends gan, 1996c), and would probably not be from Fox Point (43°07’10” N. Latitude, a concern if the area was opened during 70°51’35” W. Longitude) to the western cold months for shellfishing. shore of Little Bay at Durham Point In the rest of the Little Harbor area, (43°07’14” N. Latitude, 70°52’10” W. Lon- the Witch and Seavey Creek area has gitude). A new sanitary survey and relat- some problems with water quality and ed studies have focused more intensive further studies are needed to identify monitoring in lower Little Bay and the sources. The Back Channel area should Bellamy River (NHDHHS, 1998; Jones, also remain closed because of the CSOs 1998a). The shoreline survey and fecal in Portsmouth and other recently identi- coliform concentrations at five of the six fied sources. sites were consistent with an approved A sanitary survey was conducted in classification of much of lower Little Bay. Hampton Harbor during 1993-94 to sup- Initially, only an area around Broad Cove port reclassification of the closed shell- was classified as approved, as other fish waters (NHDHHS, 1994). The study areas required additional samples. In involved intensive water quality monitor- 1998, most of the rest of lower Little Bay ing, experiments designed to test a vari- was re-classified as approved, except for ety of conditions and consideration of all an area from the mouth of the Oyster potential and known pollution sources. River east to Fox Point, and areas around The effort resulted in reclassification of the two marinas. In Great Bay, a restrict- portions of Hampton Harbor to “condi- ed area has been established in the tionally approved”, limited by rainfall southwestern corner of Great Bay events and closed during warm months toward the mouths of the Lamprey and (June-October) because of the increased Squamscott rivers. The classification of summer population. The classification eastern Great Bay has been clarified and was based on sampling at NHDHHS sites is almost all approved, except Greenland (Figure 2.12). Elevated concentrations of Bay south of a line extending from Pierce fecal coliforms at a few sites in the har- Point west to the Greenland shoreline. bor near the mouth of Mill Creek and 57 near River St. and Cross Beach Rd. were 2.2.6 FECAL-BORNE PATHOGENS investigated further in 1995 (Langan and Historical Studies on Indicators Jones, 1995a & b). The study and a and Pathogens newer study (Jones, 1997) suggested that Historically, there has been a great deal elevated bacterial concentrations may of research in Great Bay conducted by originate from Mill Creek or possibly researchers at the Jackson Estuarine Lab- from resuspended sediments; no clearly oratory and the Department of Microbi- defined sources were found. Improved ology at the University of New water quality in recent years has resulted Hampshire on the various aspects of in a recent upgrading of the shellfish har- microbial pathogens. The estuary has vest classification of the large Middle served as a useful site to conduct these Ground clam flat in Seabrook from studies, as sewage discharges have con- restricted to conditionally approved taminated shellfish-growing areas for a (NHDHHS,1998). Clamming can occur long time (NHWPC, 1960; NHWSPCC, from November to May except after rain 1975; 1981). Slanetz et al. (1964) found events of >0.1 inches of rain in 24 hours. good correlations between membrane In addition, the rainfall condition of filtration and multiple tube fermentation approved classification has been modi- tests for coliforms in shellfish and water, fied to be seasonal, with less restrictive and showed that not all positive fecal conditions (0.25” rain per 24 h) in effect coliform tubes contained Escherichia for all areas during December through coli. Fecal streptococci and fecal col- March. It is hoped that complete discon- iforms were useful indicators of fecal nection of all septic systems in the area pathogen contamination, as Salmonella will result in improved water quality so sp., and on two occasions, Coxsackie even more clam flats can be opened. viruses were detected in shellfish and 2.2.5 MICROBIAL CONTAMINATION waters from areas having high levels of Impacts on Swimming and fecal indicator bacteria (Slanetz et al., Other Recreational Uses 1968). However, Salmonella sp. (Slanetz et al., 1968) and enteric viruses (Metcalf There have been no reported incidences et al., 1973; Metcalf, 1975) were also of water-borne disease in New Hamp- detected in samples of water and oysters shire at least since 1992 (NHDES, 1994a; from areas that met the coliform standard 1996b). Microbial contaminants would for approved shellfish-growing waters. be a concern at bathing beaches if swim- One general conclusion of the historical mers ingested water and became ill. Bac- studies was that enteric viruses and Sal- terial indicator standards are based on monella sp. had a greater ability to sur- USEPA studies of disease incidence in vive than indicator bacteria in estuarine association with swimming. Thus, the environments, and that these pathogens enterococci standard for tidal recreation- were often associated with irregular al waters was developed to protect introductions, or pulses, of contamina- humans from fecal-borne pathogens. tion into the estuary. The findings pro- The data from the NHDES 305(b) reports vided early evidence that contributed to showed swimming was only restricted at growing doubts about the adequacy of open ocean sites in 1991-1994 and at a using total coliforms for classifying coastal shoreline site from 1988 to 1990. approved shellfish waters, especially Some temporary closures of beaches with low indicator levels. The occurrence in New Hampshire occur during warm of the specific pathogens Salmonella sp. months when beaches become over- and enteric viruses was never correlated crowded. The heavy population of with any reported incidence of disease swimmers can cause concentrations of caused by these microorganisms in sur- fecal-borne bacteria to be present at lev- rounding communities. els that exceed standards, and time is The sources and fate of microbial needed for the water to become clean contaminants in Great Bay were the again prior to re-opening beaches. 58 subject of further studies. Metcalf and Stiles (1968) found that enteric viruses were discharged from sewage effluent pipes and disseminated throughout the estuary. The viruses were rapidly taken up by oysters and retained for months within shellfish, especially during cold winter months. Introduction of chlorina- tion as treatment of sewage by a munic- ipal facility caused dramatic decreases in coliform, Salmonella, and enteric virus levels, although the pathogens could still be detected in treated effluent on occasion. Slanetz et al. (1972) found rapid die-off of indicator bacteria in oxi- dation ponds at three wastewater treat- ment facilities in the estuarine system, especially when three to four ponds in succession were used to treat waste- water. However, Salmonella and enteric viruses could be isolated from all ponds, especially in cold (1-10°C) water. Such findings are important relative to the oyster harvest season in Great Bay, which spans the cold autumn through spring months and is only closed during the warm summer months. More recent studies on pathogens in oysters from the Piscataqua River showed no detectable Salmonella sp. in shellfish prior to processing at a commercial A. REID shellfish depuration facility in Maine (Jones et al., 1991). in the Oyster River revealed no clear Water quality sampling Presently accepted methods for trends. Levels of bacterial indicators detecting enteric viruses are too expen- were consistent with the classification of sive, slow, and complex to be adopted the river as prohibited for shellfishing, for routine analysis of water and shell- but showed little relationship to the fish. However, more rapid and precise presence or absence of enteric viruses. methods for detecting enteric viruses are An ongoing study is focusing on viral being developed at UNH. For example, contamination of groundwater in north- application of radioactively labeled ern New England (D. Heath, personal cDNA probes for poliovirus and Hepati- communication). Total culturable tis A virus showed the presence of these enteric viruses and PCR analysis of viruses in shellfish and water from poliovirus, hepatitis A and Norwalk closed areas in Great Bay (Moore and virus are being measured in comparison Margolin, 1993; Margolin and Jones, to other microbial indicators and dis- 1990; Margolin et al., 1990). Gene probe solved nutrients. Groundwater samples assays showed good agreement with tra- are being collected from drinking water ditional tissue culture methods for virus wells located in close proximity to sep- detection. Comparison of virus inci- tic systems and that have had past con- dence with levels of bacterial indicators tamination problems.
59 2.2.7 AUTOCHTHONOUS new inhabitant of the estuary. Many other MICROBIAL PATHOGENS reasons are related to why it had not been previously detected, including no Non-fecal bacterial pathogens that are one had tried to detect it, it was only rec- indigenous to and common inhabitants of ognized as a bacterial species in the late estuarine environments are also potential 1970s and there was no incidence of V. health hazards. In particular, the Vibri- vulnificus-related disease to cause alarm. onaceae have been associated with shell- It has since been detected routinely in all fish-borne disease incidence and wound of the tidal portions of the major tributary infections resulting from exposure to rivers of the estuary, where shellfishing is marine waters (Rippey, 1994). Bartley not permitted, but detection is extremely and Slanetz (1971) found Vibrio para- rare and at low concentrations in the haemolyticus in oysters and estuarine areas of Great Bay open to shellfishing water from Great and Little bays in Sep- (Figure 2.19; Jones et al., 1997; O’Neill et tember and at decreasing levels through al., 1990; Jones et al., 1991). A relatively November. V. parahaemolyticus has also high incidence of hemolysin-negative, or been detected in oysters (Jones et al., potentially non-virulent strains of V. vul- 1991) and water (Jones and Summer-Bra- nificus have been isolated from the estu- son, 1998; Summer-Brason, 1998; Jones et ary (O’Neill et al., 1991). al., 1997) from the Estuary in more recent More recent studies in Great Bay and studies. Another vibrio, V. vulnificus, was the Oyster River helped to delineate the detected in 1989 for the first time north of ecology of V. vulnificus. This is impor- Boston Harbor in the Maine and New tant for prediction of conditions that may Hampshire waters of the Great Bay Estu- result in higher concentrations of the ary (O’Neill et al., 1990). This discovery organism and for developing post-har- did not necessarily mean that it was a vest processing strategies for eliminating
FIGURE 2.19 Geometric mean Vibrio vulnificus and Vibrio parahaemolyticus concentrations at low tide (MPN/100 ml) in Great Bay Estuary by site during June-September, 1993-95.
822 MPN/100 ml 784 755 V. parahaemolyticus V. vulnificus
611
397 381
288
187
111 89 104 94 71 70
Squamscott R. Squamscott R. Great Bay Adams Point Oyster River Oyster River Oyster River Chapmans and Lamprey R. center mouth WWTF outfall town landing Landing mouths 60 2.3
TOXIC ORGANIC umerous historical and current water column, with some focusing on AND METAL Nstudies have focused on organic their effects on organisms. Information CONTAMINANTS contaminants, metals and metalloids in on the status and trends of toxic contam- coastal New Hampshire, especially in inants in these environmental compart- Great Bay. The major sources of infor- ments is presented below. mation can be found in reports from the 2.3.1 STATUS AND TRENDS FOR 1991-93 ecological risk assessments for CONTAMINANTS IN WATER the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, the Gulfwatch 1991-98 annual reports, the Lyons et al. (1976) studied trace metal Army Corps of Engineers dredge project discharges into the Great Bay Estuary in data, NPDES monitoring data, numerous the mid-1970s. Measurements were made reports by Normandeau Associates, of dissolved and “environmentally avail- reports from the former Pease AFB, and able” Fe, Mn, Cu, and Cr. Only Cr was scientific papers from a few UNH labo- present at levels in excess of the range ratories in the departments of Chem- found for other northern New England istry, Earth Sciences and Microbiology. river systems. The data indicated a reduc- Numerous other studies conducted by tion of inputs to the estuary from indus- private firms, the University, and both try compared with what had occurred in state and federal agencies also provide the previous decade. Scattered small important information. Contaminants projects involving analysis of tidal waters that have the most available information have also occurred. For example, water include chromium, mercury, tin and from the Taylor River in the Hampton/ lead, based on their local distribution, Seabrook Estuary was analyzed for nine historical and current sources, potential metals and ten organic contaminants dur- toxicity and scientific interest. ing 1985 (ESI, unpublished data). Nelson Small scale, light manufacturing is (1986) reported the analysis of water practiced in Portsmouth along the Pis- from four areas in the Great Bay Estuary cataqua River and in many of the for lead concentrations, which ranged municipalities bordering the Great Bay from <0.05 to 0.14 mg/l. and Hampton/Seabrook estuaries. More recent studies on contaminant There are no industrial activities on the concentrations in water have been con- shores of some coastal areas, such as ducted as part of the Portsmouth Naval Little Harbor. Other areas like the Shipyard studies (Johnston et al., 1993). Portsmouth Naval Shipyard and Pease Initial measurements of metals in the AFB have been the sites of significant Piscataqua River encountered problems, historical storage and use of toxic con- but samples of seep water from sites taminants. An environmental assess- near suspected sources showed elevat- ment of the shipyard and surrounding ed concentrations of Pb, Hg, Zn, Cr and estuarine habitats has shown elevated Cu, some of which may have been levels of some toxic compounds in associated with suspended sediments depositional areas and some biota inadvertently included in the samples. (NCCOSC, 1997). Little evidence of actu- Further sampling of the river and seep al toxic effects on biota was apparent. waters were conducted as part of the The urban areas in the coastal region second phase of the project (NCCOSC, have had a variety of industrial activities 1997). The data, when compared to that have contributed unknown quanti- Water Quality Criteria (WQC) for protec- ties of contaminants to surface waters tion of both human health and aquatic over the last three centuries. life, showed measured contaminant con- Studies have been conducted to deter- centrations except for copper were >10x mine the concentrations of contaminants lower than the marine chronic WQCs. All in sediments, in organisms and in the sites had copper concentrations ~10x
62 lower than the 3.1 mg/l WQC with the and will soon be available on CD and highest concentration in the upper through the Internet (Buchholtz ten Great Bay Estuary of 0.49 mg/l, which is Brink et al., 1994 & 1997). Data from the only ~6x lower. PNS estuarine ecological risk assessment NHDES measured concentrations of (Johnston et al., 1994), the Army Corps Al, Cu, Zn and Pb that exceeded stan- of Engineers dredging projects (NAI, dards in water samples from urban areas 1994) and various scientific papers, con- in the Lamprey River (NHDES, 1994b). sulting firm reports and theses are They compared concentrations from included. In all, the database includes samples in 1987-92 at rural sites with data for 199 samples from New Hamp- samples from 1992 and 1993 at urban shire, 452 samples from Maine and 993 sites. The results indicated that the met- samples from USACE permit applications als were present at concentrations higher and federal navigation projects. Informa- than elsewhere in New Hampshire. The tion in the database is from reports and report recommended more intensive papers dating from 1973 to 1994, provid- monitoring for metals in the Lamprey ing the opportunity in the future to River and in other rivers to help put the determine trends for sediment contami- results into a broader context. In addi- nants at specific sites. The data, along tion, toxicity assessments in trouble areas with data from the rest of the Gulf of were also recommended. In follow-up Maine, are presently being validated and studies, the NHOSP found Al, Zn and Cu interpretive maps are being produced. concentrations in water samples from the The trace metal at highest concentra- Exeter River to be greater than state stan- tion in New Hampshire’s estuarine sedi- dards at many sites during storm events ments is chromium. The range of (NHOSP, 1995a), and frequent excee- chromium concentrations in sediments is dences for Pb, Zn and Cu during storm 12-2300 mg/l. The highest chromium events at numerous sites in the Oyster concentrations are found in the Cocheco River watershed (NHCP, 1996). Elevated River, where tannery waste with high concentrations of trace metals in levels of chromium were discharged. stormwater runoff in Dover and Exeter Chromium concentrations in Cocheco have been measured, especially during River sediments are commonly greater significant storm/runoff events (Jones et than the ER-M of 145 mg Cr/l. Chromium al., 1999). from the Cocheco River has been trans- It appears that tributaries to estuarine ported throughout the estuary (Capuzzo waters have storm-related problems with and Anderson, 1973). trace metal contamination. In addition to Examples of the latest draft versions of their impact in the freshwater tributaries, the USGS maps for New Hampshire are the contaminants potentially may be presented in Figures 2.21-23 for mercury, transported to estuarine waters and pose lead and chromium, along with an exam- risks to estuarine biota. The high copper ple map of lead concentrations in the US concentrations in the tributaries and in portion of the Gulf of Maine (Figure the upper Great Bay Estuary are good 2.24) to provide a regional perspective to evidence that transport is occurring. New Hampshire data. Data and maps are also available for nickel, cadmium, zinc, 2.3.2 STATUS AND TRENDS FOR copper, phenanthrene, fluoranthene and CONTAMINATED SEDIMENTS pyrene in both the Gulf of Maine and in Many studies have focused on contami- the Great Bay Estuary. The three example nants in sediments in coastal New Hamp- maps presented are useful to see general shire. Recent efforts are providing an patterns in contaminant concentrations. update to many areas not surveyed since The data are comprehensive and do not the 1970s (Bonis and Gaudette, 1998). A distinguish between older and newer comprehensive database for contaminat- data, analytical methods, sampling meth- ed sediments in coastal New Hampshire ods, or sample replication. Validation of areas has been compiled by the USGS data and maps is ongoing, along with the 63 FIGURE 2.21 Mercury Concentrations in Sediments 1973-1994 Mercury concentrations in sediments in coastal 0.71 to 68.8 New Hampshire waters: 0.15 to 0.71 1973-1994. 0.06 to 0.15 0 to 0.06
64 FIGURE 2.22 Chromium Concentrations in Sediments 1973-1994 Chromium concentrations in 370 to 7,140 µg/g sediments in coastal 81 to 370 µg/g New Hampshire 70 to 81 µg/g waters: 1973-1994. 0 to 70 µg/g
65 Lead Concentrations FIGURE 2.23 in Sediments: 1973-94 Lead concentrations 218 to 7,000 µg/g in sediments in coastal µ New Hampshire waters: 46.7 to 218 g/g 1973-1994. 35 to 46.7 µg/g 0 to 35 µg/g
66 FIGURE 2.24
Lead concentrations in sediments in the U.S. portion of the Gulf of Maine and Georges Bank. Lead Concentrations (ppm) ≥ 100 10 to 31 30 to 100 ≤ 10
databases for organic contaminants and of copper at or near the ER-L concentra- sediment texture. tion of 70 µg/g. The sites included the Figure 2.21 shows numerous sites in same two sites that had high lead con- the lower Piscataqua River and Rye Har- centrations near Seavey Island, and two bor that have Hg concentrations that other sites in Great and Little bays. Rela- exceed the ER-L sediment quality criteri- tively high (>81 µg/g) chromium con- on of 0.15 µg/g (Long and Morgan, centrations are spread throughout the 1990), but no sites that exceed the ER-M Great Bay Estuary (Figure 2.23), with the criterion of 1.3 µg/g. The upper Great highest concentration in the Cocheco Bay Estuary generally had lower levels of River. The Gulf of Maine map presents mercury. Sites with lead concentrations lead concentration in relation to back- that exceed the ER-L criterion of 35 g/g ground concentrations (20 µg/g), with are numerous and spread throughout the values up to 2-3 orders of magnitude entire coastal New Hampshire area (Fig- greater than background (Figure 2.24). ure 2.22). Three sites had lead concen- Only one site (near Seavey Island) had a trations greater than the ER-M level of concentrations as high as 2.5 orders of 110 µg/g. The sites were near Seavey magnitude greater than background. Island in Portsmouth Harbor and in the As a means of assessing the impact of Squamscott River. Many sites with lower oil spills on sediments, sediments were concentrations (<31 µg/g) were concen- collected monthly at 24 intertidal and trated around Adams Point and Little Bay subtidal sites throughout the Great Bay areas. Only four sites had concentrations Estuary and analyzed for hydrocarbons 67 FIGURE 2.25
PCB concentrations in sediments in coastal New Hampshire waters: 1973-1994.
PCB Concentrations in Sediments: 1973-1994
≥ 500 .01 to 100 100 to 500 < .01
(Nelson, 1982). Nelson (1982) reported highest concentrations included Rollins the results of analyses for PAHs and alka- Farm (>14,800 ng/g), Broad Cove nes for February, 1981 at both intertidal (>17,000 ng/g) Royall’s Cove (>24,900 and subtidal sites at eight different sta- ng/g) in either intertidal or subtidal sites. tions. Concentrations were reported for Evidence of contamination from oil spills 13 different PAHs, ranging from 0 for was evident at all sites, suggesting that numerous PAHs to >1000 mg/g sediment oil spilled mainly in the lower estuary is for chrysene and benzo[a]anthracene at likely transported to the upper estuary. Nobles I., Cedar Pt., Royall’s Cove and Dredge materials in New Hampshire Fox Pt. Alkane analysis was reported as have been disposed of in intertidal, concentrations for even and odd-num- nearshore, open water, upland or bered carbons in chains ranging from 14 unknown locations (NAI, 1994). Much of to 32 carbons. Total alkane concentra- the material dredged was disposed of at tions ranged from 707 ng/g sediment to the Cape Arundel open water site. Some 24,960 ng/g sediment. Sites with the of the Rockingham County material was 68 2.3.3 SOURCES OF according to the NPDES, EPA-issued per- TOXIC CONTAMINANTS mit. Activities resulting in the production of this waste include aircraft mainte- Current industrial discharges of toxic con- nance, aircraft fueling, painting and strip- taminants are significantly less than the ping, aircraft washing and most historical discharges that are probably the significantly, aircraft de-icing. McIntyre cause of much of the existing contami- Brook has the potential for having a more nants in New Hampshire sediments. Most direct impact on the growing area than current sources of toxic contaminants are Flagstone due to the location of the dis- suspected to be more diffuse sources charge relative to shellfish resource areas. such as urban stormwater runoff, atmos- Major effluent characteristics that require pheric deposition, oil spills, and runoff monthly monitoring in McIntyre Brook plus groundwater infiltration from Super- include pH, oil and grease, primary de- fund sites, golf courses and landfills. icing chemical, surfactants, trichloroethyl- Stormwater runoff is the most frequently ene (quarterly), and total recoverable iron cited existing source of toxic contami- and zinc. Most of the runway and aircraft nants in coastal New Hampshire (Jones et parking apron, industrial shop area and al., 1999). Stormwater runoff and associ- the entire flightline area drain into McIn- ated storm event effects may also tyre Brook. There is an oil/water separa- enhance contamination for some of the tor located near the origin of McIntyre other sources of contaminants detailed Brook and a newly installed separator on below. Flagstone Brook. One of the main con- cerns with McIntyre Brook has been the 2.3.3.1 Stormwater Runoff propylene glycol content in the dis- Stormwater runoff is the most frequently charged water. This product is used in cited existing source of toxic contami- deicing aircraft and can potentially nants in coastal New Hampshire. Signifi- decrease the amount of dissolved oxygen cantly elevated concentrations of in water. In 1992, as a part of the Air aluminum, lead, copper and zinc have Force Installation Restoration program, been documented in freshwater tributar- shellfish tissue analysis was performed on ies (NHDES, 1994; see Status and Trends samples collected in the vicinity of the Air of Contaminants in Water section). Much Force Base. In an effort to evaluate the of the stormwater and associated con- potential impacts of contaminants taminants probably enter surface waters released from the Air Force Base into via stormdrains in urban areas (Jones et McIntyre Brook, American oysters, soft- al., 1999; Jones, 1998b; Landry, 1997). shell clams, ribbed mussels and mummi- This is currently the focus of a study sup- chogs were collected at the mouth of the ported by the NHCP. Stormwater is also brook where it discharges into Great Bay. suspected to enter the Great Bay Estuary Results of these analyses concluded that directly through various streams and aluminum, arsenic and potassium con- brooks throughout each bordering town. centrations in shellfish tissue samples The area around the former Pease Air exceeded background concentrations. Force Base (PAFB) has been well docu- However, the presence of these metals mented. There are two drainage streams and the concentrations in which they in Newington that are permitted NPDES were detected, do not pose a significant outfalls, both formerly used by PAFB and health risk to humans and were not con- presently used by the Pease International cluded by the NHDES to be potential Tradeport (Figure 2.26). Flagstone Brook health risks. flows north from the site and eventually In addition to McIntyre and Flagstone discharges into lower Little Bay (Tricky brooks, there are two non-permitted Cove) while McIntyre Brook flows from drainage brooks located on the Pease the runway into southeastern Great Bay. International Tradeport property which Both brooks are used for disposal of drain into the southeast portion of Great “stormwater runoff from airport activities” Bay. They are Peverly Brook and Picker- 70 FIGURE 2.26
Superfund sites and surface waters in the former Pease Air Force base.
Superfund Sites
ing Brook. Runoff is characterized pre- 2.3.3.2 Superfund Sites dominantly by overland flow to these streams. The Pease International Trade- There are Superfund sites in coastal New port has adopted a Stormwater Best Hampshire (Figure 2.27) with the Management Practices Plan in order to Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, the former properly handle all stormwater waste Pease Air Force base and Coakley land- originating at the facility. fill being of most concern to estuarine A joint UNH-JEL/NHDES study on environmental quality. Copious amounts stormwater control systems in the coastal of information have been generated on area assessed the effectiveness of the sys- environmental concentrations of contam- tems to remove Al, Cd, Cu and Zn (Jones inants, cleanup strategies, and toxicity to and Langan, 1996b). Concentrations of biota for both the Portsmouth Naval Al, Cu and Zn in the effluent from all of Shipyard (NCCOSC, 1997; Johnston et al., the systems exceeded the New Hamp- 1994) and the former Pease Air Force shire acute water quality standards for Base (Earth Tech, 1995). A large number protection of aquatic life (NHDES, of studies for these sites have been 1996b) during at least one storm event, reviewed and synthesized (NCCOSC, especially during storms that occurred in 1997; Earth Tech, 1995). winter. Cadmium concentrations rarely At PAFB, elevated concentrations of exceeded the acute standard, and contaminants have been found in the exceeded the chronic standard less fre- sediments of some small streams, in quently than for other metals. groundwater plumes, in some biota, and 71 FIGURE 2.27 Superfund sites in the coastal region of New Hampshire.
Superfund Sites
72 in soil (Weston, 1992), mostly in close proximity to known sites of hazardous waste storage, disposal or discharge. Extensive measurements of contaminants in surface water, sediments and fish have been made (Weston, 1992). In addition, extensive analysis of surface water at two small rivers and sediments at three wet- lands, all considered to be unimpacted by pollution, were conducted to estab- lish naturally occurring background con- centrations of contaminants as a basis for establishing remediation goals for Pease (NHDES, unpublished data). Elevated concentrations of DDT compounds undertook a small investigation of water Pease International reflect local deposition or application quality along the whole length of Berry Tradeport probably from the 1950s and 1960s Brook. They sampled twice during the (Weston, 1994). Detailed summaries of spring of 1995, and had samples from 9 environmental factors at each of 48 sites along the stream, from the Coakley Installation Restoration Program sites Landfill to the Estuary, analyzed for a have been compiled (USAF, unpublished wide range of contaminants (Hughes and report). On the basis of extensive assess- Brown, 1995). These included 10 metals, ments of sediment and water contami- 60 VOCs, 20 pesticides and 7 PCBs. nant analysis and toxicity assays, None of the toxic organic compounds remedial alternatives for sediments were were detected in any sample. The metals evaluated (Weston, 1996). Cleanup and were all present at low concentrations or remediation of stream sites with contam- undetectable. They found dissolved oxy- inated sediments include Paul’s and gen to be low near the landfill, but satis- McIntyre brooks, which had elevated factory at other sites. Suspended solids, concentrations of pesticides, metals and dissolved inorganic nitrogen and phos- PAHs of concern to ecological receptors, phorus, and fecal indicator bacteria con- though not to humans (USAF, 1997). centrations were all low. Contaminants in Lower Newfields Ditch Other Superfund sites are located and Flagstone Brook have been deter- within close proximity to the Great Bay mined to pose no risk to humans or eco- Estuary. The Tolend Road site in Dover is logical receptors, and no further action located near the upstream portion of the has been recommended. Bellamy River. The Somersworth landfill The Coakley Landfill is located in is located near the Salmon Falls River. North Hampton 6 miles up the freshwa- 2.3.3.3 Documented Groundwater ter portion of Berry Brook. It received Pollution Sources municipal and industrial wastes from the Portsmouth and Pease Air Force Base Landfills, fuel storage, hazardous waste area between 1972-1985. In 1983, the generators and documented groundwa- NHDES found groundwater and surface ter pollution sources are all in GIS on the water contamination with volatile organ- GRANIT system (Figure 2.28). A recent ic compounds (VOCs) at numerous sites compilation of landfills located within in the area (see Hughes and Brown, the Great Bay Estuary watershed was 1995). The site was added to the USEPA provided by NHDES, and is presented in National Priority List in 1983, ranked Table 2.5. Most of the landfills have a number 680. The site has undergone Groundwater Management Permit. This remediation, yet VOCs are still being requires leachate monitoring, and infor- detected in some locations near the land- mation on flow and analytical composi- fill (1993 EPA data). This became a con- tion are routinely submitted to NHDES cern to the Town of Rye and they for review. 73 TABLE 2.5 Conditions and characteristics of active and closed landfills in the coastal region of New Hampshire.
Town Location Start-up1 Active vs Lined vs Leachate Hydraulic Closed Unlined Monitored2 Connection
Barrington Smoke St. Early 1950s Inactive since 1980 Unlined Yes
Brentwood NO MSW 3 N/A N/A NIA N/A N/A
Brookfield NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
Candia New Boston Rd. Inactive Unlined Yes
Chester Route 102 Mid. 1950s Active Unlined Yes
Deerfield Brown Rd. 1970s Closed4 1996 Unlined Yes
Dover Toland Road 1960 Inactive Unlined Yes
Durham Durham Pt. Rd. 1950 Inactive Unlined Yes Adjacent to Horsehide Brook
East Kingston NO MSW3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
Epping Old Hedding Rd. Inactive Unlined No
Exeter Cross Rd. 1976 Closed 1995 Unlined Yes
Farmington Watson 1940s Active Unlined Yes Water flows Corner Rd. toward the (Municipal) Cocheco R.
Watson Late 1960s Inactive Unlined Yes Water flows Corner Rd. (Cardinal toward the (Private) Landfill) Cocheco R.
Fremont Danville Rd. 1960s Inactive Unlined Yes Is adjacent to since 1978 the Exeter R.
Greenland Cemetery Ln. Pre. 1900 Inactive Unlined No
Hampton Tide Mill Rd 1963 Closed 1996 Unlined Yes
Hampton NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Falls LANDFILL
Kensington NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
Kingston Route 125 1920s Active Unlined Yes
Lee Mast Rd. Inactive Unlined
Madbury Route 155 Late 1970s Closed1 1995 Unlined Yes (Madbury Metals)
Middleton NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
New Castle NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
New Durham Old Rte 11 Early 1970s Inactive Unlined No
74 Conditions and characteristics of active and closed landfills in the coastal region of New Hampshire (continued).
Town Location Start-up1 Active vs Lined vs Leachate Hydraulic Closed Unlined Monitored2 Connection
Newfield NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
Newington Pease Tradeport Mid. 1950s closed6 1996 Unlined Yes
Newmarket Ash Swamp Rd 1950 Closed 1995 Unlined Yes
Northwood Route 4 Inactive Unlined No
North Coakly 1972 Inactive closure Unlined Yes Hampton Superfund Site expected 1997
Nottingham Freeman 1973 (Ash Pile] Unlined No Hall Rd Active Freeman 1960s Active8 Unlined Yes
Portsmouth Mirona Rd 1950s Inactive Unlined No Jones Ave. 1940s Closed 1991 Unlined Yes Ash LF
PSNH Schiller Sta Closed 1980s Unlined Yes Woodbury Ave
Raymond Prescott Rd. Closed Unlined Yes
Rochester Turnkey LF 1980s Active Double Lined Yes
Old Dover Rd Closed 1980s Unlined Yes
Rollinsford NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
Rye Breakfast Hill Rd Closed 1988 Unlined Yes Grove Rd Inactive Unlined Yes
Sandown NO MSW N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A LANDFILL
Seabrook Rocks Rd. Inactive Unlined No
Sommersworth Blackwater Rd. 1930s Inactive Unlined Yes Superfund Site
Strafford Nelson Rd. Inactive Unlined No
Stratham Union Rd. 1950s Closed 1995 Unlined Yes
Wakefield Route 153 1974 Active Unlined Yes
1. A blank box indicates there is insufficient information on file to determine the date the landfill began accepting waste. 2. Leachate is monitored by the use of groundwater monitoring wells and surface water stations a: the landfill site. 3. MSW = Municipal Solid Waste. 4. Closed = Closed in accordance with State approved test” plans. S. The Madbury Metals landfill c contains automobile shredder residue. 6. There were a total of five MSW, three Construction/Rubble Dump landfills and one paint can disposal area at the former Pease Air force Base. Four MSW landfills were combined and closed as one site, while the fifth is a stump disposal area which is inactive. Two of the Rubble Dumps and the Paint can area continue to be monitored. 7. A file review proved inconclusive on whether PSNH had received state approval for the landfill closure design. 8. The landfill in Nottingham is ~ construction and demolition debris landfill.
75 FIGURE 2.28 Hazardous waste sites and landfills in the coastal region of New Hampshire.
Hazardous Waste Sites
76 2.3.3.4 Oil Spills alls Cove (>24,900 ng/g) in either inter- tidal or subtidal sites. Evidence of con- There have been many oil spills of a tamination from oil spills was evident at wide range of volumes in coastal New all sites, suggesting that oil spilled main- Hampshire. During 1975-79 there were ly in the lower estuary was likely trans- 103 oil spills in public waters in the 17 ported to the upper estuary. coastal communities (SRRC, 1981). The At the present time, NHDES keeps most significant spills included the tanker records of all oil spills, including those Athenian Star (10,000 gallons of diesel that are spilled into surface waters. fuel) in 1975, Bouchard Barge #105 (8000 NHDES also has an oil spill clean up pro- gal. #6 fuel oil) in 1978 and the tanker gram. The NH Coastal Program keeps New Concord (25,000 gal. #6 fuel oil) in records of oil spills in the communities 1979, mostly associated with the oil ter- included on the coastal program. minals in Portsmouth and Newington on The most recent significant oil spill in the Piscataqua River. Even though small- the coast of New Hampshire occurred in er spills were more frequent (94), nine the Piscataqua River on July 1, 1996. It spills of >500 gallons constituted 95.3% involved a spill of ~1,000 gallons of #6 of the spilled oil. The impacts of the oil fuel oil from the vessel Provence. The spills included fouling of beaches, shore- various types of compounds in the oil lines, boats, docks, fishing gear and lob- had different dispersion behavior, with ster traps. Many people reported that the some oil sinking and other fractions float- shellfish beds in front of their houses ing. The floating oil was collected along were destroyed and that the marsh grass the shoreline of Little Bay, and the por- along the shoreline was removed tion that sank is probably now associated because it trapped and retained oil. with Little Bay sediments. Much of the oil Many claims filed by lobstermen and sank in Little Bay, and the impact to biota shoreline residents were still pending a was under investigated (NHF&G, 1996). year and a half after some spills. Chase et al. (1997; 1998) reported elevat- A 1981 NHF&G study (Nelson, 1982) ed concentrations of PAHs in blue mus- was done specifically to serve as a base- sels at Dover Point 16 days after the spill line for assessing future oil spill impacts in comparison to 1994 concentrations to estuarine resources. As a means of (Chase et al., 1996a). Low molecular assessing the impact of oil spills on sed- weight PAHs decreased in concentration iments, sediments were collected month- or disappeared in samples collected three ly at 24 intertidal and subtidal sites and fifteen months after the spill, but throughout the Great Bay Estuary and concentrations of high molecular weight analyzed for hydrocarbons. Nelson (> 5 rings) PAHs persisted and were still (1982) reported the results of analyses significantly higher than in 1994 tissue. for PAHs and alkanes for February, 1981 Samples of both blue mussels and oysters at both intertidal and subtidal sites at from Fox Point collected 16 days after the eight different stations. Concentrations spill had concentrations of PAHs approx- were reported for 13 different PAHs, imately twice as high as seen at Dover ranging from 0 for numerous PAHs to Point. This difference is probably a func- >1000 ng/g sediment for chrysene and tion of where the oil was eventually benzo[a]anthracene at Nobles I., Cedar deposited after initial transport via water Pt., Royall’s Cove and Fox Pt. Alkane currents soon after the spill. analysis was reported as concentrations In 1998, the NHDES joined efforts with for even and odd-numbered carbons in the Gulfwatch program through UNH/JEL chains ranging from 14 to 32 carbons. to expand the use of monitoring blue Total alkane concentrations ranged from mussel tissue for toxic contaminants in 707 ng/g sediment to 24,960 ng/g sedi- New Hampshire waters (Jones and ment. Sites with the highest concentra- Landry, 2000). One key goal is to establish tions included Rollins Farm (>14,800 a baseline of data that could be used to ng/g), Broad Cove (>17,000 ng/g) Roy- monitor recovery in the event of a future 77 oil spill. New monitoring sites have been The Wentworth-by-the-Sea golf course established that bracket the major oil stor- uses a number of strategies to manage age and off-loading facilities on the Pis- fertilizer and pesticide applications and cataqua River and in other areas of the minimize environmental impact because estuary that could be impacted by spills. they use both on land that is immediate- ly adjacent to Little Harbor (Rye-Went- 2.3.3.5 Fertilizer and worth Impact Assessment Report, 1990). Pesticide Applications A slow-release fertilizer (24-4-12) is Historically, agricultural activities are applied to fairways, tees and greens in associated with significant fertilizer and May, June and September at annual rates pesticide applications. The small number ranging from 130-218 lbs/acre of nitro- and sizes of crop-producing farms in gen and 22-36 lbs/acre phosphorus. coastal New Hampshire make agriculture Roughs are not fertilized. Grass clippings less significant, and the contributions of are returned directly (mulched) onto fair- golf courses and residential lawns has ways. Tee and green clippings are col- become relatively more significant. Use lected and spread on the roughs. Water of all types of pesticides in Rockingham sample analysis suggested that the fertil- and Strafford counties has increased izers applied at the course have little since 1965 (NHCRP, 1997). In 1994, impact on the water quality of the harbor 281,706 lbs of >250 pesticides were used (Jones and Langan, 1995c). Insecticides in NH, with 1,000 to 10,000 lbs/y in estu- are not used routinely or on a large scale. arine drainage areas. Instead, an integrated pest management There are at least ten golf courses in system is employed and pesticide appli- the coastal communities of New Hamp- cation is limited to spot application to shire. Many are inland, but a few are in control grub infestation. Preventative close proximity to estuarine surface treatment for snow mold fungus is waters. All golf courses need to use fer- applied only to tees and greens. Heavy tilizers and pesiticides to maintain the metal (mercury) based compounds are high quality turf on fairways and greens. not used. All materials are applied con- Pesticides transported to estuaries via servatively with particular caution paid to runoff or groundwater can cause harm to adjacent surface waters and wetland non-target estuarine organisms. Pesticide buffer zones. Equipment used for appli- use at NH golf courses is regulated cations is field-rinsed, and the diluted through a New Hampshire Pesticide rinse water is sprayed onto the fairways Board (Department of Agriculture) per- to prevent a large volume of this water mitting process. A survey of groundwater being washed into maintenance facility samples from 25 shallow wells at agri- storm drains (Rye-Wentworth Impact cultural sites and golf courses, some of Assessment Report, 1990). which were in the coastal area, showed Some other golf courses are in rela- no detectable pesticides, and metal con- tively close proximity to estuarine waters centrations were all within drinking and tributaries. Portsmouth Country Club water standards (NHDHHS, 1986). is located in Greenland on the southeast- Runoff and groundwater can also con- ern shore of Great Bay, the Rochester, tain nutrients from fertilizers that may Farmington and Cocheco country clubs contribute to nutrient overenrichment. A are near the Cocheco River, the Exeter drainage swale downgradient from the Country Club is near the Squamscott Rockingham Country Club in Newmarket River, and Pease Golf Course is near the had the highest loading rate for nitrate shores of Great Bay. (~2.7 kg nitrate/d during high flow) than Within salt marshes, human nuisances any other tributary to the Squamscott such as mosquitos and green-head flies River (Jones and Langan, 1995c). Possi- are managed by seacoast towns that col- ble upstream sources were investigated lectively spend approximately $100,000 and no significant source other than the each year (USDA 1994); ironically, most of golf course was apparent. the effort to control these pests occurs in 78 degraded marshes (see habitat loss sec- since 1987, and 15 have decreased in tion). The NH Division of Pesticide Control concentration. has provided information on the coastal A summary of recent existing input towns involved and the major contractors. and output data for four inorganic and The towns include Newcastle, Newfields, nine organic contaminants in the Gulf of Stratham, Hampton Falls, Portsmouth, Maine identified major data gaps in the Hampton, Rye, Newmarket, Exeter, New- current understanding of atmospheric ington, Seabrook and the Great Bay deposition of contaminants (McAdie, National Refuge. The towns conduct 1994). Numerous papers were presented integrated systems of control, using both at a recent conference on regional adulticiding and larviciding techniques. atmospheric Hg deposition (EMAN, Insecticides used include GB-111 and 1996). Gaseous mercury concentrations VectoBac 12AS, CG and G. The larvicidal in the atmosphere over the Gulf of Maine insecticides used typically depend on the were reported to range from 0.4 to 2.0 activity of the bacterium Bacillus thurin- ng/m3. The concentrations generally giensis var. israelensis, and the adulti- vary inversely with altitude. Municipal cides are often pyrethroids.Organophos- and medical waste incineration is proba- phate insecticides are also used. bly a significant localized (30-50 mile radius) source of Hg deposition in New 2.3.3.6 Atmospheric Deposition Hampshire. In Maine, measurements of In an effort to refine and regionally focus mercury in rain and snow showed ranges the issue of atmospheric deposition of of 5-15 ng/L, giving wet deposition val- mercury, representatives of the regions ues of about 6-10 µg/m2/y. A new state air, water, waste and public health atmospheric monitoring station has been divisions and Environment Canada established at Newcastle, NH. Data col- formed a Mercury Workshop. This group lected are providing information on recently published their findings atmospheric mercury deposition in the (NESCAUM, 1998). The Workshop con- coastal New Hampshire area as part of cluded that about 47% of mercury depo- the national Mercury Deposition Net- sition in the region originated from work (MDN). Comparison with an inland sources within the region, 30% from U.S. MDN site at Laconia, NH, suggested that sources outside the region, and 23% from New Castle may be receiving greater the global atmospheric reservoir. This mercury deposition than inland areas, report has provided the impetus for a along with other coastal sites in new concerted regional effort to reduce mer- England (VanArsdale et al., 1998). cury emissions. On June 8, 1998, the 2.3.3.7 Summary New England governors and eastern Canadian premiers agreed to cut region- Aside from historically resuspended con- al mercury emissions from power plants, taminated sediments, the most significant incinerators, and other sources in half by documented sources of contaminants are the year 2003 (Boston Globe -6/9/98). stormwater runoff, oil spills and Super- The USEPA has monitored 70 toxic fund sites located adjacent to the Great volatile compounds, including 56 volatile Bay Estuary. All three source categories organic compounds (VOC) at are receiving attention by state, federal Portsmouth and three other sites and private agencies to mitigate contam- statewide since 1989 (NHCRP, 1997). ination in the remaining source areas of Anthropogenic sources of VOCs include New Hampshire. For some contaminants industrial processes, solvents, oil-based like mercury, atmospheric deposition is paints and automobiles. In 1994, the vol- suspected to be a significant source, but ume decreased to 23,174,000 tons, down is at present not well documented. Con- from 30,646,000 tons in 1970. Most of the tinued reductions of external sources of reduction came from automobiles, as the contaminants is important because of the amount decreased from 12,972,000 to existence of elevated contaminant con- 6,295,000 from vehicles. Of the 70 com- centrations from historical sources in pounds monitored, 37 have disappeared some areas. 79 2.3.4 CONTAMINANT AND yard (Chadwick, 1993; Pavlos, 1994). The HYDRODYNAMIC MODELING model includes the simulation of dis- solved substances within the water col- Mathematical computer modeling of cir- umn throughout the lower portions of culation and tidal flow in the Great Bay the Estuary (TOXIWASP, Pavlos, 1994). Estuary was first done in the 1970s The TOXIWASP model was used to (Celikkol and Reichard, 1976; Brown and examine salinity distribution as well. The Arellano, 1979). The early two dimen- development of an improved version of sional model examined the movement of the WASP model and the need for better water up the main stem of the Estuary accuracy in model predictions lead to the and calculated the flushing time and tidal application of the WASP5 model to the exchange for the various parts of the Great Bay Estuary and a series of simula- estuarine system (Swift and Brown, 1983; tions, again looking at the transport of Short, 1992b). More detailed two dimen- lead from sources around the shipyard as sional models have been developed to well as sources elsewhere in the Estuary examine the path that oil might take if a (Scott, 1997). The focus of the WASP5 spill were to occur in the Estuary (Swift model was the Piscataqua River and and Celikkol, 1983). The primary focus Portsmouth Harbor although it was fit to of the oil spill model was on the Pis- the entire Estuary. This model was suc- cataqua River near the oil loading termi- cessful in predicting the transport of lead nals. The model included the upper throughout the lower part of the Estuary Estuary, but it was never calibrated for and in determining sites where elevated Great Bay proper. concentrations of lead might accumulate. Recent efforts have begun to model WASP has recently been used to the hydrodynamics and current flow model nonpoint source pollution in the patterns in Great Bay proper as part of tidal portion of the Oyster River (Swift et an effort to develop modeling capabili- al., 1996). Different programs within ties for simulating hydrodynamic flows WASP were used to model currents and in estuaries having intertidal areas (Ip et water levels, salinity, bacteria, nutrients al., 1997). This model provided the first and dissolved oxygen. The model exer- detailed hydrodynamic assessments for cise found that the flushing time of the Great Bay and successfully simulated river is 3 days. The model was also used the movement of water on and off the to simulate contaminant distributions for extensive intertidal mudflats within that an effluent release from the Durham system. This two dimensional finite ele- WWTF, a significant rainfall event, and for ment model for Great Bay, currently average conditions. The results were rel- under development at Dartmouth Col- atively effective for simulating trends and lege, produces fine scale output of cur- processes when compared to field data rent velocities and tidal variations within collected as part of two previous studies Great Bay and upper Little Bay. The (Jones and Langan, 1993a, 1994c). problems of model simulation within WASP was also used by the State of intertidal estuaries have been resolved, Maine (Mitnick, 1994) to determine the but the Great Bay model has not yet reduction in phosphorus from WWTF been field verified. required to meet the strict Maine WQCs A finite element, two dimensional for chlorophyll in the freshwater portions hydrodynamic model has been adapted of the Salmon Falls River. The major to the entire Great Bay Estuarine system WWTF included were at Berwick, ME as part of the US Navy Ecological Risk and Somersworth, NH. The results sug- Assessment Study (Pavlos, 1994). The gested drastic reductions in phosphorus WASP4 model, originally developed by discharges would be needed. Experi- the EPA, was used to estimate the distri- mental reductions in phosphorus at the bution of lead throughout the Great Bay WWTF confirmed that reductions in Estuary, assuming discharges were chlorophyll in the freshwater portion of occurring at the Portsmouth Naval Ship- the river were possible (Mitnick, 1994). 80 2.3.5 PUBLIC HEALTH RISKS three studies conducted more than nine AND ECOLOGICAL IMPACTS years ago. One of the first studies for shellfish from coastal New Hampshire New Hampshire coastal waters are pop- was by Isaza et al. (1989). The results ular areas for commercial and recre- suggested that lead, PCB and PAH con- ational fishing and recreational centrations were elevated and warranted shellfishing. In addition, the area is further study. To further determine how noted and valued for its relatively pris- shellfish may impact human health, tine conditions, and the ecological another study was conducted by NHD- integrity of the coast is an important HHS (Scwalbe and Juchatz, 1991). As a resource. One threat to both public result of the PCB concentrations found health and ecosystem integrity is the in lobster tomalley in their study, DHHS presence of toxic contaminants. The issued a consumption advisory for lob- NHDHHS and other state agencies mon- ster tomalley in the Great Bay Estuary. itor contaminants and assess the risks to There was also an advisory for con- humans. They provide direct access to sumption of coastal bluefish in New consumption advisory information via 1- Hampshire issued in 1987 because of 800-852-3345 ext. 4664. At present, there elevated PCB concentrations found in are advisories based on elevated Hg in bluefish from sites along the Atlantic inland lakes and rivers, and two advi- Coast (NOAA, 1987). These advisories sories in New Hampshire related to con- are thus based on small, relatively old sumption of marine fish, both based on databases. More recent studies have pro- elevated PCBs (Table 2.6; NHDES, vided newer and more comprehensive 1996b). These advisories are based on information on tissue body burdens of
Recommended consumption advisories for fish from the New Hampshire Department of Health TABLE 2.6 and Human Services. From NHDES (1996b).
Who We’re Species Concerned About of Concern Recommendations
General Advisory For All • Women of reproductive age All species Limit to one 8-oz. meal per month Inland Freshwater Bodies • Children 6 years of age or younger All species Limit to one 3-oz meal per month
• All other consumers All species Limit to four 8-oz meals per month
Androscoggin River • Pregnant and nursing women All species Avoid consumption (from Berlin to the Maine border) • All other consumers All species Limit to one or two 8-oz. meals/year
Great Bay Estuary • Pregnant and nursing women Lobster Limit consumption; avoid tomalley Bluefish Avoid consumption
• Children under 15 Lobster Limit consumption of tomalley Bluefish Avoid consumption
• All other consumers Lobster Limit consumption of tomalley Bluefish Avoid fish over 20 in. or 4 lbs; prepare according to guidelines
Connecticut River • All consumers All species Prepare according to guidelines
Horseshoe Pond • All consumers Largemouth Avoid consumption Bass
81 contaminants for a variety of animal and required for areas such as Great Bay and plant species. some tributaries where salinities can be Contaminant concentrations in blue too low. mussels, other shellfish, lobsters, winter A summary of the data for mussels in flounder and marine plants have been coastal New Hampshire and nearby reviewed and summarized. The database areas in Maine and Massachusetts is pre- available for blue mussels (Mytilus edulis) sented in Table 2.7. More detailed pres- is the largest of any organism, with up to entation of specific organic contaminants 85 sample analyses for each contaminant is available in Appendix H and in the (Table 2.7. A more detailed summary is reports that served as sources of this presented in Appendix H. Blue mussels information. A series of “Guidance Doc- are commonly used as an indicator for uments” have recently been published habitat exposure to organic and inorgan- by the USFDA (1993) for cadmium, ic contaminants. Bivalves such as M. chromium, lead and nickel “alert” levels. edulis have been successfully used as The levels do not warrant issuance of indicator organisms in environmental health advisories, but serve as useful tar- monitoring programs throughout the get concentrations for assessing potential world (NAS, 1980; NOAA, 1991; Widdows health risks from seafood consumption. and Donkin, 1992; O’Connor, 1992; O’Con- The data in Table 2.7 show no metal nor and Beliaeff, 1995; Widdows et al., other than lead came close to the alert 1995; Jones et al., 1998) to identify varia- levels. Lead concentrations in mussels tion in chemical contaminants among exceeded the guideline level of 11.5 µg/g sites and contribute to the understanding dry weight in nine samples at five sites of trends in coastal contamination. around Seavey Island in Portsmouth Har- Blue mussels are a useful indicator bor and at one site in the Lamprey River. organism for the following reasons: they The highest concentration was 76 µg/g at are abundant within and across coastal Henderson Point on the southern end of New Hampshire; they are easy and inex- Seavey Island. The other sites with con- pensive to collect and process; much is centrations >11.5 µg/g had values of known about mussel biology and physi- 12.0-32.4 µg/g. ology; mussels are a commercially In 1997, mussels from Rye Harbor, important food source (although in New Dover Point and Clarks Cove on Seavey Hampshire there is only recreational har- Island had greater tissue Hg levels (>0.64 vesting of mussels) and therefore a meas- µg/g) than any of the other 22 sites mon- urement of the extent of chemical itored (Chase et al., 1998). An analysis of contamination is of public health con- the Gulfwatch data from 1995 showed cern; adult mussels are sedentary, there- that the highest concentrations of cadmi- by eliminating the complications of um and chromium from amongst the 14 interpreting results introduced by mobile sites monitored throughout the Gulf of species; mussels are suspension-feeders Maine were found in mussels from that pump large volumes of water and Dover Point (Chase et al., 1996). For the concentrate many chemicals in their tis- first five years, 1991-1995, samples from sues making it easier to detect trace con- Shapleigh I., Dover Point and Clark Cove taminants; and the measurement of had the 2nd, 4th and 7th highest chromi- chemicals in bivalve tissue provides an um concentrations in the Gulf of Maine assessment of biologically available con- from amongst 59 sites (Jones et al., tamination that is not always apparent 1998). Samples from the same three sites from measurement of contamination in and Little Harbor had amongst the top abiotic environmental compartments ten concentrations in the Gulf of Maine (water, sediment, and suspended parti- for lead, mercury, nickel, zinc, aluminum cles). They also have well-defined limita- and iron, while the 1995 Dover Point tions. One limitation is that they are only sample with a high cadmium concentra- mildly tolerant of low salinities, and alter- tion was the highest in the Gulf for the native shellfish (oysters, clams) may be five year period. 82 Toxic contaminant concentrations in bivalve shellfish tissue from sites in Coastal New Hampshire TABLE 2.7 and in Maine sites in Portsmouth Harbor: 1985-1997.
Blue mussels American oyster Soft shell clam Mytilus edulis Crassostrea virginica Mya arenaria
USFDA Tissue Tissue Tissue Action Level Concentrations No. of Concentrations No. of Concentrations No. of for shellfish Average Range samples Average Range samples Average Range samples
Trace metals µg/g* µg/g µg/g* µg/g µg/g* µg/g
Ag 0.5 0.03 to 2.8 66 17.0 12.3 to 22.6 5 0 Al 282 77 to 650 40 As 8.5 5.1 to 13.5 36 6.5 4.1 to 10.1 13 20.6 20.6 1 Cd 25 2.3 0.1 to 9.3 85 4.5 3.5 to 6.8 5 1.0 0.3 to 1.4 8 Cr 87 5.1 1.5 to 57 85 2.7 1 to 4.5 15 11.1 4.3 to 26.7 8 Cu 9.6 5.5 to 45.5 83 215 114 to 301 7 13.3 11 to 15 2 Fe 572 209 to 1,300 46 Hg 6.7 0.47 0.13 to 1.1 73 0.61 0.07 to 1.1 13 0.35 <0.2 to 0.42 9 Ni 533 2.6 1.1 to 16.7 72 3.2 2.7 to 4.1 5 9.3 9.3 1 Pb 11.5 8.4 1.9 to 76 85 2.2 0.61 to 5.2 17 13.1 5.6 to 36 9 Zn 122 80 to 270 85 5383 3,770 to 6,000 7 70 59 to 80 2
Toxic Organics ng/g ng/g ng/g ng/g ng/g ng/g
PCBs 13000 339 5 to 2,540 42 199 189 to 246 6 161 <67 to 247 8 PAHs 3831 69 to 73,300 42 628 442 to 1145 8 26,013 <0.67 to 38,000 7 Cl’d pesti- cides 33000 20 3.5 to 51.8 24 105 88.4 to 159 6 0
Dioxins, Furans, Planar CBs
CA tolerance level=133pg/g† pg/g pg/g CB/PCDD/ PCDF TEQ†† 8.27 1.70 to 17.5 4
* Dry tissue weight. To convert original data expressed as wet weights, assume 12% (oysters), 15% (mussels) and 16% (clams) dry weight.
† CA tolerance level (133 pg/g): Health Canada tolerance level for seafood consumption for 2,3,7,8-TCDD (133 pg/g DW = 20 pg/g WW; assume 15% solids).
†† Toxic Equivalency Concentrations for planar chlorinated biphenyls (CBs), dibenzo-dioxins (PCDD) and dibenzo-furans (PCDF) are based onn standardized factors for determining additive relative toxicities of these compounds that share a similar mode of toxicity.
83 Concentrations of organic contami- A recent report from the USEPA (Met- nants in mussels in Table 2.7 are com- calf and Eddy, 1995) reviewed published pared to FDA Action Levels for fish and contaminant databases and determined shellfish. The organic contaminants ana- background concentrations for contami- lyzed that have Action Levels included nants in shellfish in New England and PCBs, dieldrin, aldrin, chlordane, hep- the North Atlantic continental shelf areas. tachlor, heptachlor epoxide, DDT and Comparison of the lowest observed con- methyl mercury. Action Levels for total taminant concentrations in New Hamp- PCB and DDx are presented in Table 2.7. shire mussels to the regional background All reported organic concentrations are concentrations showed concentrations of less than, and in most cases, far below cadmium, PAHs, PCBs and DDx were the action levels. However, the PCB con- close to background concentrations at centrations at the Dry Docks on Seavey some New Hampshire sites (Table 2.8). Island and at sites in the upper Pis- Other contaminants, especially arsenic, cataqua River were only 5-8 times lower mercury and zinc, were present only at than the action limit of 13 µg/g. much higher concentrations, suggesting The effects of contaminants on the ubiquitous, regional sources of these physiology of mussels has also been contaminants. assessed in a few studies. Gilfillan et al. Other studies have reported contami- (1985) found effects of contaminants on nant concentrations in different shellfish mussel physiology assays were more species. These data are summarized in related to metals than to aliphatic or aro- Tables 2.7 and 2.9, and in greater detail matic hydrocarbons in Portsmouth Har- in Appendix H. Isaza (1989) also ana- bor. They found Cd, Zn, Ag, Cr and Cu lyzed clams (Mya arenaria), lobsters and affected activities of glucose-6-phosphate sediments. Nelson (1986) analyzed oys- dehydrogenase, aspartate amino trans- ters from four sites in the Great Bay Estu- ferase and scope for growth assays in ary for chromium and lead. Oysters were mussels for some sites some of the time, analyzed for a range of contaminants as although effects were not consistently part of the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard measured at any specific site. Jones et al. study (Johnston et al., 1994; NCCOSC, (1998), reported that copper and zinc 1997). Langan and Jones (1995c) ana- concentrations in mussel tissue from Lit- lyzed oyster (Crassostrea virginica) sam- tle Harbor and Shapleigh Island in 1991 ples from Great Bay, and compared and 1992 exceeded critical body residue results to previous studies. Comparison levels, or the lowest concentrations at of concentrations to USFDA Action Lev- which observed toxicity effects have els shows only lead in the clams from been observed. Gulfwatch and Hilton State Park at Dover Point exceed- Portsmouth Naval Shipyard studies have ed the 11.5 µg/g Action Level. Relatively also reported extensive information on high concentrations of mercury in oys- mussel growth and condition index, as ters, PAHs in clams and chromium in well as limited information on scope for clams were also observed (Table 2.7). growth of mussels. The condition index The lowest DDx concentrations in oys- data for indigenous and deployed mus- ters were relatively close to background sels in New Hampshire indicate mussel concentrations while concentrations of growth and physiological condition are cadmium, chromium and PCBs were rel- within normal ranges, although some- atively high. Conversely, most contami- what lower than other areas of the Gulf nants that could be compared showed of Maine (Chase et al., 1997; 1998; Jones relatively low, and sometime lower, con- et al., 1998). The scope for growth meas- centrations compared to background ured in deployed (caged) mussels in concentrations. Cutts Cove was the only indication of Numerous studies have reported con- stress in deployed mussels in Portsmouth taminant concentrations in different Harbor (NCCOSC, 1997). types of lobster tissue (Table 2.9). PCB
84 Published background concentrations in New England waters (Metcalf and Eddy, 1995) and TABLE 2.8 observed lowest concentrations for contaminants in blue mussels from coastal New Hampshire and Portsmouth Harbor.
PAHs PCBs DDT and As Cd Cr Cu Hg Ni Pb Zn total total metabolites
Background concentrations* (Gulf of Maine) 0.23 0.20 0.30 1.40 0.01 0.30 0.60 3.70 0.04 0.01 0.01
Lowest concentrations† (New Hampshire) 5.10 0.10 1.50 5.50 0.13 1.30 2.10 80 0.07 0.01 0.01
USFDA Action Levels 25 87 6.7 533 11.5 13 33
* Background concentrations of contaminants in shellfish in New England and North Atlantic continental shelf area. From Metcalf and Eddy (1995).
† Lowest (background) concentrations of contaminants in shellfish in New Hampshire/Portsmouth Harbor. concentrations in adult muscle and vis- suckers from the Salmon Falls River. Mer- cera tissue from Pierces Island in cury concentrations were similar to con- Portsmouth Harbor were in excess of the centrations found in fish from lakes and 13 µg/g action limit. These data are from ponds that prompted a fish consumption the initial study that served as the basis advisory in Maine. PCB and DDT con- for the lobster consumption advisory in centrations also exceeded some human New Hampshire (Isaza et al., 1989). Rel- health threshold levels, and both metal atively high concentrations of cadmium and organic contaminant concentrations and mercury were also observed in some at some sites were near concentrations different lobster tissue from various areas considered harmful to wildlife. around Portsmouth Harbor. There have been numerous studies on Plant tissue levels of contaminants contaminant concentrations and impacts have also been reported (Table 2.10). As on birds in the Gulf of Maine region. In part of the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard addition, NHDES contracted in 1997 with study (Johnston et al., 1994), contami- a private company to provide wildlife nants were measured in eelgrass (Zostera rescue and rehabilitation in response to marina), fucoid algae (Ascophyllum oil spills. nodosum) and winter flounder (Pleu- In general, only rare occurrences of ronectes americanus). In the winter tissue contaminant concentrations ex- flounder samples, contaminant concen- ceeded USFDA Action Levels. However, trations were well below FDA action lev- USFDA Action Levels may be higher than els. Concentrations of metals in eelgrass concentrations that can cause human and fucoid algae showed elevated con- and wildlife health problems. The rela- centrations of some metals, and appar- tively high concentrations for several ently different accumulation rates for trace metals and toxic organic contami- some metals compared to mussels. Fish nants are a concern, especially when tissue from Peverly Ponds and Bass Pond they are consistently well above regional at Pease AFB indicated all organic con- background concentrations. The cumula- taminants were below detection limits, tive effects of elevated concentrations of except for DDT compounds (NHDES, multiple contaminants are not well char- unpublished data). acterized, but certainly present a prob- Sowles et al. (1996) reported heavy lem for the living resources and humans metal and organic contaminant concen- that inhabit the coastal areas of New trations in small mouth bass and white Hampshire. Recent studies on the role of 85 TABLE 2.9 Toxic contaminant concentrations (dry weight) in lobsters and winter flounder tissue from sites in New Hampshire, Portsmouth Harbor and the Isles of Shoals: 1985-1997.
Lobster Homarus americanus Winter flounder Pleuronectes americanus
USFDA Tissue Concentration # of Tissue Concentration # of Contaminant Action Level Average* Range samples Average Range samples
Trace metals µg/g µg/g µg/g µg/g µg/g
Ag 1.0 0.25 to 3.01 24 0.3 0.008 to 0.66 4 As 13 4.35 to 19.7 24 4.4 2.10 to 6.41 4 Cd 25 4.7 0 to 15.4 27 0.1 0.01 to 0.16 4 Cr 87 0.4 0.12 to 1.6 28 0.4 0.23 to 0.73 4 Cu 112.3 15.3 to 332 25 10.3 0.27 to 22 4 Hg 6.7 0.6 <0.14 to 2.39 26 0.15 0.10 to 0.21 3 methyl Hg 6.7 1 0.07 to 4.61 11 0.15 0.05 to 0.25 2 Ni 533 0.67 0.41 to 1.81 27 0.49 0.18 to 0.65 4 Pb 11.5 0.2 0.04 to 0.41 28 0.2 0.06 to 0.37 4 Zn 95.3 58.5 to 147 28 64.6 16.4 to 114 4
Toxic organics ng/g ng/g ng/g ng/g ng/g
PCBs 13000 1561 11.3 to 66,400 27 281 51.5 to 938 4 PAHs 588 47.2 to 87,600 24 479 17.2 to 531 4 Cl’d pesticides 33000 269 2.01 to 791 28 97 6.61 to 192 4
* Lobster tissue includes samples of tail, claw, hepatopancreas, viscera, cooked meat, cooked tomalley, for adults and juvenile animals.
TABLE 2.10 Trace metal contaminant concentrations (µg/g dry weight) in marine plant tissue at sites in Portsmouth Harbor and Great Bay Estuary. Data from NCCOSC, 1997.
Trace Zostera marina Spartina Spartina Ascophyllum metal leaves roots alterniflora patens nodosum Ag 0.68 0.66 0.22 0.14 0.49 As 1.3 4.5 1.2 1.2 15.2 Cd 1.25 0.53 0.07 0.10 0.55 Cr 1.7 9.2 2.0 2.3 0.73 Cu 15.5 16.9 2.1 2.8 16.9 Hg 0.02 0.05 0.01 0.02 0.04 Ni 1.82 3.09 0.69 0.98 1.83 Pb 2.4 10.9 0.97 1.8 2.3 Zn 72 57 31 27 78
*From NCCOSC, 1997.
many of the same contaminants as effects would be useful to determine the endocrine disruptors, especially during overall toxicity of contaminants in the critical early life stages of biota, is cause environment in the more contaminated for concern for very low contaminant estuarine areas. The detection of con- concentrations. Continued assessments taminants in New Hampshire shellfish of contaminants in biota, like the that are close to background concentra- Gulfwatch program, are important tools tions suggests that sites where these for assessing potential risks and deter- same contaminants are present at elevat- mining trends in contaminant distribu- ed concentrations may indicate localized tion and fate. More studies of biological sources. 86 2.4
utrophication of estuarine and coastal single measurement can clearly depict INORGANIC Ewaters resulting from excess nutrient trophic status (Kelly, 1991). In addition, AND ORGANIC input from anthropogenic sources has the geometry (depth, width, length) and NUTRIENTS emerged as a significant problem for flushing characteristics or residence time many coastal areas. The two most impor- of water masses are important factors in tant nutrients in terms of pollution are determining the susceptibility of any nitrogen and phosphorus, since they are water body to eutrophication (Kelly, most commonly the limiting nutrients in 1997). Measurements of dissolved nitro- aquatic ecosystems, though carbon, silica gen and phosphorus (inorganic and and trace metals such as copper and iron organic), turbidity or suspended solids, also play a role in primary productivity. particulate organic matter, chlorophyll a In marine and estuarine waters, nitrogen (as a measure of phytoplankton primary is generally believed to be the primary productivity), dissolved oxygen, salinity limiting nutrient, though phosphorus has and temperature are useful parameters been identified as the limiting factor in for assessing eutrophication. Other indi- some systems. In addition to the concen- cations of eutrophication involve meas- trations of nitrogen and phosphorus, the urements of changes in biota over time, N:P ratio may also be important for some such as areal coverage, distribution and species of algae. condition of seagrass and macroalgal The biological effects of nutrient habitats, as well as species shifts in enrichment can range from subtle to microorganism and macroalgal popula- extreme. Species shifts in phytoplankton tions. Nutrient monitoring programs have communities can result in unfavorable been conducted both historically (1973- conditions for estuarine biota, particular- 1981) and more recently (1988-1996) in ly for filter feeders such as bivalve mol- the Great Bay Estuary by UNH luscs. Massive blooms of phytoplankton researchers, and as part of the Seabrook can reduce water clarity, shade sub- Station Environmental Studies in Hamp- merged aquatic vegetation (SAV), and ton Harbor by Normandeau Associates, reduce water column oxygen concentra- Inc. Additionally, nutrient concentrations tion due to nighttime plant respiration have been included in studies of non- and oxygen consumption. Blooms of point source pollution in the Great Bay nuisance macroalgae can replace more Estuary (Jones and Langan 1993a; 1994a, desirable forms of vegetation and create b, c; 1995a, b, c; 1996a, b, c), and as part hypoxic or anoxic conditions that can of a project assessing contamination of impact fish and invertebrates. Conditions groundwater and surface waters by on- resulting from nutrient enrichment can site sewage disposal (septic) systems in affect recreational activities such as fish- Seabrook and Hampton, NH (Jones et ing, boating and swimming as eutrophic al., 1995, 1996). The monitoring and systems can be most unappealing for research studies are discussed here rele- these activities. Nutrient enrichment is vant to nitrogen, and to a lesser extent also suspected to be a factor in blooms phosphorus, concentrations in New of harmful, toxin-producing algae in Hampshire estuaries. coastal and offshore waters. Finally, 2.4.1 NUTRIENT CONDITIONS IN sources of biodegradable organic nutri- NEW HAMPSHIRE’S ESTUARIES ents can be a direct cause of hypoxia and anoxia as heterotrophic bacteria can rap- The issue of nutrient overenrichment has idly consume dissolved oxygen as they been addressed in the Great Bay Estuary decompose organic substrates. through monitoring programs dating Assessing the trophic status or the back to the early 1970s as well as more degree of nutrient enrichment of any recently in targeted studies of point and water body necessitates the measure- nonpoint nutrient inputs. Some of the ment of a suite of parameters, since no data includes measures of organic nitro- 87 gen and phosphorus, however, the most variation has been considerable and no temporally and spatially expansive data long-term trend in concentration from sets include inorganic forms of nitrogen 1988-1996 has been observed. + - (NH4, NO2 NO3 ) and phosphorus (PO4), Orthophosphate at Furber Strait has forms which are most readily available ranged seasonally from <0.10 µM to 1.5 for use by primary producers. µM with the annual mean ranging from The Great Bay Monitoring Program 0.70 µM to 1.0 µM. The eight year mean supported by the GBNERR has included is approximately 0.85 µM. Though at measurement of inorganic nitrogen and times the N:P ratio can range from as phosphorus concentrations at three sites high 40:1 to as low as 1:1, the long term in the Great Bay Estuary (Langan and mean N:P ratio at this site is ≈ 10.6:1, Jones, 2000). Sites in the tidal portion of indicating possible nitrogen limitation the Squamscott River and at Furber Strait when compared to the Redfield ratio of (junction of Little Bay and Great Bay) 16:1. High tide concentrations of nitro- have been sampled at high and low tide gen at this site are slightly higher than at since 1988, while a site in the Lamprey low tide, though this difference is incon- River has been sampled since 1992. sistent and statistically not significant. Though spatially somewhat limited, Orthophosphate concentrations are simi- these data provide an excellent database lar at high and low tides. from which short term changes in nutri- At the Squamscott River site (Chap- ent concentration can be detected. In man’s Landing), nitrogen concentrations addition, a substantial database generat- are much higher than at Furber Strait. ed between 1973-1981, which includes DIN concentrations at this site can reach data from the Furber Strait/Adams Point 40 µM during the winter and are general- site, allows for longer term trend analy- ly <5 µM in spring and summer. The sis. The state shellfish program recently rapid drop in nutrient concentration in began monitoring shellfish growing spring measured at Furber Strait is not as waters for nutrients and other parame- dramatic in the Squamscott River station, ters, in addition to fecal indicator bacte- as spring turbidity, resulting from spring ria (Langan et al., 1999a). winds and freshwater runoff, often limits Though concentrations differ between phytoplankton production. Therefore, stations, the seasonal patterns are similar. nitrogen concentrations do not reach Highest concentrations of inorganic minimum concentrations until summer. nitrogen occur late fall through early The annual mean DIN from 1988 to 1996 spring, while the lowest concentrations at this site is ≈ 20 µM. DIN concentrations occur in late spring through early fall. are generally higher in low tide samples, The seasonal pattern for PO4 is some- indicating an upstream riverine source of what similar, though following an initial nitrogen in the Squamscott River. As was drop during spring phytoplankton the case with the site at Furber Strait, blooms, phosphate concentration often there is considerable interannual variation rebounds in summer. The timing of the in DIN concentration, though significant spring phytoplankton bloom can vary differences between years and trends in considerably, depending on annual concentrations have not been evident in weather conditions, therefore the drop in the eight year period. Orthophosphate N and P concentration can occur from concentrations have ranged from <0.3 µM late March to mid-May. At the Furber to nearly 2 µM, with the overall mean of Strait site, maximum dissolved inorganic ≈ 1.25 µM. Though the N:P ratio can vary
nitrogen (DIN=NH4 + NO3 + NO2) can be widely during the year, the overall eight- as high as 20 µM in winter months, while year N:P ratio is approximately 11:1, indi- minimum concentrations are generally < cating some degree of nitrogen limitation 1 µM at times in the spring and summer. like that at Furber Strait. Annual mean DIN at this site ranged Nitrogen concentrations measured at from 7-11 µM from 1988 to 1996, with an the Lamprey River sample site are slight- eight-year mean of 8.8 µM. Interannual ly higher than at Furber Strait, and lower 88 than the Squamscott River. Concentra- River (25 µM), with decreasing concen- tions of DIN can range from <1 µM to 30 trations (5-8 µM) through Great Bay into µM, with annual means from 1992-1996 Little Bay. At the head of tide in the Oys- ranging from 10-14 µM. Orthophosphate ter River, mean DIN was ≈ 13 µM, while is lower at this site than at the two other at the mouth of the river, mean DIN was long term monitoring station, with a 10 µM. A short distance from the river mean concentration of ≈ 0.6 µM. N and mouth into Little Bay, mean DIN concen- P concentrations at this site vary widely tration (≈ 6 µM) was similar to Furber during the year, however, the mean ratio Strait and mid-Great Bay. Orthophos- is ≈20:1. phate concentrations exhibited a similar Two separate field programs conduct- pattern, with upstream stations as well as ed concurrently from 1993 through 1995 stations downstream of the Durham (Jones et al. 1997) included measure- WWTF having the highest concentrations. ments of nitrogen and phosphorus in Annual mean N:P ratios ranged from 7:1 samples taken on a transect beginning at to 11:1, indicating nitrogen limitation. the head of tide in the Oyster River, run- A three year project designed to assess ning south through Little Bay into Great the effect of storm events on concentra- Bay and terminating near the Newfields tions of a suite of contaminants in the boat launch on the Squamscott River tributaries to Great Bay provided an (Figure 2.29). Samples were taken excellent database for assessing spatial monthly from a subset of stations with distribution of nutrient concentrations in increased frequency at all stations during the freshwater and tidal portions of the spring, summer and fall. Mean DIN con- tributaries (Jones and Langan, 1994a, centration was highest at the station locat- 1995a, 1996a). In addition to the inorgan- ed at the Durham WWTP outfall in the ic forms of nitrogen and phosphorus, Oyster River, and the influence of the particulate nitrogen was measured in year treatment plant outfall was observed in two of the study, and dissolved organic the increased DIN concentration (18.8 nitrogen was measured in years two and µM) just downstream during low or three. Sampling was conducted at the falling tide. Otherwise, the highest con- same sites used in Figures 2.6 and 2.7 centration of DIN was measured at the during dry periods (no precipitation for most upstream site in the Squamscott five days prior to sampling) and during
Dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN) concentrations at sites along a transect from the Oyster FIGURE 2.29 River through Little and Great Bays to Newfields on the Squamscott River. Dissolved Inorganic Nitrogen (µM) 25.2
18.8
16.7
13.7 13.3 13.9 12.6
10.0 8.5 7.8 7.8 7.6 7.3 6.9 6.4 6.2
Oyster River Little Bay Great Bay Squamscott River
89 the first low tide occurring within 24 hrs upstream stations all the way to the head of a rainfall event of 0.5” or more. In year of tide during flood tides, and as far one, eight dry and eight storm events downstream as Johnson Creek and some- were sampled, while in years two and times Bunker Creek during ebb tides. The three, four storms were sampled on two high nutrient concentration from the consecutive days following storms. In WWTF plume made it difficult to deter- addition to the tributaries, years one and mine the relative strength of other tidal two included stations in Hampton Harbor sources. Samples taken upstream of the and the lower Piscataqua River. Though Mill Pond, in both the main stem of the consistent effects of rainfall events on river and in smaller tributaries such as nutrient concentrations were not found, College Brook and Pettee Brook fre- the dataset provides an excellent record quently had higher nitrogen concentra- of the spatial distribution of nutrient con- tions than the water coming over the centrations and a means of evaluating dam. A similar situation was found in nutrient loading from point and nonpoint Beards Creek which has a small sources. The highest nutrient concentra- impoundment before reaching the tidal tions were consistently found in the portion of the river. The data indicates freshwater and tidal portions of the that impoundments can potentially Cocheco and Salmon Falls rivers. Relative remove nitrogen either via uptake by to other sites, nutrient concentrations phytoplankton and macrophytic aquatic were also elevated in the freshwater por- vegetation, or by biogeochemical pro- tions of the Oyster River and in the tidal cesses such as denitrification or burial. portion of the Squamscott River. Nutrient In the Squamscott River, a trend of concentrations were consistently low in decreasing nutrient concentration was Hampton Harbor and the Piscataqua identified from the head of tide in down- River. Relative to the forms of nitrogen, town Exeter to the mouth of the River in particulate nitrogen was generally a small southwestern Great Bay (Jones and Lan- fraction of the total, and exceeded 10% of gan, 1995c). Freshwater concentrations the total nitrogen only during phyto- of nutrients were lower than tidal con- plankton blooms at some sites. Dissolved centrations, indicating that the primary organic nitrogen (DON) concentrations sources of nutrients were downstream of often exceeded DIN concentrations, the tidal dam and may include the Exeter however, DON represented a smaller WWTF, runoff from the urban portion of fraction of the total at sites with the high- Exeter, overflow from a CSO impound- est combined nitrogen concentrations. ment, dairy farms such as the Stuart Farm Nonpoint source pollution assess- in Stratham and possibly the Rocking- ments in the Oyster and Squamscott ham Country Club golf course. Elevated Rivers (Jones and Langan 1994a,c; nitrogen concentrations at the mouths of 1995a,c; 1996a) included measurement of some marsh creeks whose drainage was inorganic nutrients at sites along the tidal undeveloped indicated that marshes may mainstem of the two rivers, sites in the be exporting nitrogen. freshwater portions of the rivers, small Water column nutrient concentrations streams entering both portions of the in the lower estuary were measured as rivers, and adjacent to suspected pollu- part of the Ecological Risk Assessment tion sources such as developments and Study for the Portsmouth Shipyard (Lan- agricultural sites. In the Oyster River, the gan, 1994). This project included an ini- highest concentrations of dissolved nitro- tial set of replicate samples taken at 21 gen and phosphate were found in the stations in the Piscataqua River, followed vicinity of the Durham WWTF outfall and by monthly samples taken at low tide for immediately above the tidewater dam in a two year period at a subset of six sta- the Mill Pond. The greatest influence on tions. Nitrogen concentrations followed a overall nitrogen concentration, however, seasonal pattern similar to the upper was from the treatment plant. A nitrogen estuary, with the highest concentrations and phosphorus plume was detectable at occurring in late fall through early spring, 90 and the lowest concentrations (0-1 µM) from 0-5 µM. The lowest concentrations measured from late spring through fall. were measured in the lower Piscataqua Annual mean DIN for the six stations on River and upper Great Bay at both tides, the harbor area ranged from ≈ 7-10 µM. while the highest concentrations were
The highest concentrations of NH4 and measured at low tide in the upper Pis-
NO3 were measured in Cutts Cove, which cataqua and Squamscott rivers. The lon- receives ebb tide waters from North Mill gitudinal transect data indicates possible Pond, and at the Sarah Long Bridge, sources of nitrogen from these two gen- close to the Kittery, ME shore, just down- eral (upstream) sources. Orthophosphate stream from the Kittery WWTF. concentrations, though low throughout, Orthophosphate concentrations were increased from the harbor mouth to the similar at all stations with the annual upper estuary at both tides, with concen- means ranging from 0.6 to 0.8 µM and trations ranging from 0.3 to 0.8 µM. individual measurements ranging from A study of the sanitary quality of the 0.2 to 1.2 µM. shellfish growing waters in Little Harbor The Portsmouth Shipyard Risk Assess- (Jones and Langan 1995c) included ment project also included three fixed measurement of nutrient concentrations station tidal stage studies, four crosssec- at sites in the vicinity of the Wentworth tional transects and high and low tide by the Sea golf course. Samples were longitudinal transects conducted in July taken in the spring following fertilizer 1993. Data from transects and fixed sta- application and during a period of wet tion studies in the lower river and at the weather. Mean DIN concentrations at mouth of the Harbor indicated that nitro- three sites ranged from 6.16 µM to 10.2 gen concentrations were very low, and µM while mean PO4 concentrations generally on the order of 0-1 µM regard- ranged from 0.32 to 0.49 µM. less of tidal stage. All lower estuary sam- Based on the studies reviewed for this ples had low PO4 concentrations as well, document, some general statements can ranging from 0.3 to 0.6 µM. Nitrogen be made regarding temporal and spatial concentrations were generally higher for patterns of nitrogen and phosphorus the Dover Point crosssectional transect, concentrations in the Great Bay Estuary. with NO2 + NO3 ranging from 1-5 µM, Throughout the estuary, the highest and NH4 concentrations ranging from 1- nutrient concentrations occur in late fall 4 µM. The highest concentrations were through early spring and the lowest con- measured in the upper Piscataqua River centrations occur in late spring through during mid-ebb tide, indicating an early fall. This pattern is more well upstream source of nitrogen. Longitudi- defined for NO2 + NO3 than for NH4 and nal transects beginning at the mouth of PO4. Spatially, the highest nitrogen con- Portsmouth Harbor to the railroad bridge centrations generally occur near the on the Squamscott River were conducted heads of tide, due either to freshwater at high and low tides on consecutive influences (Cocheco, Salmon Falls, Oys- days. NO2 +NO3 concentrations on the ter Rivers) or to the location of municipal high tide transect ranged from 0-1 µM WWTF outfalls near the heads of tide from the harbor mouth to Dover Point (Oyster River, Exeter/Squamscott River, and from 1-2 µM from Dover Point to the Salmon Falls River). Spatially, phosphate Squamscott River. For the low tide tran- concentrations are low in most of the sect, NO2 +NO3 concentrations were sim- freshwater portions of the tributaries, ilar to those measured at high tide in the highest in the upstream portions of the lower estuary, and with the exception of tidal rivers, and lower through Great samples taken in the upper Piscataqua Bay, Little Bay and down to the harbor River and at the mouth of the Squamscott mouth. There is an inverse relationship River, were slightly lower (0-1.5 µM) of salinity with nitrogen concentration, through Little and Great Bay. Ammonium with the lowest concentrations occurring concentrations were more variable for in the lower Piscataqua and Little Bay. By both tidal longitudinal transects, ranging comparison with nutrient concentrations 91 in other estuaries in the Northeast U.S., ent from previous years, even though the Great Bay Estuary probably falls septic systems were being disconnected somewhere in the middle of the field. throughout Seabrook (Jones, 1997). By comparison to the Great Bay Estu- 2.4.2 TRENDS IN NUTRIENT ary, very little data on nutrient conditions CONCENTRATIONS exists for the Hampton/Seabrook Estu- ary. A long term dataset has been estab- Assessing long term trends in nutrient lished by Normandeau Associates (NAI, concentrations requires consistent sam- 1996), however, only one station outside pling and analytic protocol over an the Harbor has been monitored and the extended period of time. Though some data do not accurately represent condi- of the studies described above were con- tions in the estuary. As part of a two year ducted for two or three consecutive study of the potential for groundwater years, normal variation in water column and surface water contamination from concentrations makes it difficult to detect septic systems (Jones et al., 1995; 1996), trends. Nutrient data generated for the nutrients were measured in groundwater Great Bay NERR Monitoring program, and surface water at sites in Seabrook which has included sampling and analy- and Hampton. At eleven sites in sis for eight years at two of the three sta- Seabrook, groundwater wells were sam- tions indicates that there is considerable pled in and around the effluent disposal interannual variation in nutrient concen- areas (EDA) of residential homes. Sur- trations. However, statistical analysis of face waters down gradient of the EDAs, the eight years of data (ANOVA) does not which were either fresh or brackish indicate any significant differences in streams, marsh creeks or the Harbor either nitrogen of phosphate concentra- itself, were also sampled. DIN concentra- tions between years nor are any trends of tion in the wells ranged from 0.15 to 36 increasing or decreasing concentrations mg/L, while the annual mean DIN con- evident. The data collected as part of the centration in surface waters ranged from Great Bay Field Program (Loder and 0.06 mg/L in the mouth of the Harbor to Gilbert 1977; 1980; Loder et al., 1983; 2 mg/L in some of the small freshwater Daley et al., 1979; Norall, et al., 1982) creeks. There was a decreasing nitrogen included low tide sampling and analysis concentration with increasing salinity for at stations that included a site at Furber the surface water samples. Based on the Strait, identical to the 1988-1996 site sam- nitrogen concentrations and the direction pled in the GBNERR monitoring pro- of flow determined in the hydrological gram. Analytical methods for the earlier studies, it appears that nitrogen is trans- and more recent datasets were not iden- ported from EDA to surface water, how- tical, however, they were sufficiently sim- ever the resulting low nitrogen ilar to enable comparisons of nutrient concentrations in the harbor and the concentrations. When all compatible absence of any signs of potential (depth sampled) data for the earlier and eutrophication (low dissolved oxygen, more recent datasets were compared,
algal mats, extreme phytoplankton mean NH4 concentration was slightly blooms, etc.) indicate that there is little higher in 88-96 dataset (3.51 µM) than in observable impact to the estuary. the 1973-1981 dataset (2.57 µM). Con-
Though phosphate was detected in high versely, mean NO2 +NO3 concentration concentrations in and around the EDAs, was slightly lower from 1988-1996 (5.25 it did not appear to be as readily trans- µM) than 1973-1981 (5.60 µM). Mean dis-
ported in the groundwater to surface solved inorganic nitrogen (NH4 + NO2 waters. PO4 concentration ranged from +NO3) at the Furber Strait site is therefore 0.01 to 8.9 mg/L in the EDA and from slightly higher from 1988-96 (8.76 µM) 0.01 mg/L to 0.06 mg/L in surface waters. than from 1973-1981 (8.17 µM). The A follow-up study in 1996-97 showed datasets were compared statistically nutrient concentrations in the same sur- using both parametric (t-test) and non- face waters were not significantly differ- parametric methods and no significant 92 difference in DIN concentration was Increased concentrations over the nearly found. Seasonal patterns were also ana- 20 year period are observed in the fresh- lyzed. There was considerable variation water sites in the Cocheco and Salmon between years for samples taken during Falls rivers (Figure 2.31) while nitrite- a particular month, therefore monthly nitrate concentrations are lower in the means for the earlier and recent datasets freshwater and estuarine portions of the were used for the purpose of compari- Oyster and Bellamy Rivers (Figure 3.32). son. The seasonal patterns for NH4, NO2 Similar concentrations for the two peri-
+NO3 and DIN for the two datasets were ods were observed in the Lamprey and remarkably similar to the data for DIN Squamscott rivers. presented in Figure 2.30. As was the case Monthly data were collected and ana- when all data were compared, monthly lyzed for nitrate-nitrite at the terminal mean NH4 concentrations were slightly freshwater areas of the Great Bay tribu- higher in the more recent dataset, and taries from February 1976 through June
NO2 +NO3 were slightly lower. 1978 as part of study on nutrient flux Two additional studies conducted in processes in the estuarine system (Loder 1976-1977 (Daley and Mathieson, 1979; et al., 1979). Sample means were calcu- Loder et al., 1979) allow an evaluation of lated and compared to data collected for changes in riverine nitrogen concentra- several studies at identical sites from tions over a nearly 20-year period. 1993-1996 (Jones and Langan, 1996a; Hourly water samples were collected Langan and Jones, 1996; Jones et al., throughout full tidal cycles in July and 1997). The results are similar to the July- August in 1976 and 1977 (Daley and August data comparisons. Nitrate-nitrite Mathieson, 1979) immediately seaward concentrations at all sites with the excep- of the tidal dams and at sites downstream tion of the freshwater areas of the of the tidal dams and analyzed for NO2 Cocheco and Salmon Falls rivers are
+NO3. The mean concentrations were either similar to or lower in the more compared to July and August means for recent dataset, indicating improvements equivalent sample sites collected for var- or no change in all tributaries except the ious studies from 1993-1996. These data Salmon Falls and Cocheco rivers, where are presented in Figure 2.31 and 2.32. concentrations have increased. Statistical
Monthly mean dissolved inorganic nitrogen at Adams Point in Great Bay for the years FIGURE 2.30 1973-81 and 1988-96.
18 DIN µM
16 DIN 1974-81 DIN 1988-96 14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
93 analysis (t-tests as well as nonparmetric and the mid-1990s. tests) indicate significantly higher con- Based on the data reviewed for this centrations of nitrate-nitrite in the fresh- report, it is possible to make some gen- water portions of the Cocheco and eral statements regarding trends in nutri- Salmon Falls rivers, significantly lower ent concentrations in the Great Bay concentrations in the freshwater and Estuary. Despite a dramatic increase in estuarine portions of the Oyster and Bel- population from 1970 to 1990 (and a lamy rivers, and no significant differ- slower increase since 1990) throughout ences for the Lamprey and Squamscott the Great Bay watershed, and therefore rivers between data from the mid-1970s an expected increase in nitrogen loading,
FIGURE 2.31 Nitrate/nitrite concentration trends in freshwater portions of tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary. Total N concentration (mg/l) 1976-78 1993-96 20.2
17.8
14.4
11.2 11.4 9.6 9.9 8.1 7.5 6.5 6.1 5.8
Squamscott Lamprey Oyster Bellamy Cocheco Salmon Falls
FIGURE 2.32 Nitrate/nitrite concentration trends in saltwater portions of tributaries to the Great Bay Estuary.
29.4 Total N concentration (mg/l) 27.5 1976-78 1993-96
17.6 17.1
14.7 13.0
8.5 6.3 6.1 5.7
Lamprey Oyster Bellamy Cocheco Salmon Falls 94 recent data indicate that current nutrient approach intended to limit future nitro- concentrations (annual means, seasonal gen inputs. Total nitrogen concentrations patterns, minimum and maximum con- of 0.32, 0.5 and 0.75 mg/L total N were centrations) in most areas of the estuary, established as critical concentrations for including the tidal tributaries are similar water bodies of varying usage and classi- to or lower than that which was fications. Though the Great Bay Estuary observed in the 1970s. The exceptions has different characteristics than water are the Cocheco and Salmon Falls rivers, bodies in the Town of Falmouth, it is and in particular the freshwater portions useful to compare nitrogen concentra- of those rivers, where concentrations tions in Great Bay to the standards estab- have increased in recent years. One pos- lished for Falmouth. Total nitrogen data sible explanation is that the expected for Great Bay locations were obtained increased loading from increased popu- from several studies described above, lation has been offset by improvements including the three year study of the in municipal wastewater treatment in tributaries (Jones and Langan (1994a, most areas. 1995a and 1996a) and data from a non- point source assessment extending from 2.4.3. RELATIONSHIP TO Oyster River through Squamscott River WATER QUALITY STANDARDS (Jones et al., 1997). Results are presented Though water quality criteria for estuar- in Figure 2.33. None of the mean con- ine waters have been established for centrations of total N, including the some parameters such as metals, fecal freshwater portions of the Cocheco and indicator bacteria and dissolved oxygen, Salmon Falls rivers, exceed the 0.75 mg/L examples of concentration limits for upper limit set for Falmouth. Sites nitrogen are rare. The Town of Fal- exceeding the Falmouth medium con- mouth, Massachusetts (1994) adopted a centration criteria (0.5 mg/L) include three tiered nitrogen concentration both the freshwater and tidal portions of
Comparison of total nitrogen concentrations for Great Bay Estuary and its freshwater and FIGURE 2.33 estuarine tributaries with Falmouth, MA water quality benchmarks.
FALMOUTH H H=0.74 mg/l
M M=0.50 mg/l
L L=0.32 mg/l
FW SW FWSW FW SW FW SW FW SW FW SW Middle Lower Great Piscat- Exeter Squam- Lamprey Oyster Bellamy Cocheco Salmon Falls Bay aqua scott
95 the Salmon Falls and Cocheco rivers. totals, it was estimated that point sources Sites exceeding the Falmouth low limit are responsible for 242 tons of nitrogen (0.32 mg/L) include the freshwater and and 161 tons of phosphorus, while non- tidal sites in the Exeter/ Squamscott point sources are responsible for 394 River, the tidal sites in the Lamprey and tons of nitrogen and 43 tons of phos- Oyster rivers, and the freshwater site in phorus. The method used to make these the Bellamy River. Sites in the freshwater estimates is unclear, but it is assumed portion of the Lamprey River (0.30 that it was some type of modeling study mg/L), Little Bay/Bellamy River (0.29 based on satellite derived (GIS at mg/L) mid-Great Bay (0.27 mg/L) and 1:24,000) land use/land cover data and the Piscataqua River (0.23 mg/L) are all predetermined values for nitrogen contri- lower than the Falmouth lower limit of bution. Another NOAA publication from 0.32 mg/L. The Great Bay Estuary could the Strategic Assessment Branch (NOAA, generally be characterized as having 1994) estimated the total nitrogen input higher turbidity, greater flushing and from point sources to be 317 tons per greater depth than the water bodies sur- year. This estimate was based on effluent rounding Falmouth, therefore it is likely volume monitoring and typical waste- that it is less sensitive to higher nitrogen water concentrations of nitrogen. concentrations (Nixon and Pilson 1983). Sources in Great Bay include municipal wastewater treatment plants, septic sys- 2.4.4 POLLUTION SOURCES AND tems, urban and suburban (lawn fertilizer) NITROGEN LOADING ESTIMATES runoff, and atmospheric deposition. In general, sources of nutrients to estuar- Though agriculture is often cited as a ies include natural sources such as water- major source of nutrients to estuaries, this shed sediments, organic debris (leaves is probably not the case in Great Bay. and other vegetation) and groundwater, Though some farms may input nutrients as well as point and nonpoint sources of at specific locations (i.e., Aikman Dairy anthropogenic origin. Anthropogenic Farm on the Salmon Falls River and Stuart point sources include industrial and Farm on the Squamscott River) there is municipal wastewater while nonpoint very little active agriculture in the water- sources include urban and agricultural shed, and therefore little possibility for runoff, stormwater conduits, on-site system-wide loading of nutrients from wastewater treatment (septic) systems, agricultural sources. The models that use lawn fertilizers and atmospheric deposi- current GIS data to estimate nutrient load- tion of nitrogenous compounds that ing may tend to overestimate the contri- result from burning of fossil fuels. bution of agriculture, since some of the Loading estimates to water bodies are land identified as active agriculture has frequently based on modeling exercises. not been farmed for many years. Addi- Values for nitrogen contribution, either tionally, some of the larger farms adjacent measured from previous studies or esti- to the estuary (those mentioned above) mated from literature values, can be have recently adopted, with the assistance assigned to all types of land use and of the NH Coastal Program and the Nat- cover (urban, forested, wetland, active ural Resource Conservation Service agriculture, lawns, impervious surfaces), (NRCS), best management practices to population and method of waste dispos- reduce contamination from animal wastes al in a watershed. Coupled with meteor- and fertilizer application. ological (rainfall) and other physical data The numerous studies on nutrient (soil type, river discharge) the land use concentrations described in the earlier and land cover data can be used to esti- section of this report, in addition to stud- mate annual loading of nutrients. The ies on streamflow and river discharge NOAA Status and Trends Branch (NOAA, (Pappas, 1996), atmospheric deposition 1989), estimated annual loading to the (Mosher, 1995), and on effluent quality Great Bay Estuary of 636 tons of nitrogen from local sewage treatment plants (Mit- and 204 tons of phosphorus. Of these nik, 1994) have made it possible to esti- 96 Annual loading of nitrogen from fluvial (riverine) sources to the Great Bay Estuary. FIGURE 2.34
35 Tons N/year Bellamy 30 Oyster
25 Exeter Lamprey 20 Cocheco Salmon Falls 15
10
5
0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec mate loading to the Great Bay Estuary monthly concentrations of total nitrogen from actual measured data. There is also (DON + DIN + PN) measured over a some data available on urban stormwater three year period in the tributaries to (Jones, 1998b; Jones and Langan, 1996a), Great Bay (Jones and Langan 1994a, however most of the urban development 1995a, 1996a) and river discharge meas- in the NH Seacoast is located at the ured and calculated by Pappas (1996). heads of tide, and most stormwater is These data are presented in Figure 2.34. diverted to the freshwater portions of the Nitrogen loading estimated for tributaries tributaries and would therefore be to the tidal portions of the Oyster River included in the fluvial (riverine) loading (Jones and Langan 1993a, 1994c) and estimates. For the purposes of this report, Squamscott River (Jones and Langan this exercise was limited to nitrogen, 1995c) were small (on the order of < 1 since it has been identified as the limiting ton annually from all tributaries) by com- nutrient in most estuaries, including parison to the main stem of each river Great Bay. and to WWTFs, and were therefore not Fluvial (riverine) loading, which used in the calculations. Throughout the includes both natural and anthropogenic year, the months with the greatest loading sources, was calculated by using mean are understandably the months of great-
Nitrogen loading to the Great Bay Estuary from fluvial (riverine) sources. FIGURE 2.35
Bellamy River Oyster River Salmon Falls River 2% 3% Exeter/Squamscott River
30% 16%
17% Lamprey River
32%
Cocheco River
97 est river discharge. Peaks in loading from the treatment plants with measured occur in March and April and in Novem- data were applied. Point source loading ber and December (Figure 2.34). Riverine from municipal WWTFs is presented in nitrogen contribution to the Great Bay Figure 2.36. The largest nitrogen input, in Estuary is greatest from the Cocheco and descending order, is from the Salmon Falls rivers, followed by the Portsmouth, Rochester, Dover, Exeter Exeter and Lamprey rivers, with the Berwick and Kittery WWTFs. Even smallest amount from the Oyster and Bel- though the volume from the Berwick lamy rivers (Figure 2.35). Nitrogen load- plant is relatively small, the nitrogen con- ing in the summer, or during dryer tribution is high due to high nitrogen periods of the year, is greatest in the (especially ammonium) concentration in Salmon Falls River, followed by the the effluent. From these data, it is esti- Cocheco and Lamprey rivers. On an mated that the total point source (WWTF) annual basis each river contributes the contribution of nitrogen to the Great Bay following in tons of N and % of total: Estuary is 296 ton of nitrogen per year. Cocheco 143 (32%); Salmon Falls 134 This figure is greater than the 1990 NOAA (30%); Lamprey 78 (17%); Exeter 74 (30%); estimate of 242 tons and slightly less than Oyster 12 (3%) and Bellamy 9 (2%) for a the 1994 NOAA estimate of 317 tons, total of 450 tons of nitrogen per year. although it does not include loading from Point source contribution was calculat- six industrial NPDES dischargers to the ed using total nitrogen concentrations Estuary (Table 2.1). measured in wastewater effluent from the In order to calculate point and non- Milton, Berwick, South Berwick, Somer- point nitrogen loading, nitrogen contri- sworth, Rollinsford and Dover WWTFs bution from treatment plants upstream of (Mitnik 1994) and the Durham WWTF the tidal dams (Farmington and (Jones and Langan 1994c) and average Rochester on the Cocheco River; Milton, effluent volume reported by the treat- Berwick, Somersworth and Rollinsford ment plants. For those plants where nitro- on the Salmon Falls River) was subtract- gen concentration was not measured, a ed from the annual fluvial loads calculat- mean nitrogen concentration calculated ed for the rivers. This results in a total of
FIGURE 2.36 Nitrogen input to the Great Bay Estuary from municipal wastewater treatment plants.
78.23 Tons per year
62.69
32.81 30.29 27.99
22.28
13.82 9.52 8.63 4.32 0.86 0.67 1.51 1.04 2.07
ick ick ilton over orth arket fields outh M D Exeter Kittery ington urham m ington Berw D ew ersw Rochester N ew Rollinsford ew m N N Farm Portsm South Berw Som 98 296 tons/year from municipal point sources, and 345 tons per year from flu- Sources of nitrogen loading to the Great Bay Estuary. FIGURE 2.37 vial sources (nonpoint sources).
Atmospheric deposition was calculat- Direct AT Deposition Total ed by Mosher (1996) for the Great Bay Point Source watershed. Since nitrogen loading from 11% land deposition would be included in the 41% fluvial source estimates, only direct dep- osition (to the water surface) was con- 48% sidered. The estimate for direct deposition was 77 tons/yr, which in addi- tion to the point and nonpoint loading, Total NPS totals 718 tons per year of nitrogen. The percentage contribution from the three sources is 48% from nonpoint sources, mouth of the harbor), plus the character- 41% from point sources and 11% from istics and residence time of the receiving direct atmospheric deposition (Figure waters makes it unlikely that all or most 2.37). The 718 tons per year is slightly of the nitrogen is transported upstream to greater than the 640 tons per year esti- the estuary, and that possibly up to 50% mated by the NOAA Strategic Assessment of the nitrogen is carried out of the estu- Branch in 1990. In a smaller study con- ary into the Gulf of Maine. ducted as part of a nonpoint sources Although nonpoint (riverine) and assessment of the Oyster River in 1994, atmospheric sources exceed point source remarkably similar results with regard to inputs of nitrogen, these sources include the ratio of point and nonpoint contribu- natural as well as anthropogenic sources. tions were obtained. Data generated by Point sources (WWTFs) on the other that study (Jones and Langan 1994c) esti- hand, are almost entirely of anthro- mated that 42% of the nitrogen loading pogenic origin. Therefore, loading from to the Oyster River was from the Durham these sources becomes much more WWTF which contributed approximately important when planning for future 11 tons of total N per year. development and if it becomes necessary It should be noted here that some lib- to consider nutrient reduction strategies. erties were taken in assignment of nitro- As was the case with nutrient concen- gen inputs as either point or nonpoint. It trations, nitrogen loading limits have not is unlikely that the entire nutrient load been established for the Great Bay Estu- from sewage treatment plants located ary. The State of Maine DEP (Mitnik and well upstream of the estuary (Farming- Valleau, 1996; Mitnik, 1994) has conduct- ton, Rochester, Milton, etc) is delivered to ed a WASP modeling and Total Maxi- the estuary. Therefore, attributing all of mum Daily Limit study (TDML) on the the nitrogen from these plants to point Salmon Falls River, and found that there sources may result in an overestimate of are nitrogen and phosphorus impacts point source contribution, and an under- (excessive phytoplankton and depressed estimate of nonpoint source contribution. oxygen) in the freshwater impound- The total would not differ, however, since ments, and phytoplankton impacts nonpoint was determined by subtracting (depressed oxygen) to a small portion of the nitrogen contribution of upstream the tidal section of the river during dry WWTFs from the total fluvial load. On periods in summer. This study will be another note, including the entire annual discussed in the section detailing impacts nitrogen contribution of the Portsmouth of eutrophication. WWTF to estuarine loading may overesti- The Buzzards Bay NEP established mate actual nitrogen loading to the estu- loading limits (expressed in g/m2 of ary. The subsurface diffuser on the water surface area/year) for anthro- discharge pipe ensures rapid dilution, pogenic nitrogen to the estuary. Similar and the location of the outfall (near the to the Falmouth, MA concentration limits, 99 a tiered approach to nitrogen loading limits established for Buzzards Bay are was established depending on the depth presented in Figure 2.38. Loading to the and flushing characteristics of sections or entire Great Bay Estuary was calculated subunits (subwatersheds of Buzzards to be 14.5 g/m2/year and loading to Bay). Loading per unit area to the Great Lower Little Bay and Great Bay was cal- Bay Estuary was determined by using the culated to be 10.4 g/m2/year. Both these estimates previously described (718 figures are below the 20 g/m2/year for tons), and dividing by the surface area of deep water and 15 g/m2/year for shal- the estuary (10,900 acres). The results low water established for Buzzards Bay. were compared to the loading limit It must be stated, however, that these established for deep, SA (class A waters) estimates are a first attempt to assess the in Buzzards Bay with a flushing time of nitrogen loading to the Great Bay Estuary >5 days. This would represent an aver- from actual water quality data. Since age estimate for the Great Bay Estuary, loading was based on mean nitrogen since the depth range is very broad, and concentrations, which can be highly vari- flushing time can range from hours to able in riverine waters as well as in weeks, depending on the exact location wastewater, there is a degree of uncer- in the estuary. Loading to Great Bay tainty for those areas where sample size (Lower Little Bay and all of Great Bay) was small or where the effluent concen- was also calculated, using the area tration was estimated. The contribution of (approximately 5,000 acres) and loading nitrogen from groundwater sources from the Exeter, Lamprey, and Oyster directly to the estuary is unknown. rivers (fluvial) and WWTFs in Exeter, Though soils in the Great Bay Estuary dif- Newfields, Newmarket and Durham. fer from those estuaries that have signifi- Direct deposition of nitrogen from cant input of nitrogen from groundwater atmospheric sources in proportion to the (Buttermilk Bay and Waquoit Bay, MA), it surface area was also considered. The may be possible that additional nitrogen Buzzards Bay limit for shallow class A loading occurs through direct groundwa- waters with a flushing time > 5 days was ter input to the estuary. Since groundwa- used for comparison. Results of these ter loading is not considered, this could calculations and comparison to loading result in an underestimate of the total
FIGURE 2.38 Comparison of nitrogen loading in the Great Bay Estuary with water quality criteria standards established for Buzzards Bay, MA.
20.00
14.74 15.00
10.58
Great Bay Estuary Buzzards Bay WQC Great Bay Buzzards Bay WQC and Tributaries (Deep - SA) Only (Shallow - SA) 100 loading. There is also a degree of uncer- of opportunistic algal species supports tainty in the validity of Great Bay to Buz- the finding that excess nutrient input is zards Bay comparisons due to differences not a problem in Hampton Harbor. Addi- in hydrographic condition, watershed tionally, the town of Seabrook has geology and topography. Mean tidal recently finished the process of linking height at the mouth of the Great Bay all the residences to a centralized munic- Estuary is approximately 2.7 meters, con- ipal sewage system. The outfall for the siderably greater than in Buzzards Bay WWTF is located in the Atlantic Ocean, (1.7 meters), and there is also greater therefore the possibility of any impact mean water depth in some sections of the from contaminated groundwater (from Great Bay Estuary. Though these differ- septic systems) will be permanently ences would suggest that the Great Bay removed. Estuary can handle a greater amount of 2.4.5. DOCUMENTED IMPACTS ON nitrogen loading than Buzzards Bay, the WATER CHEMISTRY AND uncertainties mentioned, in addition to NATURAL RESOURCES the absence of a nitrogen budget for the Great Bay Estuary that includes accurate The biological effects of nutrient enrich- estimates of rates of nitrogen processes ment can range from subtle to extreme. (uptake, burial, remineralization, denitrifi- Species shifts in phytoplankton commu- cation), would make a definitive state- nities can result in unfavorable condi- ment of that nature premature. Also, the tions for estuarine biota, particularly for limitations for Buzzards Bay were for filter feeders such as bivalve molluscs. anthropogenic nitrogen, whereas all Massive blooms of phytoplankton can sources of nitrogen were considered for reduce water clarity, shade submerged the Great Bay analyses. aquatic vegetation (SAV), and reduce Nutrient loading has not been estimat- water column oxygen concentration in ed for the Hampton/Seabrook Estuary. the dark via respiration. Blooms of nui- Sources of nutrients include groundwater sance macroalgae can replace more contaminated by septic systems, the desirable forms of vegetation and create Hampton WWTF located on Tide Mill hypoxic or anoxic conditions that can Creek, some small amount of active agri- impact fish and invertebrates. Conditions culture, and urban and suburban resulting from nutrient enrichment can stormwater runoff. Hampton Harbor is affect recreational activities such as fish- quite unique in that it receives an 88% ing, boating and swimming as eutrophic exchange of water on each tide (twice systems can be most unappealing for daily). Therefore, the residence time of these activities. the water in the estuary is on the order 2.4.5.1 Dissolved Oxygen of hours, even for the upstream areas. This residence time is probably too short One of the principal concerns associat- to support intense phytoplankton ed with nutrient overenrichment and blooms, and indeed there is no evidence eutrophication is reduction in dissolved of these occurring (Jones, 1997). The oxygen (D.O.) due to elevated aerobic nitrogen concentrations measured in the metabolism. Low D.O. (hypoxia) or the estuary and outside the harbor mouth total absence of D.O. (anoxia) can (NAI, 1996) indicate that despite the severely impact aerobic marine and probability that the estuary receives estuarine organisms and threaten the nitrogen input from point (WWTF) and vitality of aquatic ecosystems. Dissolved nonpoint sources (septics, stormwater, oxygen is an important indicator and etc.), there appears to be sufficient dilu- one of a suite of ecological endpoints tion to reduce concentrations of nitrogen for eutrophication. to low levels. The absence of other indi- Dissolved oxygen has been measured cators of nutrient overenrichment such as in association with many monitoring and poor water clarity, low dissolved oxygen, research programs. In the Great Bay dense macroalgal mats and proliferation Estuary, dissolved oxygen can vary at all 101 times of the year depending on temper- shire has established 75% saturation as ature of the water. Colder, fresher water, the water quality standard for D.O. for has a great capacity for dissolved oxy- not less than 16 hours per day and not gen. Therefore, in winter, dissolved oxy- less than 6 mg/l at any time except as gen will be higher in the upper reaches naturally occurs. It is suspected that of the estuary than in the more oceanic some shallow upper estuarine systems lower portions of the estuary. As the may drop below 75% saturation in the waters warm and salinity increases in absence of eutrophication related summer in the upper estuary, dissolved impacts (Kelly, 1995). oxygen will be lower than in the cooler Even though sites in mid-Great Bay lower estuary. Thus, the annual variation can have dissolved oxygen ranging from is expected to be greater in the upper 6 to 15 mg/liter throughout the year, per- tidal reaches of the estuary. Dissolved cent oxygen saturation is usually oxygen concentration is also affected by between 90-110% (Figure 2.39) (Langan the depth of the water, the amount of and Jones 1996). Lower estuary measure- mixing, residence time of the water, tidal ments vary similarly and are almost stage and at certain times of the year, the always near 100% saturation (Langan, time of day. 1994). Water column measurements indi- Though the absolute value of dis- cate that there is little stratification and solved oxygen (measured in mg/l) is that dissolved oxygen is similar in value important, the degree or percent of oxy- and percent saturation throughout the gen saturation is a more accurate meas- water column. In the tributaries to Great ure of the potential for biological effects. Bay, dissolved oxygen can vary from 5 In general adverse biological effects are mg/l during early morning low tides in not evident unless dissolved oxygen summer to 16 mg/l in winter. Percent sat- drops below 5 mg/L for an extended uration in the Squamscott River, for period of time. The State of New Hamp- example, can range during the year from
FIGURE 2.39 Monthly measurements (high and low tide average) of percent oxygen saturation at the Adams Point station from July, 1988 to June, 1996.
% O2 Saturation 130
120
110
100
90
80
70
1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
102 70% to 120%, depending on the time of rates in water with poor rate of day, tidal condition, and time of year exchange. This condition is also (Figure 2.40). acknowledged in the New Hampshire In a three year project designed to WQC, which includes a statement that assess the effect of stormwater runoff on WQC be met, “...except as naturally contaminants in tributaries to Great Bay, occurs”. The low dissolved oxygen con- measurements of dissolved oxygen were ditions measured in point samples in the made in the freshwater portions of the Exeter River was verified in the summer tributaries and in the mouths of the tidal of 1995 using a continuous datalogger. In portions (Jones and Langan, 1994a, August, 1995, dissolved oxygen ranged 1995a, 1996a). Data from this study indi- from 3 to 4 mg/L and 35% to 60% satu- cates that dissolved oxygen in the fresh- ration. It should be noted however, that water portions of the rivers can get quite the summer of 1995 set a record for low low, particularly at times of low flow. rainfall and that the section of the river Freshwater measurements of D.O. often where the instrument was deployed was failed to meet the New Hampshire water completely stagnant for weeks. Autumn quality criteria (WQC) of 75% saturation. storms, which produced increased flow, Saturation in the tidal sites was generally improved oxygen saturation to 80% by 70% to 100% with few NH WQC viola- late October. tions. Though the water quality problems A study conducted by the Maine DEP in the freshwater portions of the river (Mitnik and Valleau, 1996; Mitnik, 1994) may be related to eutrophication, it is measured dissolved oxygen at a series of likely that the summer low flow condi- stations in the freshwater and tidal por- tions result in stagnant conditions in the tions of the Salmon Falls Rivers. These impoundments above the dams and that studies were conducted during the sum- the sediment oxygen demand as well as mers of 1993 and 1995, both of which respiration exceeds the oxygen repletion were extremely dry. Depressed oxygen
Monthly measurements (high and low tide average) of percent oxygen saturation at the Squam- FIGURE 2.40 scott River station from July, 1988 to June, 1996.
%O2 Saturation
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
103 conditions were detected at several sta- morning may be a natural phenomena, tions in the freshwater portion of the particularly in very shallow water near river and near the bottom of a deep site marshes (Stanley and Nixon, 1992; (Hamilton House) in the upper tidal por- Stokesbury et al., 1996). The warm tem- tion of the river. In 1959, average D.O. peratures and rich organic sediments was less than 6 mg/l at sites along the result in high benthic respiration rates lower seven miles of the freshwater por- and could potentially draw down water tion of the river, with minimum values of column oxygen. The duration and spatial 0 mg/l, and much higher levels in tidal distribution of hypoxic effects are of and upstream freshwater sections of the greater importance with respect to bio- river (NHWPC, 1960). In the the Maine logical effects than the instantaneous DEP studies, the remaining stations in measurement of the level of dissolved the tidal portion of the Salmon Falls River oxygen (Stokesbury et al., 1996). Contin- and in the Piscataqua River ranged from uous attainment of the WQC for dis- 80%-100% saturation at all depths. At the solved oxygen set by Maine DEP (85% tidal site near Hamilton House in South saturation) and New Hampshire (75%) Berwick, ME, the surface D.O. was usu- may be unrealistic and not achievable in ally near 100% saturation while the 5 certain water bodies, even in undis- meter depth D.O. was frequently below turbed estuarine systems. Perhaps a 50% saturation and was actually anoxic tiered approach similar to the Falmouth, on one occasion in August. The low dis- MA nitrogen concentration standards solved oxygen in the Salmon Falls River would be appropriate. was attributed to eutrophication (intense A review of available data does indi- plankton blooms) in the freshwater por- cate, however, that the freshwater por- tion of the river, sediment oxygen tions of some of the rivers (Salmon Falls, demand (in deeper water) and stagna- Exeter) can experience low dissolved tion caused by the series of impound- oxygen episodes, and often for periods of ments on the river and extremely low up to several weeks during very low flow flow conditions. The eutrophic condi- conditions in the summer. For the Salmon tions were attributed to excessive phos- Falls River, the low dissolved oxygen can phorus from the four sewage treatment be attributed to excess nutrient input plants discharging to the river. An exper- from WWTFs exacerbated by stagnant, imental phosphorus limitation period in impounded waters (Mitnik and Valleau, 1995 resulted in significant reduction in 1996; Mitnik 1994; Jones and Langan phytoplankton in the impoundments. 1994a, 1995a, 1996a). It is unknown if Based on recommendations from the there are present biological impacts asso- Maine DEP study, upgrades of WWTFs in ciated with the low dissolved oxygen Berwick, ME, South Berwick, ME, conditions in the freshwater impound- Rollinsford, NH Milton, NH and Somer- ments. Historically, the existence of sworth, NH are required to limit phos- stretches of downstream, freshwater por- phorus discharges to the Salmon Falls tions of the river being “devoid of fish River over the next few years. due to lack of oxygen” was noted in the Based on the existing data, it can be report by NHWPC (1960). summarized that, in general, the Great As is the case with nutrient data, there Bay Estuary does not exhibit low dis- is considerably less data on dissolved solved oxygen conditions in the tidal oxygen in the Hampton/Seabrook Estu- waters. Even the shallow upper tidal ary than in Great Bay. As part of the reaches of the rivers exceed 5 mg/L in Seabrook Station Environmental Studies worst case scenarios (early morning low Program, Normandeau Associates, Inc. tides in mid to late summer), with an has maintained a long term record of sur- occasional measurement between 4.5 face and bottom dissolved oxygen at a and 5 mg/L. It should be noted, howev- site outside the Harbor, but none in the er, that at some of these sites the period- estuary itself. The study of the potential ic drops in oxygen at low tide in early of groundwater and surface water 104 impacts from on-site sewage disposal two seasons as to when peak concentra- systems described in an earlier section tions occur. Summer concentrations are (Jones et al., 1996) was extended to generally lower than these peaks due to include measurements in the summer of grazing, but are higher than winter con- 1996 of dissolved oxygen in a number centrations. Peak concentrations at of small freshwater streams, marsh Furber Strait can reach as high as 20 µg/l creeks, larger tributaries and in the Har- (on one occasion in 1993 and one in bor itself (Jones, 1997). Out of a total of 1994) but are usually on the order of 5- 139 samples taken in tidal streams and 10 µg/l. Figure 2.41 represents chloro- small marsh creeks from July, 1996 to phyll concentrations averaged for high June, 1997, seven D.O. measurements and low tides at the Furber Strait site. below 5 mg/l were recorded, all at low The average annual chlorophyll concen- tide during the summer and early fall trations have ranged from < 2µg/l to > early in the day in small tidal creeks. All 3.5 µg/L with an eight year mean con- of the forty-seven measurements in the centration of 3.2 µg/l. Chlorophyll con- larger tributaries and in the Harbor itself centrations in the lower estuary have a were > 5 mg/l and generally greater similar seasonal pattern (Langan, 1994), than 75% saturation. Although the with blooms occurring in spring and fall. dataset is limited, it indicates that there However, the peak concentrations are are no low dissolved oxygen conditions lower than in Great Bay, rarely exceed- that could result in biological impact in ing 3 µg/l. Continuous measurements of the Hampton/Seabrook Estuary. chlorophyll were made on flood tide and ebb tide cruises in July, 1992, from the 2.4.5.2 Phytoplankton Blooms mouth of the harbor to the railroad The timing and intensity of phytoplank- bridge on the Squamscott River (Chad- ton blooms (as measured by water col- wick et al., 1993). On the flood tide, umn chlorophyll) varies spatially in the chlorophyll concentrations ranged from Great Bay Estuary. Blooms in Great Bay 1 to 1.5 µg/l from the harbor mouth to and Little Bay generally occur in spring Dover Point; 2.5 to 3 µg/l in the upper and fall, with variation between these Piscataqua River; 2-3 µg/l in lower Little
Monthly measurements (high and low tide average) of chlorophyll a at the Adams Point station FIGURE 2.41 from July, 1988 to June, 1996.
Chlorophyll a (µg/L)
25
20
15
10
5
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
105 Bay and 3-3.5 µg/l through upper Little 1994) where intense blooms were Bay and Great Bay. Concentrations were recorded in the freshwater impound- slightly higher in some areas during the ments and spilled over into the upper ebb tide cruise, however, the range of 1- tidal portion of the river. Impacts to the 3.5 µg/l was similar. tidal portion of the river were limited to Peak concentrations in the tidal rivers low D.O. in bottom waters in a deep follow a different pattern than areas in hole (6 m) adjacent to the Hamilton Great Bay, Little Bay and the lower Pis- House. The low D.O. in the surface cataqua River. Rather than a distinct waters (fresh) was attributed to the res- spring bloom, chlorophyll concentrations piration from phytoplankton bloom gradually increase through the spring, (caused by excess phosphorus and nitro- and peak concentrations occur at some gen from point sources), high water tem- point from August through October. In peratures and long residence time of the the Squamscott River, peak concentra- water in the impoundments due to very tions for the period 1988 through 1996 low flow conditions, while the low bot- were ≈ 30 µg/l, however, the peak in tom water D.O. was attributed to sedi- August, 1994, was 80 µg/l. The later ment oxygen demand. blooms in the rivers are probably due to Chlorophyll data collected at Furber light limitation (from higher turbidity) in Strait from 1973 to 1981 was compared to the spring. the 1988-1996 dataset. Means for the two Spinney Creek, a salt pond in Eliot, periods were very similar: 3.4 µg/l for the Maine, is susceptible to intense phyto- 1973-1981 period and 3.2 µg/l for the plankton blooms by nature of its limited 1988-1996 period. Seasonal patterns exchange of water (long residence time) were also similar, as were minimum val- with the Piscataqua River and elevated ues (0 µg/l). The maximum value for the temperatures. The blooms can occur at earlier data was 14 µg/l, and 20 µg/l in any time from spring through fall and, the more recent dataset. This comparison the fall blooms are often the most indicates that there has been little or no intense. In the fall of 1996, a bloom of change on water column chlorophyll the naked dinoflagellate Protocentrum concentration over the 22 year period at spp. lasted for several weeks and caused this site. mortalities in oysters (Ostrea edulis) Phytoplankton primary productivity, as being raised in the creek. The cause of measured by chlorophyll concentration, the bloom was attributed to regeneration has been measured for many years out- of nutrients from macrophyte decay and side the Hampton/Seabrook Estuary (NAI, little to no water exchange. 1996), however, it has been only recently Bloom conditions in the other tribu- that chlorophyll has been measured at taries are best illustrated by examining sites within the estuary. Jones et al. (1997) data collected as part of a three year measured chlorophyll concentrations in a project to assess the effect of stormwater number of small freshwater streams, runoff on contaminant concentrations marsh creeks, larger tributaries and in the (Jones and Langan, 1994a, 1995a, 1996a). harbor itself beginning in July 1996. Peak Intense blooms were recorded for two chlorophyll concentrations in the summer consecutive days after a rainstorm that were approximately 3 µg/l in the larger followed an extended dry period in Sep- tidal rivers and in the Harbor, and up to tember, 1995. Highest intensities were 28 µg/l in the small tidal creeks. Concen- recorded in the freshwater and tidal por- trations at all sites dropped through the tions of the Salmon Falls and Cocheco fall and winter. Additional samples have rivers, suggesting that there may be peri- been collected as part of the New Hamp- odic intensive bloom conditions in the shire Estuaries Program to provide an freshwater and upper tidal reaches of improved spatial and temporal represen- these Rivers. These data are confirmed tation of the chlorophyll concentrations in by Maine DEP studies in the Salmon Falls Hampton Harbor. River (Mitnik and Valleau, 1996; Mitnik, 106 2.4.5.3 Eutrophication lent baseline was established in 1973 (Chock and Mathieson, 1979). No The Great Bay Estuary and other estuar- changes in species, biomass and percent ine areas in New Hampshire had no cover were documented (Langan and cited incidences of eutrophic or hypoxic Jones, 1999). problems prior to 1985 (Whitledge, Water clarity in the Great Bay Estuary 1985). This report was a review of is most affected by resuspension of fine eutrophic or hypoxic estuaries nation- grained sediments. Resuspension of sed- wide, and more detailed New Hampshire iments can result from human activities, information is provided below. such as dredging and boating in shallow In addition to elevated nutrients, water, however, natural causes, and in depressed dissolved oxygen conditions particular wind driven waves are the pri- and phytoplankton blooms, other poten- mary cause of resuspension (Anderson, tial indicators of eutrophication include 1974, 1975). Suspended sediments will proliferation of opportunistic (green) be discussed in another section of this macroalgae, reduction in water clarity, report, however it is useful to note here and loss of eelgrass. There has been that at the two long-term monitoring sites some speculation that opportunistic in the Great Bay Estuary, suspended sed- macroalgal populations have increased iment concentration has decreased in in recent years (A. Mathieson, personal recent years, and the annual mean is sig- communication), however, this has not nificantly lower at Furber Strait in the been substantiated with measured data. years 1993-1996 than from 1988 through A project conducted during the summer 1992 (Figure 2.42). of 1997 as part of the GBNERR monitor- Relative to eelgrass, a decline in the ing program examined areal coverage late 1980s in Great Bay attributed to the and biomass of macroalgal species along wasting disease, was followed by recov- an intertidal gradient for which an excel- ery in the 1990s. Areal coverage, density
Monthly measurements (high and low tide average) of suspended solids at the Adams Point sta- FIGURE 2.42 tion from July, 1988 to June, 1996.
Total suspended solids (mg/l)
50
40
30
20
10
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
107 Rochester Wastewater Treatment Facility discharge
and biomass now exceed the early WWTFs) on the Salmon Falls River are 1980s. Eelgrass has also been observed no doubt responsible for a large portion recently in areas where it has been of anthropogenic nitrogen loading to absent for many years. It appears that these rivers. Though the potential for eelgrass populations in the Great Bay system-wide impacts from these rivers is Estuary are in good condition. remote, increasing the nitrogen load in Based on the nutrient, dissolved oxy- the upper tidal reaches of these rivers gen and chlorophyll conditions, as well could impact water quality in longer tidal as the other potential indicators, there is stretches of both rivers, and potentially no indication of system-wide eutrophica- the upper Piscataqua River as well. Resi- tion in the Great Bay Estuary, nor are dence time is an important factor in there any documented trends that would determining sensitivity to nutrient indicate increasing nutrient enrichment. overenrichment. For that reason, the tidal The physical characteristics of the estu- portions of the Lamprey and Squamscott ary, including tidal height, relative flush- rivers and areas in the southern portions ing, a vertically mixed water column and of Great Bay would be considered areas high turbidity, in addition to the suite of susceptible to nutrient overenrichment parameters examined, would indicate since flushing times (complete water that eutrophication in Great Bay is not an exchange) can be from two to three imminent problem. Though the data weeks for these areas in dry conditions. indicate that nitrogen may be limiting, Therefore potential water quality impacts light is also an important limiting factor should be considered before this area is due to resuspension of sediments and subjected to additional loading. vigorous vertical mixing. There are indi- Based on the nutrient, chlorophyll cations, however, of potential problems and dissolved oxygen data reviewed, in in the freshwater portions of some of the addition to the lack of any indicators of tidal rivers and in the upper tidal reach- eutrophication, there is no reason to es of the Salmon Falls and Cocheco believe that nutrient overenrichment is rivers. Though both point and nonpoint an issue in Hampton Harbor. Additional- sources may contribute to the problems ly, the rate of water exchange and short observed there, low water flows and residence time of the water in the harbor dams (impounded stagnant waters) con- would make it difficult for eutrophic tribute to water quality impacts. The conditions to develop in the estuary. location of a large point source on the With Seabrook-wide hook up to the new Cocheco River (Rochester WWTF) and WWTF, future conditions are expected to several smaller point sources (several be even better. 108 2.5
hree review articles chronicle and ~18,000 years ago (Flint, 1971), the large SUSPENDED Tsynthesize most of the information ice sheets removed much of the overly- SEDIMENTS available concerning suspended sedi- ing soils and eroded the underlying AND TURBIDITY ments and turbidity in the Great Bay bedrock (Chapman, 1974). Subsequently, Estuary. The Bibliography of the Geolo- extensive tills (unsorted sediments) and gy of the Continental Shelf, Coastline and marine sands, silts and clays were Estuaries of New Hampshire and Adja- deposited by the retreating glaciers (Del- cent Regions (Ward and Pope, 1992) is a core and Koteff, 1989). More recently, comprehensive report of all available lit- modern tidal flats, salt marshes and erature up to 1992 concerning the geolo- muddy to cobble beaches have devel- gy and sedimentology of the New oped adjacent to the estuary and its trib- Hampshire region. An annotated bibliog- utaries. raphy for sediment based studies is 2.5.2 SHORELINE CHARACTERISTICS included. A synthesis of the relevant IN THE GREAT BAY ESTUARY research concerning the sedimentology (including the bottom and the water col- The intertidal shoreline of the Great Bay umn) of Great Bay was presented by Estuary probably arrived close to its pres- Ward (1992) and Short (1992). The most ent day position a few thousand years recent and up to date synthesis of ago when the rise of sea level slowed research on suspended sediments and down. Since that time the estuary has turbidity in the Great Bay Estuary is pre- been continuously modified by a slow sented in A Monitoring Plan for the Great sea level rise (presently about 1.5 mm/y, Bay National Estuarine Research Reserve: Hicks et al., 1983), wave effects, tidal Final Report for the Period 07/01/95 action, biological processes, ice impact, through 06/30/96 (Langan and Jones, and humans. Wave impacts in Great Bay 1996). The synthesis of relevant research, Estuary are most important on the mud- annotated bibliography of relevant stud- flat areas that often front the rocky or ies, and complete bibliography of known gravel shorelines (especially in the many information presented here is based on embayments). Resuspension of fine- these reports. Ward and Pope (1992) grained sediments from mudflats occurs forms the basis of the complete bibliog- during frequent wind events, increasing raphy up to 1992. The synthesis by Ward the turbidity of the nearshore and the (1992) forms the framework for the overall estuary. These processes are dis- review of existing information for sus- cussed in more detail below. However, pended sediments and turbidity in the the wave energy is usually low and Great Bay Estuary. Where appropriate, impact on the coarse-grained (gravel) segments of these reports are repeated beach sediments is probably small in here, as well as updated. Langan and many places. Jones (1996), along within other recent Although no quantitative assessment reports, are used to update the synthesis of shore types has been done for the and bibliographies. Great Bay Estuary (with the exclusion of the tidal marshes), qualitative observa- 2.5.1 SURFICIAL SEDIMENTS tions based on aerial photographs and AROUND GREAT BAY ESTUARY field observations have been made. Such The surficial sediments in the Great Bay studies indicate that exposed bedrock area have been strongly influenced by shorelines fronted by shingle beaches, glacial advances and retreats during the small pocket beaches composed of sand Quaternary period (the last two or three to cobble size sediments, eroding till million years of the Earth’s history). Dur- bluffs of little relief, muddy tidal flats, ing the last major glaciation (referred to fringing marshes located on bedrock or as the Wisconsin), which began ~85,000 coarse sediment, and large marshlands years ago and was at a maximum are all commonly found. Most frequent- 109 ly, the shoreline is exposed bedrock cataqua rivers). Ward (1994) measured either fronted by cobble beaches, fring- the suspended sediment concentrations ing marsh, relatively wide tidal flats, or in the lower estuary (Portsmouth Harbor) large marshes. Large tidal flats dominate and near the mid-estuary (Dover Point) the intertidal and subtidal portions of over a number of tidal cycles in July, Great and Little bays. Consequently, the 1992. The concentrations were low and surface area of the bays changes dramat- varied little across the channel and with ically from high to low tide. depth in Portsmouth Harbor. The total suspended sediment concentrations 2.5.3 SOURCES OF SEDIMENTS ranged from 1.1 to 3.7 mg/l over a com- The sources of sediments for the inter- plete tidal cycle at the mouth of the Har- tidal and subtidal portions of Great Bay bor and from 1.5 to 5.9 mg/l at a Estuary originate primarily from shore cross-section near Seavey Island. Similar- erosion, runoff from the watershed via ly, Shevenell (1974) found suspended inflowing rivers, and biological produc- sediment concentrations were generally tivity. Erosion of the exposed bedrock less than 3 mg/l at a station in the mouth surrounding much of the Bay provides of the Piscataqua River in 1972-1973, irregularly shaped cobbles that form nar- except during winter when concentra- row shingle beaches. Some minor sandy tions exceeded 6 mg/l. According to beaches are located adjacent to eroding Shevenell (1974), the main sources of till deposits (e.g. Fox Point). Due to the particulate matter in the coastal shelf rocky nature of the land surrounding the waters adjacent to the Piscataqua River estuary and the relative thinness of the were biological productivity, resuspen- till deposits, it is unlikely substantial sion of bottom sediments and estuarine amounts of fine-grained sediment are discharge from the Piscataqua River. contributed from shore erosion. Conse- Shevenell (1974) also noted particulate quently, the source of new fine-grained matter concentrations fluctuated season- sediments and turbidity is likely from ally and spatially due to meteorological freshwater tributaries. The impact of effects (e.g., storms, high river dis- riverine inputs is most important follow- charges). ing heavy rains which are more frequent Total suspended sediment concentra- in the spring. Jones and Langan (1996a) tions were higher in the mid-estuary, found the total suspended sediment con- ranging from 2.4 to 12.7 mg/l over a tidal centrations in all the tributaries entering cycle at a cross-section at Dover Point in Great Bay following rain events to be July, 1992 (Ward, 1994). The increase in higher than concentrations during dry total suspended sediments in the mid- periods, although the differences were estuary over the concentrations meas- less than 5 mg/l and usually not statisti- ured near the mouth reflects the impact cally significant. In addition, all of the of higher suspended sediment inputs associated rivers are dammed, reducing from the upper estuary (e.g., Great Bay, this potential source. The source of sus- upper Piscataqua River, tributaries). pended sediments and turbidity on a day The spatial pattern of the total sus- to day basis is more likely due to wind pended sediment concentrations from and tidal resuspension of the extensive the mouth of the estuary in Portsmouth subtidal and intertidal mudflats. to the upper estuary is reflected in the results of transects run in July, 1992 2.5.4 SUSPENDED SEDIMENTS (Ward, 1994). The concentrations meas- Spatially, the lowest suspended sediment ured at ~high tide or early ebb ranged concentrations occur in the lower estu- from 1.3 mg/l at the mouth to 17.7 mg/l ary, while the highest generally occur in at the entrance to the Squamscott River. the upper estuary or within the tidal por- Concentrations along the same transect tions of the estuarine tributaries (Squam- run at ~ low tide and during the early scott, Lamprey, Oyster, Bellamy, flood ranged from 2.4 mg/l to over 50 Cocheco, Salmon Falls or upper Pis- mg/l at the Squamscott River. 110 Temporally, the highest concentrations low and high tide, respectively. The sus- occur in spring and fall, while summer pended sediment concentrations at and winter have lower concentrations Furber Strait ranged from 3.3 to 22.8 mg/l (data from Loder et al. 1983, in Short, and averaged 9.8 and 7.5 mg/l at low 1992). The total suspended sediment con- and high tide, respectively. These aver- centration off Furber Strait in the Great ages are slightly lower than measured in Bay averaged 11 mg/l from 1976 to 1978, the mid to late 1970s and in 1991/1992. with the lowest values in fall and winter. Langan and Jones (1996) found the sus- Unpublished data from Ward during 1991 pended solids concentrations at sites at to 1992 shows a similar pattern for Furber Chapmans Landing and Furber Straits Strait. Short (1992) indicated the maxi- decreased from 1988 to 1996, significant- mum suspended sediment concentrations ly in some cases. Clear seasonal patterns occurred in the 1970s, although the aver- were not apparent at these sites (Figures ages are similar. 2.42 and 2.43). Langan and Jones (1996), focusing on Lower concentrations for the 1995- the upper estuary, found that the sus- 1996 period were measured in the Lam- pended sediment concentrations from prey River than in either the Squamscott summer, 1995 to summer, 1996 were River or at Furber Strait (Langan and highest in the lower reaches of the Jones, 1996). Suspended sediment con- Squamscott River (measured at Chap- centrations averaged 3.8 mg/l at both mans Landing) ranging from 5.8 to 42.7 high and low tide in the Lamprey at the mg/l and averaging 20.5 and 15.1 mg/l at Town Landing. The suspended sediment
Monthly measurements (high and low tide average) of suspended solids at the Squamscott River FIGURE 2.43 station from July, 1988 to June, 1996.
Total suspended solids (mg/l)
60
50
40
30
20
10
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
111 Adams Point in winter concentrations in the Oyster River and ice effects. Large increases in the sus- appeared to be similar to values meas- pended sediment load can occur over ured for the Squamscott River (Jones and tidal flats due to small amplitude waves Langan, 1993a). Interestingly, there were (Anderson, 1972, 1973), extreme water no distinct differences on a seasonal temperatures caused by tidal flat expo- bases in the Oyster River, nor were there sure during summer months (Anderson, consistent spatial variations. The average 1979; 1980), desiccation of the tidal flat concentration in Oyster River were high, (Anderson and Howell, 1984), rain with a low tide mean of nearly 35 to 40 impact (Shevenell, 1986; Shevenell and mg/l. However, this mean included sam- Anderson, 1985) and boat waves (Ander- ples taken in shallow water stations in son, 1974; 1975). Webster (1991) investi- the upper tidal reaches where local wind gated bedload transport on a tidal flat in resuspension and other processes biased Great Bay and found that the transport the results. The overall changes with rates were related primarily to wind wave time in the Great Bay Estuary need to be activity, although tidal currents may have examined further. enhanced movement. Webster (1991), The periodic nature of the suspended also found that the benthic community sediment load in the estuary has been appeared to affect bedload transport by described by Anderson (1970) who disturbing the tidal flat surface (pellet demonstrated large changes in concentra- mounds and feeding traces). Sediments tions over tidal cycles and over seasons. resuspended along the shallow flats Suspended sediment concentrations mixes with the channel waters, resulting ranged from ~2 to 18 mg/l in the channel in higher turbidity in the estuary. Thus, at the entrance to the Bellamy River in Lit- sedimentary processes which occur along tle Bay in response to tidal currents, the shallow flanks of the estuary have a resuspension events, spring discharge large impact on the overall water quality.
112 2.5.5 SEDIMENTATION PROCESSES During most winters much of the shore- ON GREAT BAY TIDAL FLATS line and intertidal regions of the bay are covered with ice. Ice tends to modify the Anderson (1983) summarized the physi- shoreline by pushing sediments about cal and biological processes influencing and by forming gouges in the softer, muddy intertidal flats, emphasizing the muddy tidal flats. In winter during peri- Great Bay. Anderson (1983) concluded ods of ice movement, large amounts of that the main physical factors were: sediment, clumps of marsh, and sea- effects of ice, waves, sediment dewater- weeds are transported and eventually ing, mud and water temperatures, and deposited elsewhere in the Bay (Math- rain. Biological factors included growth ieson et al., 1982; Hardwick-Witman, of benthic diatoms, algal mats, 1986; 1985; Short et al., 1986). Thompson macrovegetation, bioturbation, pellet for- (1975) found that ice on a tidal flat near mation, biodeposition and changes in Adams Point contained 0.58 to 27.2 mudflat microrelief. Ice effects dominate grams of sediment per liter of ice. in winter and early spring with breakup According to Thompson (1975), up to 50 causing erosion. Wind resuspension was cm of sediment was eroded from inner common much of the year. During sum- portions of the tidal flat, while up to 25 mer, biologic processes dominate and cm was deposited along the outer por- deposition is more common. Storm activ- tion. Overall, the ice impact appeared to ity in fall as biologic processes slow be erosional. causes increased tidal flat erosion. Suspended sediments have been Wave action on the muddy intertidal measured in the Hampton/Seabrook flats causes erosion, resuspension, and Estuary as part of the 1994 Sanitary Sur- subsequent transportation of the sedi- vey (NHDHHS, 1994a), and was includ- ments. Tidal currents serve to distribute ed in surface water sampling for studies the sediments which are introduced via on potential surface water contamination riverine sources, from bluff erosion, or from septic systems (Jones, 1997). Sam- from resuspension episodes on inter- ples have also been collected and ana- tidal flats. In addition, strong tidal cur- lyzed from sites in the estuary as part of rents limit the seaward expansion of the the monitoring supported by the NHEP. tidal flats. Total suspended solid concentrations in Sedimentation processes on the shal- the Harbor are generally quite low, rang- low tidal flats around the Great Bay are ing from 1 to 6 mg/L, while in the small- strongly influenced by biologic process- er tidal creeks concentrations can be es. Black (1980) found deposit feeders considerably higher, depending on tidal ingest muddy sediments, creating fecal stage and wind speed and direction. pellets that behave hydraulically like fine-sand grains. Estimated feeding rates, for example, of Macoma balthica indi- cate the surface sediments are turned over 35 times per year (Black, 1980). Sickley (1989) demonstrated that tidal flat erosion was related to decreases in microbial populations and to the grazing activity of epibenthic macroorganisms. Sickley (1989) also showed suspended sediment concentrations to be related to benthic algal populations, which tend to bind the sediment. Because of the temperate climate of the estuary, ice plays an important role in shaping the geomorphic and sedimento- logic characteristics of the shoreline.
113 2.6
OTHER 2.6.1 RADIONUCLIDES from atmospheric nuclear weapons test- CONTAMINANTS ing. The levels of radionuclides are con- The US EPA has published radiological OF POTENTIAL sistent with those measured during the surveys of the Portsmouth Naval Ship- CONCERN preoperational phase of the monitoring yard. Two of these documents have been program. All analytical results are sub- obtained (USEPA, 1979; 1991). For both mitted to the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory the 1977 and 1989 samples, materials Commission in the Annual Radiological from sites around Seavey Island and the Environmental Monitoring Report. Great Bay Estuary included sediments, sediment cores, biota and water. The 2.6.2 BIOTOXINS 1977 study also included samples of veg- etation and air samples. The results of Paralytic shellfish poisoning (PSP) was both studies showed no evidence of first recorded in 1972 in this portion of radioactivity released as a result of Naval the Gulf of Maine (GOM). Alexandrium nuclear propulsion plant operations, spp., blooms are probably transported based on cobalt-60 analyses. Detectable south to New Hampshire coastal waters radioactivity in the biota and the envi- from a source population near the mouth ronment surrounding the shipyard was of the Kennebec/Androscoggin rivers in attributed to naturally occurring isotopes Maine (Franks and Anderson, 1992). or atmosphere-borne isotopes indicative Local conditions may have some effect of past nuclear weapons testing. on blooms even though occurrences in Seabrook Station has an extensive NH are typically associated with large radiological monitoring program of the regional occurrences in ME & MA. marine environment around Seabrook The NHDHHS, with support from Station. The monitoring program NHF&G, conducts weekly sampling of includes sampling and radiological mussels (Mytilus edulis) for PSP analyses analysis of seawater, sediment, fish, lob- at one site in Hampton Harbor. Since ster, mussels and algae in the area near 1983, blooms have occurred during late Seabrook Station and the offshore cool- spring to late summer. During 1983-89, ing system discharge area, as well as the average weekly PSP levels were peri- control stations of similar environmental odically >44 µg PSP/100 g tissue (the media collected in Ipswich Bay, Massa- detection limit) & over the closure limit of chusetts. Continuous air samples are also 80 µg PSP/100 g tissue (NAI, 1996). Red collected at eight locations and direct tide blooms were reported to occur on a radiation is measured at 42 locations regular basis in 1989 (NHDES, 1989a), but around Seabrook Station. This is aug- only rarely since 1991 (NAI, 1996). PSP mented by 16 additional direct radiation was detected at >44 µg PSP/100 g tissue monitoring locations along the immedi- in 1991, 1993 & 1994, but only during ate Station fence line. All direct radiation May-early June. PSP was detected at monitoring locations include the use of increasing concentrations on 3 consecu- six separate passive detectors. In addi- tive occasions in May, 1995. Even though tion, milk is collected from seven milk concentrations were below the closure farms around Seabrook Station. limit, flats were closed because of the The program began in 1984, more trend and some ME flats had already been than five years before Seabrook Station closed. In 1996, there were no closures began operation. No radionuclides attrib- (NHDHHS, unpublished data). Concentra- utable to the operation of Seabrook Sta- tions of PSP remained at <44 µg/100 g tion have been detected. Naturally mussel tissue from 4/1/96 to 10/27/96 in occurring radionuclides have been iden- Hampton Harbor. Monitoring programs in tified by the program including K-40, Be- both Maine and Massachusetts provide 7, Th-232 and its daughter products. useful additional information. Little other Cesium-137 was detected in milk in very information is available to document 114 small quantities as the result of fallout other harmful algal bloom events. 2.6.3 ACID RAIN 2.6.4 MARINE DEBRIS The NHDES has a database for acid rain Data on marine debris clean up efforts at NH lakes and ponds (NHDES, 1996c). since 1992 have been summarized by The results show an increase in pH in Salem High School (SHS, 1996). The precipitation over the past 15 years from information includes collection sites, 4.0 to 4.3, and a significant increase in numbers of debris items, type of debris, alkalinity over the past 15 years in some temporal trend analysis, and other data ponds. Even though most New Hamp- analyses. The New Hampshire clean up shire lakes showed no significant change data are also analyzed in briefer fashion in pH over the past 15 or 50 years, many relative to the whole U.S. (Sheavly, lakes are still vulnerable to acid rain and 1996a) and international (Sheavly, have pH values of <6.0. No data are col- 1996b) clean up efforts. The Piscataqua lected for tidal waters. River Watershed Council is currently Acid deposition is primarily a result of conducting a project with the Piscataqua emissions of nitrogen (NOx) and sulfur Region Council on Marine Debris to (SOx) oxides into the atmosphere. Mon- reduce marine debris, especially bulk itoring of NOx has been conducted by debris, through educational efforts the NHDES Air Resource Division at (GOMC, 1997). Manchester and Portsmouth since 1986, A recent review of historical marine and SOx has been monitored at fourteen debris distribution, temporal trends and locations since the mid-1970s (NHCRP, sources of marine debris in the Gulf of 1997). Power generation produces 90% Maine provides further analysis of data of SOx and 39% of NOx emissions in from New Hampshire, as well as identifi- NH, while mobile sources produce 51% cation of a range of policy approaches of the NOx. National Ambient Air Quali- for addressing the issue (Hoagland and ty Standards are 80 µg/m3 for SO2 and 53 Kite-Powell, 1997). In general, it appears ppb for NO2. The annual mean concen- that New Hampshire, along with north- trations for these two gases have ern Massachusetts and parts of Nova Sco- decreased since 1990, from 10.63 to tia, have relatively high densities of
18.58 µg/m3 for SO2 and from 24 to 12 nearshore debris compared to Maine and ppb for NO2. southern Massachusetts. Since 1989, both
Index of bottles and associated items in marine debris from Maine, New Hampshire and Massa- FIGURE 2.44 chusetts, based on CMC data.
200 Index of Density (items/mile cleaned) Maine 180 New Hampshire 160 Massachusetts
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995
115 them exceeded the standard. Particulate lead was monitored at 5 stations up to 1993, when monitoring ceased due to documented declines in response to removal of lead from gasoline. Radon has been tested using home test kits since 1987. The action guideline is 4.0 pCi/l. Statewide, the geometric mean level is 2.8 pCi/l, and 36% of sam- ples were > 3.9 pCi/l (NHCRP, 1997). The geometric means and percentage of sam- ples > 3.9 pCi/l are 3.0 pCi/l and 38% for Rockingham County, and 3.6 pCi/l and 44% in Strafford County. Strafford Coun- ty ranks second and Rockingham Coun- ty is fourth amongst other state counties. Data are kept on accidental chemical releases, which includes infectious agents, chemicals or radiological haz- ards. These usually occur at fixed sites or on roadways. The accidents usually involve release of petroleum products (77%) and toxic materials (15%). In 1993, Rockingham County had 138 events, the most of any county in the state, and Straf- ford County had 61. The statewide aver- age from 1990 to 1994 was 373 events. Chlorine is added to municipal drink- Maine and Massachusetts, which have ing water (and WWTF effluent) as a nec- bottle container laws, had slight reduc- essary disinfection agent to kill possible tions in beverage container debris while microbial pathogens. However, the chlo- New Hampshire showed no reduction rine is highly reactive and can form (Figure 2.44). Onshore sources of debris potentially toxic chlorinated organic accounted for 80-85% of all debris, with compounds, including chloroform, in the much less coming from offshore sources presence of naturally occurring organic (including commercial fishing gear). compounds in water. The Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) for chloroform 2.6.5 OTHER CONTAMINANTS is 5 µg/l. Chloroform was monitored in The highest levels of ground-level ozone 12 municipal drinking water systems, (O3) in New Hampsire are in the Sea- including six in the coastal region, during coast, where transport from large 1995-1996 (NHCRP, 1997). The average upwind urban areas is the greatest chloroform concentration and risk (as (NHCRP, 1997). The statewide average number of excess cancers in one million level, 0.047 ppm, has not changed much people) were 44.2 µg/l and 3.17 cancers since 1990, and the range has been 0.45 in Somersworth, 35.8 µg/l and 2.56 can- to 0.5 ppm. The annual frequency of cers in Exeter, 33 µg/l and 2.36 cancers exceedences at individual locations has in Portsmouth, 20.2 µg/l and 1.45 cancers ranged from 0 in 1992 to 4 in 1991, with in Rochester, and 17.7 µg/l and 1.28 can- 3 in 1995. cers in Durham. All of these concentra- Carbon monoxide (CO) is monitored tions were greater than the MCL. The in Manchester and Nashua. Levels highest levels statewide were detected at appeared to improve during the 1990s. Keene (49.8 µg/l), and Clairmont had the Air particulates have been monitored at lowest levels (1.1 µg/l) and the only one 15 stations. From 1990-1995, none of under the MCL. 116 2.7
he review of technical information on abundance of information, much is still SUMMARY Tthe status and trends for water quali- not understood and a number of issues OF FINDINGS ty in coastal New Hampshire showed a are still significant. This section is a sum- great deal of existing information for the mary of what is known and what infor- different issues involved. Despite the mation gaps still exist.
FINDINGS There has been a general improvement in water quality in freshwater rivers and streams in coastal New Hampshire, in large part due to improvements in sewage treatment facilities. In 1996, all uses are fully supported in 100% of Coastal Basin and 99% of the Piscataqua River Basin streams and rivers. The water quality in the coastal shoreline and open ocean areas of the State’s waters has improved to where they are also fully supporting all uses in 1996. Slower progress in estuarine waters, where uses are limited by numerous contam- inants, has occurred. Fecal contamination levels have decreased in all coastal waters during the last decade as a result of improvements in wastewater treatment facilities. The spatial and temporal distribution of bacterial indicators in estuarine waters has been well documented in most areas. There are clearly sources of fecal con- tamination that persist in all areas of coastal New Hampshire. Fecal bacterial contamination is typically present at higher concentrations during low tide and after significant rainfall/runoff events. The major source of fecal contaminants in runoff is direct sewage contamination from leaky pipes and illicit connections in urban sewage pipe systems. These sources are also significant during dry weather. Other documented sources of fecal contamination include wastewater treatment facilities, septic systems, stormwater control systems and agricultural activities. Sig- nificant non-human sources of contamination other than from agricultural activi- ties have not been documented. Recent sanitary surveys have expanded shellfish harvesting in areas with suitably low levels of fecal contamination. Indigenous bacterial pathogens, especially Vibrio spp., are present at relatively high levels in the Great Bay Estuary when water temperatures are warm. Tributaries to New Hampshire’s estuaries have storm-related problems with trace metal contamination. Studies have shown how these contaminants have been transported, often in association with suspended sediments, throughout the down- stream waters from tributaries. An historical database for sediment contaminants provides evidence for wide- spread contamination with trace metals and toxic organic compounds, and local- ized areas of high concentrations of these contaminants. Runoff from impervious surfaces is a significant source of both trace metal and toxic organic contaminants. Superfund sites located in close proximity to estuarine waters have had significant historical contamination and may continue to be sources affecting water quality.
117 The large volume and trafficking of petroleum products through the Port of New Hampshire has resulted in numerous significant oil spills that have had directly adverse effects on estuarine biota. Atmospheric deposition of mercury is a significant concern in New Hampshire, while VOC emissions have been reduced. Models for predicting the fate of oil spills, trace metals and fecal contamination have been developed for numerous areas. Elevated tissue concentrations of toxic contaminants in estuarine biota have caused several consumption advisories. The relatively elevated levels of a number of contaminants is a critical concern. The highest levels of nitrogen and phosphorus occur in late fall through early spring throughout the Great Bay Estuary. The lowest levels occur in late spring through early fall. The highest levels of nutrients occur at the heads of tide in the tributaries, where sources such as upstream freshwater and WWTFs are most prevalent. Phosphate concentrations are usually low in freshwater, highest in upstream tidal rivers and low in Great Bay, Little Bay and Portsmouth Harbor. There is an inverse relationship between nitrogen concentration and salinity in Great Bay Estuary. Elevated nutrient levels occur in the tributaries of Hampton Harbor, but the con- centrations in the Harbor itself are low. Conditions are expected to improve with the recently completed disconnection of septic systems in Seabrook. Current nitrogen concentrations, including annual means, seasonal patterns, and minimum and maximum concentrations, are similar to or lower than levels in the 1970s in most parts of the Great Bay Estuary and its tributaries. The exceptions are the freshwater portions of the Cocheco and Salmon Falls rivers, both of which are significantly impacted by WWTF effluent. Significant sources of nutrients include WWTFs, stormwater conduits, septic sys- tems, lawns and golf courses, atmospheric deposition, natural organic debris and sediment recycling. Nitrogen loading from riverine sources is highest during late fall and early spring during times where rainfall events are more likely to cause runoff from land sur- faces. The total nitrogen loaded to the Great Bay Estuary in 1996, based on some meas- urements and other estimations, was 718 tons. Nonpoint sources accounted for 48%, point sources 41% and atmospheric deposition 11% of the total. Similar con- tributions from different sources were determined for the Oyster River watershed. The estimated nitrogen loading, 718 tons/y, was slightly higher in 1996 than the NOAA estimate of 640 tons/y, published in 1990. Loading estimates for the Great Bay Estuary were below limits established for Buzzards Bay, MA. In general, the Great Bay Estuary does not exhibit low dissolved oxygen condi- tions in the tidal waters. D.O. can vary from 5 mg/l in summer during early morning low tides to 16 mg/l in winter.
118 Areas in the Salmon Falls River can have exceptionally low D.O. and even anox- ia, especially in the downstream freshwater and the upstream tidal portions dur- ing low flow periods in summer. Phytoplankton blooms in Great and Little bays can occur in spring and fall. Rather than experiencing distinct peaks, blooms in tidal rivers typically exhibit gradual increases in chlorophyll a concentrations with peaks in late summer or early fall. Intense bloom events have been observed in the Salmon Falls River coinciding with low D.O. conditions. There is no indication of system-wide eutrophication in the Great Bay and Hamp- ton/Seabrook estuaries. Increased nutrient loading could cause problems in the upper tidal reaches of some of the tributary rivers. The major source of suspended sediments in the Great Bay Estuary is probably wind and tidal resuspension of subtidal and intertidal mudflat sediments. Paralytic shellfish poisoning levels have occasionally exceeded the closure limit of 80 µg PSP/100 g tissue in Hampton Harbor, the only monitoring site in New Hampshire. Little other information is available to document other harmful algal bloom events.
NEEDS With increasingly sophisticated monitoring and analytical methods being used, previously unidentified contaminants and sources are being detected. Thus, there is a continuing need to identify and eliminate sources of fecal and other contami- nants that limit uses if coastal and estuarine waters. Establishment of a spatially comprehensive water quality monitoring program is needed to maintain existing harvestable shellfish areas and expand harvesting to new areas as management strategies to reduce contaminants are implemented. Continuing increases in human population and associated development, impervi- ous surfaces and wastewater treatment demands will modify the capacities for watersheds to process contaminants. A better understanding of watershed factors and processes that affect the fate and transport of fecal and other contaminants is needed to frame effective strategies for managing transport of contaminants to surface waters. Studies on the occurrence of indigenous pathogens like Vibrio spp. and biotoxin- producing organisms would be useful for establishing baseline data and predict- ing potentially harmful conditions. A coordinated monitoring program that includes periodic analysis of sediments is needed to determine temporal trends for sediment contaminants. Monitoring for oil spills and atmospheric contaminants should be continued. Studies on the biological effects of single and multiple toxic contaminants are needed for some ‘hot spot’ areas of New Hampshire’s estuaries. With increasing human populations in the Seacoast, it is important to continue monitoring nutrient levels and dissolved oxygen, especially in the tidal river tribu- taries of the State’s estuaries.
119 3 LIVING RESOURCES
he Great Bay and Hampton/ for selected species. The selection of Seabrook estuaries support a species discussed was based on a vari- great diversity of plant and ani- ety of criteria such as being listed as malT taxa including some rare and endangered or threatened, economic endangered species. The estuarine habi- importance, inclusion by other signifi- tats that provide important functions to cant inventories, etc. The approach the seacoast are: shellfish beds, mud used as the basis for the Banner and and sandflats, salt marshes, eelgrass Hayes (1996) report was developed by beds, algal beds including rocky inter- the US Fish and Wildlife Service with tidal areas, barrier beach and dune sys- the Gulf of Maine Council on the Marine tems, subtidal bottom with substrate Environment; a detailed description of ranging from mud to cobble and boul- their approach is provided in the report. ders, and tidal channels. Inventories of The purpose of this chapter is to pro- resident and migratory plant and animal vide an up to date and comprehenisve species, information on habitats, com- description of New Hampshire’s estuar- munities biology and ecology can be ine biota and to report on the status and found in a variety of previously pub- trends of species and communities for lished documents (Nelson, 1982; Short which there is information. The com- et al., 1992; NAI, 1977 and 1996; Spran- munities and species described here kle, 1996; Banner and Hayes, 1996). The were selected based on abundance, latter two studies provide excellent availability of information and on eco- characterizations of important habitats logical and economic importance.
Flounder GBNERR 121 3.1
ESTUARINE stuarine invertebrates consist of pelag- protozoans (7%) and Temora longicornis INVERTEBRATES Eic forms (zooplankton) as well as ben- (2%). Meroplankton forms that only thic (bottom dwelling) forms. The enter the zooplankton for reproduction occurrence and distribution of species comprised 22% of the zooplankton, varies both temporally and spatially and including polychaete (11%), gastropod are influenced by several factors includ- (5%), bivalve larvae (5%) and cirriped ing season, water depth, temperature, (barnacle) larvae (2%). Tychoplankton, salinity, and for benthic forms, substra- primarily harpacticoid copepods which tum type (i.e. mud/sand versus rock) is are only temporarily suspended in the also a major factor. plankton, represented 5% of zooplank- ton (NAI 1976). 3.1.1 ZOOPLANKTON Turgeon (1976) monitored mero- Zooplankton communities have been planktonic abundances within the Great examined in the Great Bay Estuary by Bay Estuary between 1970 and 1973. groups including Normandeau Associ- Bivalve larvae generally decreased from ates, Inc. as part of the impact assess- the mouth of the Estuary into Great Bay ment for the Newington Generating (Turgeon, 1976), and their numbers were Station (NAI, 1976), the University of greatest in July and September. Early New Hampshire (Turgeon, 1976), and in stages of bivalve larvae occurred in the the Hampton/Seabrook Estuary (NAI, near-surface, while later stages occurred 1996) as part of the Seabrook Station in deeper waters. Environmental Monitoring Program. Lists Barnacle nauplii (Semibalanus bal- of zooplankton species for both estuar- anoides) are one of the first meroplank- ine areas can be found in Appendix I. In ton forms to appear seasonally, during general, the zooplanktionic community February, coinciding with the beginning can be partitioned into groups that of the spring phytoplankton bloom (Tur- exhibit three basic life history strategies. geon, 1976). Trochophores and early The holoplankton (e.g. copepods) are stage spionid polychaete larvae appear planktonic throughout their entire life from April through May, having highest cycle, while the meroplankton include densities within the inner estuary (Tur- the swimming larvae of species that are geon, 1976). Mollusc larvae are most benthic as juveniles and adults (eg., abundant during June through July with bivalves, gastropods, decapod crus- a second peak in abundance during Sep- taceans). The tychoplankton include tember. Prosobranch veliger numbers species such as mysids and harpactacoid were greatest during June and July being copepods that alternate between a ben- most abundant within Great Bay. Up to thic and pelagic/planktonic existence. 25 veligers/l may occur within Great Bay, The abundance and species compo- predominantly Ilyanassa obsoleta (Tur- sition of the zooplankton communities geon, 1976). These patterns were consis- are temporally and spatially variable. tent during 1970-1973 (Turgeon, 1976), Seasonally, their abundance increases although absolute numbers varied from throughout the spring, peaking in early year to year. summer and declining sharply in later Two distinct meroplanktonic com- summer. Spatially, the number of species munities were identified by Turgeon decreases with distance from the open (1976), one predominating in the outer ocean. Data gathered by NAI (1976) in estuary and the second in Great Bay, Great Bay indicate that holoplankton with the two overlapping in the middle accounted for 73% of the taxa. The dom- of the estuary. Larval populations were inants holoplankton were copepod nau- most dense and species composition plii (29%), Pseudocalanus minutus most varied during February to July and (14%), Oithona similis (8%), tintinnid September through November, e.g., the
122 periods occurring between the winter bottom sediments and the exchange of minimum and summer maximum tem- constituents between bottom sediments peratures. and overlying water. Because of their Larval abundances of soft-shell clam, burrowing and feeding habits, benthic Mya arenaria, are seasonally bimodal animals affect the geochemical profiles (Turgeon, 1976). Oyster larvae, as well as of sediments and pore waters, particular- the larvae of several other bivalves, ly in higher salinity habitats with fine migrate vertically depending upon the grained sediments. Extensive data bases tidal stage. Upward movement in the on infaunal macrobenthos for most areas water column on flood tides and down- of the Great Bay Estuary have been com- ward movement during ebbing tide pro- piled over the years. During a 1980-1981 moted retention of larvae within Great monitoring program, 91 intertidal and Bay (Turgeon, 1976). 114 subtidal infaunal species were col- In the Hampton/Seabrook Estuary, lected from 8 stations throughout the zooplankton communities are similar to Great Bay Estuary (Nelson, 1981). A the Great Bay Estuary relative to tempo- species list of Great Bay benthic infauna ral abundance patterns and dominance appears in Appendix E. Additional by the holoplanktonic copepods Pseudo- species lists, community analyses, tem- calanus sp. and Oithona sp. (NAI, 1996). poral and spatial abundances can be The meroplanktonic community is high- found in NAI (1972-1980), Nelson (1982) ly seasonal, with the greatest abundances and Webster (1991). More recent data occurring spring through fall. Dominant (Armstrong, 1995; Johnston et al., 1994; meroplanktonic species include the crus- Grizzle et al, manuscript in preparation; taceans Balanus sp. and Carcinus Langan, 1995, 1996) indicate that species meanas and the bivalves Hiatella sp., richness and dominant species are essen- Anomia squamula and Mytilis edulis. Lit- tially unchanged over the twenty plus tle change in seasonal patterns and com- year period (1972-1995). Grizzle et al. munity composition has been observed (manuscript in preparation) used three in the past decade. years of monthly data from four sites in the Great Bay Estuary to determine that 3.1.2 BENTHIC INVERTEBRATES throughout the year, biomass and the Benthic invertebrates include epibenthos number of individuals can change dra- such as motile bottom dwelling taxa (e.g matically, with peaks in both numbers snails, crabs and lobsters) and sessile and total biomass occurring in spring taxa that attach to hard substrates (e.g. and fall. They attribute the low summer oysters, barnacles) as well as infaunal populations to predation. They also benthos that burrow in the sediments. found, as did Nelson (1981), that com- Environmental conditions that are impor- munity composition is determined to a tant in influencing invertebrate occur- great extent by sediment grain size. rence include water depth, substratum, Although species dominance can vary temperature, salinity, etc. Of these, tidal spatially and temporally, generally regulated depth creates a division speaking the dominant taxa in the Great between intertidal and subtidal popula- Bay Estuary are the polychaetes Streblos- tions. Substratum type is a major deter- pio benedicti, Heteromastus filiformis, minant of species composition. Rock and Scolopos sp., Pygospio elegans, Aricidea shingle substrata are populated by catherinae, oligochaetes, the amphipod epibenthic organisms, while mud and Ampelisca abdita/vadorum, and the sand have both epibenthic and infaunal bivalves Gemma gemma and Macoma components. balthica. Abundance, number of taxa Infaunal benthic populations can and species diversity generally increase provide information that is integral to with decreasing distance from the open determining the ecological condition of coast, indicating that fewer species are estuaries. They are important regulators tolerant of the seasonal temperature of the deposition and resuspension of extremes and daily tidal salinity changes, 123 which can be as much as 18 ppt, in the meanas ), mud crabs (family Xanthidae), upper reaches of Great Bay’s tidal tribu- rock crabs (Cancer irroratus) and Amer- taries (Langan and Jones, 1996). ican lobsters (Homarus americanus). The species composition and abun- The warm summer waters within dance of benthic macrofaunal communi- Great Bay allow the persistence of sever- ties were examined at two sites in the al invertebrate species that are more Hampton/Seabrook Estuary from 1978- common further south along the open 1995 to assess changes in the benthic Atlantic coast (Bousfield and Thomas, community that could be attributed to the 1975). One example of such a disjunct Seabrook Station’s treatment plant dis- warm-water taxon is the salt marsh charge to Brown’s River (NAI, 1996). Sam- amphipod Gammarus palustris; its pling was discontinued in May, 1995 due northern distribution limits on the East to the diversion of the treatment plant out- Coast of the US are within Great Bay fall to the offshore cooling water tunnel. (Gable and Croker, 1977, 1978). Other Sample sites were located in the Brown’s examples of disjunct invertebrate species River and in Mill Creek. The dominant occurring within the Great Bay include taxa at both sites included the polychaetes Balanus improvisus, Crassostrea virgini- Streblospio benedicti, Capitella capitata, ca, Urosalpinx cinerea, Tellina agilis, and Hediste diversicolor and oligiochaetes. Molgula manhattensis, Cliona sp. and Other common taxa included the poly- Polydora sp. (Turgeon, 1976). Such dis- chaetes Tharyx acutus and Spio setosa and junct taxa may represent relict popula- the soft shelled clam, Mya arenaria. tions from a warmer period 10,000 to These species are typical for East Coast 6,000 yr B.P. (Bousfield and Thomas, estuarine areas with fine grained sedi- 1975). ments (Watling, 1975) No significant dif- 3.1.3 SELECTED ferences in density, species composition INVERTEBRATE SPECIES or species diversity were found between sample sites or sample years for the study 3.1.3.1 Molluscan Shellfish period. The data also indicated that the treatment plant outfall had little impact on The estuaries of New Hampshire are the infaunal community in Brown’s River. ideal habitat for a number of molluscan The clam worm, Neanthes virens, is also shellfish species. The Great Bay Estuary, common in the intertidal areas of Hamp- including Little Harbor and the Back ton Harbor and supports a limited com- Channel area, supports populations of mercial bait industry. the eastern oyster (Crassostrea virgini- Hardwick-Witman and Mathieson ca), European flat or Belon oysters (1983) compared the epibenthic species (Ostrea edulis), softshell clams (Mya are- composition of the rocky intertidal zone naria), blue mussels (Mytilus edulis), over a gradient extending from the razor clams (Ensis directus), and sea scal- mouth of the Piscataqua River into Great lops (Placopecten magellanicus). Hamp- Bay. Within Great Bay, the dominant ton Harbor supports populations of epibenthic intertidal invertebrates were softshell clams and blue mussels. Mollus- Ilyanassa obsoleta, Geukensia demissa, can shellfish are not only of economic Crassostrea virginica, Balanus eberneus, importance for commercial and recre- Littorina littorea, L. saxatilis and L. ational harvesting, they are excellent obtusata. Large beds of Eastern oysters, bioindicators of estuarine condition Crassostrea virginica, occur within Great because they are relatively long lived Bay Estuary. This species, along with soft and integrate their environment over shelled clams, blue mussels and sea scal- time. Additionally, because they are filter lops will be discussed in more detail in a feeders, they play an important role in later section of this report. Other com- nutrient cycling, improving water clarity, mon epibenthic species in the Great Bay and in removing significant quantities of Estuary include horseshoe crabs (Limu- nitrogen and phosphorus from the water lus polyphemus), green crabs (Carcinus column via phytoplankton and organic 124 detritus consumption. Epibenthic shell- oysters were consumed by native Amer- fish such as mussels, oysters and scallops icans. Though once harvested commer- provide valuable habitat for a rich cially, they now support a popular assemblage of invertebrates and fish recreational fishery in New Hampshire. while large infaunal bivalves oxygenate The location and dimension of oys- soft sediments with their burrowing ter beds in the Great Bay Estuary has activities. Oysters are considered by been discussed in a number of publica- many estuarine ecologists to be a “key- tions dating back to the late 1940’s. The stone” species, and oyster beds in tem- present beds are shown in Figure 3.1. perate estuaries are considered the Maps of oyster bed locations can be equivalent of coral reefs in tropical seas. found in Ayer et al. (1970), Nelson (1981) Many studies have shown that species and Sale et al. (1992). Oyster habitat density, diversity and biomass are signif- based on occurrence and suitability mod- icantly greater in oyster beds than on eling has been recently mapped by the equivalent bottom without oysters. Mol- U.S. Fish and Wildlife (Banner and luscan shellfish play an important role in Hayes, 1996). A map depicting the loca- the ecology of estuaries and in the local tion of these beds in 1980 is shown in and regional economies. Figure 1.5. Jackson (1944) gave a gener- al description of the locations of oyster Eastern Oyster (Crassostrea virginica) beds, and described reduction in oyster Eastern oysters range from the Gulf of populations due to siltation and pollu- Mexico to Atlantic Canada, though their tion. He recommended rejuvenation of occurrence is continuous only as far the oyster beds through shell planting north as Cape Cod. North of Cape Cod, and cultivation and suggested that Great disjunct populations can be found in Bay oysters could become of consider- New Hampshire, Maine, the Canadian able commercial importance. Though Maritimes and the province of Quebec. numbers for acreage and density from They are primarily an intertidal and shal- that period are not reported, it is obvious low subtidal species and are most abun- from Jackson’s description that even in dant in estuarine areas with firm the 1940’s, much of the oyster habitat in substrates. Ice scouring in more northern the Great Bay Estuary had already been regions limits their occurrence to shallow lost. Ayer et al (1970) described the loca- subtidal areas. Eastern oysters can toler- tion, acreage and population structure of ate salinities ranging from 2-3 ppt to full Great Bay oysters and estimated a stand- seawater salinity (34 ppt) though repro- ing crop of market sized oysters of duction is depressed at low salinities. 38,000 bushels. This estimate was calcu- They can also tolerate temperatures rang- lated using the areal coverage of the all ing from -2°C to >30°C, however, feeding beds and density and size frequency of ceases and respiration is greatly oysters in the Oyster River only, assum- depressed below 5°C. Unlike some ing equal density and size structure for bivalve species such as bay and sea scal- all beds. Ayer et al. (1970) also studied lops, they thrive in areas of high turbidi- spatfall and growth in various locations ty. Spawning occurs when water and explored the possibility of a seed temperatures reach approximately 20°C, oyster industry in New Hampshire. Spat- though in the more northern portion of fall was highly variable both spatially and their range, annual spawning may not temporally. He also found that although always occur. The planktonic larvae all bivalve shell caught spat, oyster shell remain in the water column for 14-20 produced the best results. Additionally, days and settle on hard substrate, with a he recommended the use of hatchery noticeable preference for the shells of reared larvae for seed production as a their own species. Accounts of early means of producing marketable oysters European settlers reported that oysters in a shorter period of time. were very abundant in the Great Bay Nelson (1982) estimated the density Estuary, and shell middens indicate that and standing crop of market-sized oys- 125 FIGURE 3.1
Shellfish resources in Great Bay, Little Bay Great Bay and tributaries. Shellfish Beds
Oyster Beds Scattered Oysters Soft-shell Clams
ters, and NH F&G conducted additional this bed in 1993. More recent survey estimates on selected beds in 1991 and work (1996-1997) has failed to locate a 1993. These data are presented in Table large concentration of oysters in the 3.1. It is very difficult to determine southwest portion of Great Bay, though change over time from these data. The a small concentration can be found in 1970 estimate only calculated standing the vicinity of the railroad bridge that crop/acre for the Oyster River bed and crosses the Squamscott River. Reduction applied this density to a total of 50 acres in areal coverage of some beds is indi- in the estuary, though the number of cated by the data from for the Bellamy acres for each bed were not defined. The and Oyster river beds from 1991 to 1993, Adams Point bed, one of the most popu- with a 67% reduction in the Bellamy lar harvest spots in Great Bay, is not River and a 19% reduction in the Oyster included in the 1981 estimate, but River. Jackson (1944) also mentions a sig- appears in 1991 and 1993. The 1981 data nificant reduction in the size of Oyster reports a great abundance of oysters in River bed, though precise changes in southwest Great Bay, a 90% reduction dimension are not reported. Density data from 1981 to 1991, and no mention of for all sizes of oysters were obtained for 126 Acreage and standing crop of adult oysters in the Great Bay Estuary. TABLE 3.1
1970 1981 1991 1993 Location acres bushels acres bushels acres bushels acres bushels
Nannie Island ? ? 18.5 18193 ? ? 18.5 20,615 Adams Point ? ? ? ? ? ? 5.1 8,358 Oyster River 7.4 5594 7.4 12,062 7.4 3,369 6 10,038 Southwest Great Bay ? ? 9.8 59,122 9.8 6,389 ? ? Bellamy River ? ? 3.1 3,891 3.1 6,865 1 1,074 Piscataqua River ? ? 12.3 23,735 12.3 13,135 12.3 5,412
Total Estimated 50 37,800 51.1 117,003 NA 45,497
the years 1991, 1993, 1995 and 1996 for exception of the 1970 data, however, all two beds near Nannie Island and for these estimates are based on a relatively 1993 and 1996 for Adams Point by per- small number of samples and should be sonnel from the NH Fish and Game. considered rough estimates at best. More These data are illustrated in Figure 3.2. recent studies provide improved infor- According to the data, from 1991 to 1996, mation on oyster resources (Langan, there has been a 46% reduction in the 1997) and harvest (NHF&G, 1997c). Nannie Island south bed, a 42% reduc- It is also useful to examine other tion in the Nannie Island/Woodman sources of information when trying to Point bed and a 69% reduction in the determine trends in oyster populations. A Adams Point bed. survey of recreational harvesters conduct- These data suggest a decline in oys- ed by Manalo et al (1991) asked the ter populations in Great Bay. With the recreational license holders for an esti-
Density of oyster beds in Great Bay: 1991-1996. FIGURE 3.2
Number per 0.25m2 Nannie Island Nannie/Woodman Point Adams Point 120
100
80
60
40
20
0 1992 1993 1995 1996 127 mate of the amount of time it took to har- food for adults and larvae, disease) con- vest one bushel of oysters prior to and ditions, but may also be related to the after 1989. Seventy four percent of the amount of available substrate for larval respondents indicated that it took them attachment. MacKenzie (1989) reported longer to harvest their limit after 1989. A that the primary limiting factor in deter- more recent survey in 1997 by NHF&G mining oyster recruitment is the amount asked recreational harvesters their opin- of clean, hard substrate for larval attach- ion about the general abundance of oys- ment. With this in mind, it is interesting ters in Great Bay. Fifty five percent to note that the 1997 oyster harvester sur- expressed the opinion that the abun- vey conducted by the Fish and Game dance was lower than in prior years, six found that only 27% of recreational har- percent thought is was higher, eighteen vesters return shell to the oyster beds. percent reported no change and seven- This would certainly support the concept teen percent didn’t know. A commercial that lack of available substrate for larval oyster harvester on the Maine side of the settlement is contributing to the poor Piscataqua River ceased harvesting oper- spat settlement and juvenile recruitment. ations in 1995 after an epizootic of MSX Though the lack of consistency in data caused mass mortalities of oysters in the collection makes it very difficult to be Salmon Falls and Piscataqua rivers. Spin- scientifically certain, it appears that oys- ney Creek Shellfish, Inc. estimated 90% ter populations in the Great Bay Estuary mortality in the Salmon Falls River beds, have declined in recent years due to a and 50-70% mortality in the Piscataqua combination of inconsistent recruitment River beds (T. Howell, personal commu- and disease. nication). Data collected in the Salmon A long-term trend in oyster popula- Falls and upper Piscataqua rivers in 1997 tions in the Great Bay Estuary is also dif- support these mortality estimates (Lan- ficult to determine since there is a lack of gan, unpublished data). Though systemic historical data. The report by Jackson MSX infections in the Oyster River and (1944) certainly indicates that by the mid- Great Bay were lower, there is strong evi- twentieth century, oysters populations dence, in the form of hinged or “boxed” had declined significantly due to overhar- oysters, to suspect that considerable dis- vesting, pollution and siltation. Though ease related mortalities occurred in all these conditions have improved greatly areas of the Great Bay Estuary. More in recent years, it is unlikely that oyster recent studies report the presence of MSX populations have increased much since and dermo to be throughout the estuary the 1940’s. We may never know the orig- (NHF&G, 1999). inal baseline of oyster abundance, how- As stated in another section of this ever, it is probably safe to say that oyster report, larval recruitment and juvenile populations in the Great Bay Estuary are survival are important factors in main- a fraction of what they once were. taining oyster populations. Ayer et al. Diseases of the Eastern Oyster (1970) indicated that spat settlement in in New Hampshire Great Bay was highly variable both spa- tially and temporally. They also reported The oyster diseases MSX and Dermo, that the percent of adult oysters spawn- caused by the protozoan parasites Hap- ing varies from year to year. Data col- losporidium nelsoni and Perkinsus mari- lected by the Jackson Estuarine nus, respectively, have recently been Laboratory from 1991 through 1996 indi- detected in oysters from the Great Bay cates that light sets occurred in 1991, Estuary. These diseases were once 1992 and 1996, a heavy set occurred in thought to be limited in their range by 1993 and virtually no set occurred in temperature and salinity to the mid- 1994 and 1995 (Dr. R. Langan, unpub- Atlantic region of the U.S., however their lished). The reasons for poor sets may be occurrence has expanded in recent years related to meteorological (temperature through New England and the disease and salinity) and biological (sufficient organisms have been identified as far 128 Prevalence, systemic infection and MSX mortalities of oysters in the Great Bay Estuary, 1995. TABLE 3.2
Mean Systemic Shell Height Prevalence Infections Dead Location Date (mm) % % %
Salmon Falls 10/27/95 81 81 50 83 Piscataqua (Power Lines) 10/27/95 74 70 25 64 Piscataqua (Sturgeon Creek) 10/27/95 75 65 40 42 Piscataqua (Stacy Creek) 10/27/95 77 45 10 25 Oyster River 12/18/95 103 50 30 NA Adams Point 11/06/95 95 40 15 NA Nannie Island 11/06/95 96 15 5 NA north as the Damariscotta River in Maine. the Piscataqua River, with lower preva- These diseases have had a major impact lence and % systemic infections with on oyster populations in the Gulf of Mex- increasing distance from the Piscataqua ico (Dermo) and have crippled the oys- River. An examination of the climatolog- ter industries in Delaware and ical data, water temperature and salinity Chesapeake Bays (MSX and Dermo). indicates that the conditions in 1995 Both diseases become more virulent dur- were favorable for an MSX epizootic. ing dry periods in the summer, when Both temperature and salinity increased high temperature and salinity conditions in all areas of the estuary from 1993 - persist. The method of transmission of 1995 due to drought conditions. The dis- MSX is unknown, though it is suspected ease caused mortalities in all oyster beds that an intermediate host for the infec- and significant mortalities in some, and tious life stage may be involved. Dermo has had an impact on oyster populations can be transmitted directly from one oys- that has not been fully assessed. Oyster ter to another as well as by a wide vari- samples from Nannie Island and Fox ety of organisms included many bivalve Point were analyzed in April, 1996. A species, though it appears to be infec- 10% prevalence and no systemic infec- tious only to Eastern oysters tions were found. Samples of April, 1997, The first recorded MSX epizootic broodstock oysters from Fox Point were caused by the oyster parasite Hap- examined and a 17% prevalence of light losporidium nelsoni occurred in 1995 in infections was found. Observations of the Great Bay Estuary (Barber et al., gaping and recently dead oysters from 1997), even though the parasite was Nannie Island and Adams Point in the identified in Piscataqua River oysters in spring of 1997 (R. Langan, personal 1983 (Sherburne and Bean, 1991) and observation) indicates the possibility of again in 1994 (B. Barber, unpublished continued mortalities from the disease data). Unusual mortalities were observed despite the lower than average salinities in the Piscataqua River by Maine har- in 1996 and the first half of 1997. A reg- vesters in August, 1995, and samples ular program of monitoring for H. nel- were examined for the H. nelsoni para- soni and P. marinus is underway site. Samples of adult oysters (74-102 (NHF&G, 1999). mm) were examined from beds in the The protozoan oyster parasite Salmon Falls River, three sites in the Pis- Perkinsus marinus, the causative agent cataqua River, the Oyster River, Adams of the Dermo disease, was identified in Point and Nannie Island. The disease oysters from Spinney Creek, Maine in prevalence, percent of systemic infec- September, 1996. A large percentage of tions and % dead from the disease are the oysters were infected, and some had shown in Table 3.2. The disease caused heavy infections. No mortalities were the greatest mortalities in the Salmon attributed to the disease at that time. Falls River and farthest upstream beds in Additional samples were obtained in 129 December, 1997, from two sites in the species is unknown, the fact that condi- Piscataqua River and Nannie Island in tions are favorable for maintaining natu- Great Bay. A “dermo-like” body was ral populations is interesting from a found in one of 25 oysters from Nannie perspective of commercial aquaculture, Island, and 2 of 25 oysters from at Stur- since this species is highly valued and in geon Creek. A heavy infection was found great demand. in one of 25 oysters near the “three Softshell Clams (Mya arenaria) rivers” point in the Piscataqua River. No infected oysters were found (out of 25) at Softshell clams are an infaunal bivalve Seal Rock in the Piscataqua River. Thirty that range from the mid-Atlantic region oysters from Fox Point were examined in of the U.S. through the Canadian Mar- March, 1997 and no infected oysters itimes. They can be found in substrates were found. Additional diagnostics have ranging from gravel to very soft mud, but been conducted in the summer and fall appear to be most abundant in muddy or of 1997. A low prevalence of light Dermo silty sand. Adults may burrow as deep as infections have been found in oysters 20 cm into the substrate. They inhabit the from Adams Point, Nannie Island, and intertidal and shallow subtidal areas of the Oyster River, while a higher preva- estuaries and coastal bays, and can toler- lence and one oyster with advanced ate a wide range of temperature and infection was found in the Piscataqua salinity. Though usually not a numerical- River. A neoplasia-like body was seen ly dominant member of the infaunal also by tissue examinations. community, in areas of high abundance they can represent a very large fraction Belon or European Flat Oyster of the infaunal biomass. Spawning (Ostrea edulis) occurs during two periods, spring and The Belon oyster, native to Western late summer-fall, though the greatest lar- Europe and the British Isles, was intro- val densities and greatest spat settlement duced into the Great Bay Estuary in the occurs during the later spawning period. late 1970’s by two commercial compa- The larvae are planktonic for approxi- nies as an aquaculture species, and was mately 21 days. This species was also grown in suspension culture in Little Bay, harvested commercially up to the mid the Piscataqua River and Little Harbor, 20th century, and is now the most popu- and in bottom culture in Spinney Creek. lar recreational shellfish species in New The Belon oyster prefers lower tempera- Hampshire. tures and higher salinities than the There is a great deal of uncertainty indigenous eastern oyster, and therefore regarding abundances of softshell clams habitat overlap is unlikely. Though simi- in the Great Bay Estuary. The locations lar in many respects to the Eastern oys- of clam beds were reported by Nelson ter, O. edulis broods fertilized eggs (1981) (Figure 3.1) and clam habitat, internally, and releases larvae at the tro- based primarily on suitability indices chophore stage. Spinney Creek, where was recently mapped by the U.S. Fish there is still active aquaculture of this and Wildlife (Banner and Hayes, 1996). species, has a spawning adult population Though clams can be found in most capable of producing large natural sets of intertidal flats, densities are generally oysters, though few juveniles survive in sparse and are spatially and temporally Spinney Creek due to unfavorable tem- variable. There is some amount of recre- peratures in late summer. “Escapees” of ational clamming in Great Bay, howev- this species have established natural, er, if a clammer were asked for his or reproductive populations in the Pis- her preferred location in New Hamp- cataqua River, Portsmouth Harbor, Little shire, they would undoubtedly choose Harbor, Rye Harbor, areas of the Back Hampton Harbor. Jackson (1944) Bay in Portsmouth and more recently in reported acreage of flats in the Great Gosport Harbor at the Isles of Shoals. Bay and the NH Fish and Game report- Though the actual numbers of this ed the location and abundance of clams 130 in Great Bay (Nelson, 1981), Though found that densities were generally low, seed clams were abundant at most sites, despite the presence of suitable habitat, it appears that few survive since the and that recent spatfall was poor. These abundance of larger size classes was data are presented in Table 3.4 and the low at all sites. The abundance of seed locations of shellfish resources are clams may have also been the result of shown in Figure 3.3. NH Fish and Game a particularly heavy set that year. NH (1991) reported that there were 400 Fish and Game (1991) also reported acres of clam flats in Little Harbor, the acreage and standing crop of clams in Back Channel area and in Sagamore the Great Bay Estuary in 1991. These Creek and a standing stock of 1,600 data are presented in Table 3.3. A recent bushels of adult clams. A more recent study provided more recent data on report provides an updated database on clam populations in the Great Bay Estu- clam populations in Back Channel (Lan- ary (Langan, 1999). Results show mod- gan et al., 1999b). erate to high density of clams on the There is currently insufficient data western flats of the Salmon Falls River to establish any trends in clam popula- and near Sandy Point in Great Bay, and tions in Great Bay or Little Harbor. For low density on the eastern shore of a historical perspective, the report by lower Little Bay and along southern Jackson (1944) stated that clams shoreline of Dover Point in Little Bay. declined steadily in number between Jones and Langan (1996c) estimated 1900 and 1944, and at that time there clam abundance and spatfall on several was “only a vestige of their former flats in the Little Harbor area. They abundance,” though no quantitative
Softshell clam flat acreage and abundance in Great Bay Estuary. TABLE 3.3
Jackson (1944) NH F&G (1991) NH F&G (1991) Location Acreage Acreage Total Bushels Salmon Falls River 125 125 500 Cocheco River 140 140 560 Piscataqua River 265 265 1060 Bellamy River 300 300 1200 Oyster River 225 225 900 Lamprey River 60 60 240 Squamscott River 180 180 720 Little Bay 430 380 1520 Great Bay 1000 500 2000 Total 2725 2175 8700
Softshell clam flat density and abundance in Little Harbor. TABLE 3.4
Clamflat Location Acres Density Total Area Abundance # Bushels No. #/m2 m2 1200 clams/bu 1 Odiorne: West 0.4 1.6 1,618 2,589 2 2 Odiorne: East 8.6 4.4 34,796 153,102 18 3 Witch Creek: Unsuitable substrate 4 Triangle 3.2 12:53 12,950 162,264 135 5 Wentworth 12.1 2.02 48,968 98,915 82 6 Seavey 6.4 5.07 25,900 131,313 1 09 7 Berrys Brook 4.2 4.65 18,817 87,499 73 Total 34.9 5.0 143,049 635,682 530
131 FIGURE 3.3
Shellfish resources in Portsmouth, Rye, and Portsmouth Little Harbors. Harbor
Little Harbor
Soft-shelled Clams
Rye Harbor
data are available for that period. shellfish in New Hampshire and the long The locations of clam resources in term data are presented in detail in the Hampton Harbor are illustrated in Figure utilities’ 1996 environmental report (NAI, 3.4. Abundance and age composition of 1996). Since only a summary of the infor- clams from the Hampton River Conflu- mation is presented here, the reader is ence, Common Island and Seabrook referred to the referenced document for (middle ground) clam flats in Hampton more detail. Harbor have been monitored since 1974 Larval Abundance by Normandeau Associates for the Public Service Company of New Hampshire as Mya larvae are present in the water col- a requirement of their license to operate umn from May through October and the Seabrook nuclear power plant. Larval maximum densities are typically record- abundance has been monitored for the ed in late summer or early fall with a sec- same time period at a nearfield station ondary peak in early summer. This outside the Harbor. This is without a timing of the peak density can vary in doubt the most complete dataset for timing and magnitude. Larval density has 132 1 Clam Beds 2 1 Angels Creek 2 Coles Creek 4 3 Shipyard 3 10 4 Tide Mill Creek FIGURE 3.4 5 The Slough 7 6 Eagle Creek Shellfish resources in the 5 7 Ell Creeks Hampton Harbor Estuary. 11 6 8 Fire Man Creek 9 Mussel Bed 8 5 10 Hampton Falls Depot 11 Swins Creek 12 Hampton Flats 13 Eastmans Slough 14 Swains Creek 13 2 15 Peanut Stand 9 16 Johnny Bragg's Birth 12 17 Nates Stake 18 Half Tide Rock 14 1 19 Common Island 17 3 20 Sinnies Creek 15 18 21 Knowles Island 16 22 Middle Ground 19 23 Race Rock 24 Gills Rock 20 4 25 Merrills Point 22 21 26 Upper Gills Rock 27 Great Slough Creek 23 28 Morrill Creek 29 Doles Island
24 25 30 Cross Beach 31 Simes Flats 26 32 Crotch Creek 27 33 Dock Creek 28
1 Common Island
30 2 Hampton/Browns 29 River Confluence 3 Browns River Area 4 Middle Ground 5 The Willows
31 32 been generally lower in the years 1991- rally in Hampton Harbor. In 1995, YOY 1995 than in the period from 1978-1981. density on the Seabrook Flat was lower Gonadal studies indicate that spawning than all years since 1974, while on the in Hampton Harbor usually follows the Hampton River confluence flat, density appearance of larvae at offshore stations, was higher than 1991-1994, but lower indicating that the early larvae are not than the 1974-1989 average. Density was produced by local broodstock. Based on the second lowest since 1974 on the the current patterns in the area, it is like- Common Island flat. Long term density ly that recruitment of larvae of non-local appears to have declined slightly since origin occurs. 1974, and good sets appear to occur approximately every three to four years Young of the Year (Figure 3.5). Young of the year (YOY) clams are Spat newly settled spat ranging from 1-5 mm. Historically YOY clam density has been Density of spat (6-25 mm), or year one highly variable both spatially and tempo- clams that have successfully overwin- 133 FIGURE 3.5 Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams 1-5 mm length: 1974-1995. Data from NAI (1995)
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams 1-5mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0 Seabrook Station in Operation 1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
tered, has been variable for the study reached peak abundances from 1980- period, however, it can be stated that 1984. The steady sharp decline in abun- density on all flats was highest from 1977 dance beginning in 1984 was very likely through 1981, lowest from 1981 through due to heavy harvest pressure. A classic 1989, and although much lower than the predator prey relationship, where the 1977-81 abundances, peaks in density change in density of prey is tracked by a occurred in 1990 and 1994. These peaks change in predator density (with some in density correspond well to the YOY lag period), exists between the clam densities except for the years from 1983 population and the number of adult clam through 1987 where it appears that rea- licenses sold (Figure 3.8). Closure of the sonably good sets did not survive the flats in 1989 resulted in minor recovery winter (Figure 3.6). of adult clam density on the Common Island flat from 1989 to 1995, a much Juveniles greater increase in density in clams on Juvenile clams (26-50 mm), are more the Seabrook flat, and little change on than likely two year old clams. The the Hampton River confluence flat, annual density of juveniles corresponds though an increase was recorded from well with spat density with a one year 1994-1995. The Common Island flat was lag time. Clams of this size were most reopened in 1994, however the effects of abundant from 1979-1981, and have recreational clamming in 1994 and 1995 declined steadily since, though smaller appeared to have little effect on clam peak densities were recorded in 1990 density (Figure 3.9). A recent study and 1995 (Figure 3.7). focused on removing blue mussels from flats to improve clam habitats (Langan Adults and Barnaby, 1998). Adult clams (>50 mm) were abundant in Predation, particularly of small 1971 through 1975 (Savage and Dunlop clams, can greatly affect the survival of 1983), declined from 1976-1979, and clams to harvestable size. The green 134 Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams 6-25 mm length: 1974-1995. FIGURE 3.6 Data from NAI (1995).
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams 6-25mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0
1.8 Seabrook Station in Operation
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams 26-50 mm length: 1974-1995. FIGURE 3.7 Data from NAI (1995).
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams 26-50mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0 Seabrook Station 1.8 in Operation
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
135 FIGURE 3.8 Number of clam licenses and the adult clam standing crop (bushels) in Hampton-Seabrook Harbor: 1971-1987. Data from NAI (1995).
Bushels Licenses
15000
10000
5000
0 1971 1973 1975 1977 1979 1981 1983 1985 1987
FIGURE 3.9 Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams >50 mm length: 1974-1995. Data from NAI (1995).
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams >50mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0 Seabrook Station in Operation 1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
136 crab, a major predator of Mya, has been resulted from disease related mortalities. highly variable over time in Hampton In November, 1989, twelve of fifteen Harbor, but unlike human predators, clams (80%) from the Hampton River their numbers are influenced by mini- were infected. From 1990-1995, adult mum winter water temperatures rather clam densities quadrupled in the middle than prey (clam) abundance. Even in ground, while Common Island densities years of low crab abundance, there did not change, and Hampton River den- appears to be sufficient numbers of crabs sity decreased by 50%. It is suspected in the Harbor to impact juvenile clam that disease may have contributed to the abundance. Other predators include observed reductions. Clams in the Great nematodes, horseshoe crabs and birds. Bay Estuary have not been examined for Though massive sets of clams could neoplasia. “breakthrough” and overwhelm preda- Blue Mussels (Mytilis edulis) tion pressure, it is unlikely that this will happen without substantial natural or The blue mussel is widely distributed in artificial reseeding and predator protec- the North Atlantic and occurs in Europe tion (Savage and Dunlop, 1983). as well as North America. On the East Ultimately, it appears that the con- Coast of the U.S., it ranges from Cape trolling factors determining clam popula- Hatteras to the Arctic Circle. Mussels tions in Hampton Harbor are larval inhabit the intertidal and subtidal zones settlement, predation, prevalence of sar- of estuaries and the open coast. Though comatous neoplasia (Hampton River flat) primarily a shallow water species, they and harvest pressure. Savage and Dun- are sometimes found at considerable lop (1983) stated that unless and seed depths. They can tolerate temperatures clams are protected from predators and ranging from -2°C to 25°C and salinities harvest pressure on adult clams is con- ranging from 5 ppt to 35 ppt, though trolled, it would be very difficult for even prolonged expose to salinities below 15 large sets of clams to overcome the rate ppt are lethal. Spawning can occur year of predation and produce increased round, though the peak spawning peri- quantities of adult clams. od is June through August. Like other bivalves, the larvae are planktonic and Softshell Clam Diseases: remain in the water column for three to Sarcomatous neoplasia five weeks. Initial settlement occurs in Sarcomatous neoplasia, a lethal form of shallow water on any firm substrate, leukemia in clams, has the potential to however, newly attached juvenile mus- cause serious mortalities in the softshell sels can detach their byssal threads and clams. The infection has been observed drift with the currents in search of other in relatively pristine waters, however it is suitable attachment surfaces. Though suspected that the rate of infection is mussels are harvested in large quantities enhanced by pollution. and are an important aquaculture Sarcomatous neoplasia was observed species in Europe, Canada and other in Hampton Harbor clam populations in parts of the world, they are largely October, 1986 and February, 1987 from ignored as a food species in New Eng- the Common Island (6%) and Hampton land. They are considered by many to River confluence (27%) flats (NAI, 1996). be a nuisance species since colonization No infections were found on the leads to fouling of industrial and coastal Seabrook flat (middle ground). Clam sur- structures, as well as the hulls of ships. veys in 1987 indicated that juvenile and Blue mussels can be found in the adult densities were reduced by 50% in Great Bay Estuary attached to any hard the two flats where disease was identi- substrate in the intertidal and subtidal fied, while the population was zones, and also colonize intertidal flats in unchanged on the middle ground. It is scattered clumps and contiguous mats. suspected that the reduced densities Though during high salinity periods
137 mussels may be found in most areas of Sea Scallops (Placopecten magellanicus) the estuary, their limited tolerance for low salinity limits their permanent Though primarily an oceanic species, sea upstream distribution to the area around scallops can be found in the higher salin- Dover Point. Mussels are most abundant ity areas of bays and estuaries in New in the lower Piscataqua River, Ports- England below a depth of 5 meters. Sev- mouth Harbor and Little Harbor. The eral scallop beds are located in the lower location of some mussel beds in the Piscataqua River and Portsmouth Harbor lower estuary was identified as part of and include the area between Salaman- the Ecological Risk Assessment study for der Point and Fort Point, in Spruce Creek the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard. Density, and off Fort McClarey in Kittery, Maine. size and condition index of mussels from Langan (1994) examined the density, size a number of sites was measured for this structure and movements of scallops in study (Johnston et al., 1994). Banner and the Fort Point area using SCUBA surveys Hayes (1996) mapped blue mussel habi- and mark and recapture studies. Mean tat using a suitability index model, how- density was 1.3 scallops/m2 and with the ever, the lower estuary where mussels exception of few small (10-20 mm) indi- are most abundant was not included in viduals, the population had a normal dis- their study. tribution. Small scallops are difficult to Long term records of larval abun- see and may have been overlooked by dance and juvenile settlement of blue divers. Scallop movement is greater for mussels have been maintained as part of the 40-60 mm sized animals than smaller the PSNH environmental studies pro- or larger individuals. Some large scallops gram by Normandeau Associates (NAI, were found within 100 meters of the 1996). Mussel larvae are a dominant release site a year after tagging. A project taxon in the nearshore plankton commu- which began in 1996 (Langan 1997) is nity and are the dominant noncolonial investigating the spawning time, spatfall taxon on shallow depth fouling panels. and growth and mortality of scallops in Density of larvae has increased in recent suspension and bottom culture. The years, and though settlement varies spawning period in 1996, based on annually, in general it has increased in gonadal/ somatic index (GSI), com- recent years as well. Mussels can be menced in late July and spat settlement found in the estuary attached to hard began in October. Onion bag/monofila- substrate in both the intertidal and subti- ment type spat collectors were used to dal zones, and can form extensive beds capture larvae. Some collectors were on tidal flats. Banner and Hayes (1996) retrieved in March and scallops from 4- have mapped mussel habitat using 10 mm were retrieved. These scallops occurrence and suitability indices. The and approximately one thousand 25 mm most prominent beds are located in the individuals were placed in suspension Hampton River, Blackwater River, and on culture to measure growth and mortality. the Seabrook middle ground clam flat. Natural enhancement of the bottom There is no scientifically documented under the collectors was assessed in the change in abundance, though there is summer of 1997. information (P. Tilton, personal commu- Scallops are fished commercially with nication) that the coverage of mussels on towed dredges from November 1 to April the Seabrook flat has increased in recent 14, and are harvested commercially and years. Mussel density on the flats in recreationally using SCUBA. Other than Seabrook can be as high as 3500/m2 the 1994 survey at Fort Point, there is lit- (Langan and Barnaby, 1998). Recent tle information on scallop density or pop- developments in new culture techniques, ulation change over time. Commercial combined with increased market value fishermen indicate, however, that there is and an abundant natural seed supply a great deal of variation in scallop abun- makes this species an ideal candidate for dance both temporally and spatially (P. aquaculture development. Flanigan, personal communication). 138 Other Bivalve Species extruded one year after molting. The females carry the fertilized eggs under Though there is no documented infor- their abdomen for up to one year. The mation on population densities and eggs hatch and are released into the trends, several other bivalve species water column in late spring/early sum- common to New Hampshire estuaries mer in near shore areas, and the plank- should be mentioned. The deposit feed- tonic larvae go through several molt ing clam Macoma balthica is common in stages before settling to the bottom. The all areas of Great Bay and Hampton Har- preferred juvenile settlement substrate is bor and the siphon of this clam is a rock-cobble, (Wahle and Steneck 1991, favored prey item of juvenile winter 1992) though older juveniles can be flounder (Armstrong, 1996). Razor clams found inhabiting any type of substrate (Ensis directus) can be locally abundant where shelter (boulders, rocks, cobble, in subtidal areas of Great Bay (Nelson, mud burrows) can be found. Lobsters 1981), and the ribbed mussel (Geukensia reach commercial size after 15-20 molts demissus) is also common in lower salin- or in 6-9 years. Despite increased fishing ity and marsh areas of the Great Bay pressure in recent years, lobster popula- (Nelson, 1981) and Hampton/Seabrook tions are relatively stable. More informa- estuaries. The gem clam, Gemma tion on lobster abundance is presented gemma, a very small bivalve, can be the in Chapter 4. dominant infaunal taxon in the sandier areas of Great Bay. Crabs 3.1.3.2 Crustaceans Several species of crabs can be found in abundance in New Hampshire’s estuaries American Lobsters and coastal areas. Most prominent are the rock crab (Cancer irroratus ) and the The American lobster is the largest crus- green crab (Carcinus maenas) though tacean inhabiting New Hampshire’s estu- the small mud crabs of the genera aries and coastal zone. They are the Panopeus and Rhythropanopeus are also target of a large and valuable commercial very abundant. There is some commer- fishery which will be discussed in a later cial harvesting of rock crabs for human section of this report. Though primarily a consumption and green crabs for bait, coastal and oceanic species, lobsters however, their economic importance is inhabit many coastal bays and estuaries. negligible. They range from the mid-Atlantic states through Newfoundland, though in their 3.1.3.3 Horseshoe Crabs southern range, they are found in great- (Limulus polyphemus) est abundance in deeper offshore waters. Though most often fished in shallow The horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphe- waters (<100 ft), lobsters inhabit waters mus) is not a true crab, and among the as deep as 1,500 ft. Lobsters are omnivo- arthropods is more closely related to the rous, feeding on molluscs, urchins, arachnids (spiders, scorpions) than crus- starfish, crabs and even other lobsters. taceans. Horseshoe crabs are abundant They in turn are preyed upon by seals, in Great Bay and occur in lower numbers groundfish (cod) and other large preda- in Hampton Harbor. They are most con- tory fish such as striped bass. The adults spicuous in the month of June, when undergo a seasonal migration, moving they mate in large numbers during the inshore in spring and offshore in the fall, spring flood tides and deposit their eggs though within that time period, they may on the beach. The eggs are preyed upon move about a great deal within estuaries by several species of shore birds and (Dr. S. Jury, personal communication). represent a major food source for some Spawning occurs by means of internal species. Horseshoe crabs excavate large fertilization when the female has recent- feeding pits in soft substrates, consuming ly molted, and the fertilized eggs are the worms, molluscs and crustaceans. 139 mate of the amount of time it took to har- food for adults and larvae, disease) con- vest one bushel of oysters prior to and ditions, but may also be related to the after 1989. Seventy four percent of the amount of available substrate for larval respondents indicated that it took them attachment. MacKenzie (1989) reported longer to harvest their limit after 1989. A that the primary limiting factor in deter- more recent survey in 1997 by NHF&G mining oyster recruitment is the amount asked recreational harvesters their opin- of clean, hard substrate for larval attach- ion about the general abundance of oys- ment. With this in mind, it is interesting ters in Great Bay. Fifty five percent to note that the 1997 oyster harvester sur- expressed the opinion that the abun- vey conducted by the Fish and Game dance was lower than in prior years, six found that only 27% of recreational har- percent thought is was higher, eighteen vesters return shell to the oyster beds. percent reported no change and seven- This would certainly support the concept teen percent didn’t know. A commercial that lack of available substrate for larval oyster harvester on the Maine side of the settlement is contributing to the poor Piscataqua River ceased harvesting oper- spat settlement and juvenile recruitment. ations in 1995 after an epizootic of MSX Though the lack of consistency in data caused mass mortalities of oysters in the collection makes it very difficult to be Salmon Falls and Piscataqua rivers. Spin- scientifically certain, it appears that oys- ney Creek Shellfish, Inc. estimated 90% ter populations in the Great Bay Estuary mortality in the Salmon Falls River beds, have declined in recent years due to a and 50-70% mortality in the Piscataqua combination of inconsistent recruitment River beds (T. Howell, personal commu- and disease. nication). Data collected in the Salmon A long-term trend in oyster popula- Falls and upper Piscataqua rivers in 1997 tions in the Great Bay Estuary is also dif- support these mortality estimates (Lan- ficult to determine since there is a lack of gan, unpublished data). Though systemic historical data. The report by Jackson MSX infections in the Oyster River and (1944) certainly indicates that by the mid- Great Bay were lower, there is strong evi- twentieth century, oysters populations dence, in the form of hinged or “boxed” had declined significantly due to overhar- oysters, to suspect that considerable dis- vesting, pollution and siltation. Though ease related mortalities occurred in all these conditions have improved greatly areas of the Great Bay Estuary. More in recent years, it is unlikely that oyster recent studies report the presence of MSX populations have increased much since and dermo to be throughout the estuary the 1940’s. We may never know the orig- (NHF&G, 1999). inal baseline of oyster abundance, how- As stated in another section of this ever, it is probably safe to say that oyster report, larval recruitment and juvenile populations in the Great Bay Estuary are survival are important factors in main- a fraction of what they once were. taining oyster populations. Ayer et al. Diseases of the Eastern Oyster (1970) indicated that spat settlement in in New Hampshire Great Bay was highly variable both spa- tially and temporally. They also reported The oyster diseases MSX and Dermo, that the percent of adult oysters spawn- caused by the protozoan parasites Hap- ing varies from year to year. Data col- losporidium nelsoni and Perkinsus mari- lected by the Jackson Estuarine nus, respectively, have recently been Laboratory from 1991 through 1996 indi- detected in oysters from the Great Bay cates that light sets occurred in 1991, Estuary. These diseases were once 1992 and 1996, a heavy set occurred in thought to be limited in their range by 1993 and virtually no set occurred in temperature and salinity to the mid- 1994 and 1995 (Dr. R. Langan, unpub- Atlantic region of the U.S., however their lished). The reasons for poor sets may be occurrence has expanded in recent years related to meteorological (temperature through New England and the disease and salinity) and biological (sufficient organisms have been identified as far 128 Prevalence, systemic infection and MSX mortalities of oysters in the Great Bay Estuary, 1995. TABLE 3.2
Mean Systemic Shell Height Prevalence Infections Dead Location Date (mm) % % %
Salmon Falls 10/27/95 81 81 50 83 Piscataqua (Power Lines) 10/27/95 74 70 25 64 Piscataqua (Sturgeon Creek) 10/27/95 75 65 40 42 Piscataqua (Stacy Creek) 10/27/95 77 45 10 25 Oyster River 12/18/95 103 50 30 NA Adams Point 11/06/95 95 40 15 NA Nannie Island 11/06/95 96 15 5 NA north as the Damariscotta River in Maine. the Piscataqua River, with lower preva- These diseases have had a major impact lence and % systemic infections with on oyster populations in the Gulf of Mex- increasing distance from the Piscataqua ico (Dermo) and have crippled the oys- River. An examination of the climatolog- ter industries in Delaware and ical data, water temperature and salinity Chesapeake Bays (MSX and Dermo). indicates that the conditions in 1995 Both diseases become more virulent dur- were favorable for an MSX epizootic. ing dry periods in the summer, when Both temperature and salinity increased high temperature and salinity conditions in all areas of the estuary from 1993 - persist. The method of transmission of 1995 due to drought conditions. The dis- MSX is unknown, though it is suspected ease caused mortalities in all oyster beds that an intermediate host for the infec- and significant mortalities in some, and tious life stage may be involved. Dermo has had an impact on oyster populations can be transmitted directly from one oys- that has not been fully assessed. Oyster ter to another as well as by a wide vari- samples from Nannie Island and Fox ety of organisms included many bivalve Point were analyzed in April, 1996. A species, though it appears to be infec- 10% prevalence and no systemic infec- tious only to Eastern oysters tions were found. Samples of April, 1997, The first recorded MSX epizootic broodstock oysters from Fox Point were caused by the oyster parasite Hap- examined and a 17% prevalence of light losporidium nelsoni occurred in 1995 in infections was found. Observations of the Great Bay Estuary (Barber et al., gaping and recently dead oysters from 1997), even though the parasite was Nannie Island and Adams Point in the identified in Piscataqua River oysters in spring of 1997 (R. Langan, personal 1983 (Sherburne and Bean, 1991) and observation) indicates the possibility of again in 1994 (B. Barber, unpublished continued mortalities from the disease data). Unusual mortalities were observed despite the lower than average salinities in the Piscataqua River by Maine har- in 1996 and the first half of 1997. A reg- vesters in August, 1995, and samples ular program of monitoring for H. nel- were examined for the H. nelsoni para- soni and P. marinus is underway site. Samples of adult oysters (74-102 (NHF&G, 1999). mm) were examined from beds in the The protozoan oyster parasite Salmon Falls River, three sites in the Pis- Perkinsus marinus, the causative agent cataqua River, the Oyster River, Adams of the Dermo disease, was identified in Point and Nannie Island. The disease oysters from Spinney Creek, Maine in prevalence, percent of systemic infec- September, 1996. A large percentage of tions and % dead from the disease are the oysters were infected, and some had shown in Table 3.2. The disease caused heavy infections. No mortalities were the greatest mortalities in the Salmon attributed to the disease at that time. Falls River and farthest upstream beds in Additional samples were obtained in 129 December, 1997, from two sites in the species is unknown, the fact that condi- Piscataqua River and Nannie Island in tions are favorable for maintaining natu- Great Bay. A “dermo-like” body was ral populations is interesting from a found in one of 25 oysters from Nannie perspective of commercial aquaculture, Island, and 2 of 25 oysters from at Stur- since this species is highly valued and in geon Creek. A heavy infection was found great demand. in one of 25 oysters near the “three Softshell Clams (Mya arenaria) rivers” point in the Piscataqua River. No infected oysters were found (out of 25) at Softshell clams are an infaunal bivalve Seal Rock in the Piscataqua River. Thirty that range from the mid-Atlantic region oysters from Fox Point were examined in of the U.S. through the Canadian Mar- March, 1997 and no infected oysters itimes. They can be found in substrates were found. Additional diagnostics have ranging from gravel to very soft mud, but been conducted in the summer and fall appear to be most abundant in muddy or of 1997. A low prevalence of light Dermo silty sand. Adults may burrow as deep as infections have been found in oysters 20 cm into the substrate. They inhabit the from Adams Point, Nannie Island, and intertidal and shallow subtidal areas of the Oyster River, while a higher preva- estuaries and coastal bays, and can toler- lence and one oyster with advanced ate a wide range of temperature and infection was found in the Piscataqua salinity. Though usually not a numerical- River. A neoplasia-like body was seen ly dominant member of the infaunal also by tissue examinations. community, in areas of high abundance they can represent a very large fraction Belon or European Flat Oyster of the infaunal biomass. Spawning (Ostrea edulis) occurs during two periods, spring and The Belon oyster, native to Western late summer-fall, though the greatest lar- Europe and the British Isles, was intro- val densities and greatest spat settlement duced into the Great Bay Estuary in the occurs during the later spawning period. late 1970’s by two commercial compa- The larvae are planktonic for approxi- nies as an aquaculture species, and was mately 21 days. This species was also grown in suspension culture in Little Bay, harvested commercially up to the mid the Piscataqua River and Little Harbor, 20th century, and is now the most popu- and in bottom culture in Spinney Creek. lar recreational shellfish species in New The Belon oyster prefers lower tempera- Hampshire. tures and higher salinities than the There is a great deal of uncertainty indigenous eastern oyster, and therefore regarding abundances of softshell clams habitat overlap is unlikely. Though simi- in the Great Bay Estuary. The locations lar in many respects to the Eastern oys- of clam beds were reported by Nelson ter, O. edulis broods fertilized eggs (1981) (Figure 3.1) and clam habitat, internally, and releases larvae at the tro- based primarily on suitability indices chophore stage. Spinney Creek, where was recently mapped by the U.S. Fish there is still active aquaculture of this and Wildlife (Banner and Hayes, 1996). species, has a spawning adult population Though clams can be found in most capable of producing large natural sets of intertidal flats, densities are generally oysters, though few juveniles survive in sparse and are spatially and temporally Spinney Creek due to unfavorable tem- variable. There is some amount of recre- peratures in late summer. “Escapees” of ational clamming in Great Bay, howev- this species have established natural, er, if a clammer were asked for his or reproductive populations in the Pis- her preferred location in New Hamp- cataqua River, Portsmouth Harbor, Little shire, they would undoubtedly choose Harbor, Rye Harbor, areas of the Back Hampton Harbor. Jackson (1944) Bay in Portsmouth and more recently in reported acreage of flats in the Great Gosport Harbor at the Isles of Shoals. Bay and the NH Fish and Game report- Though the actual numbers of this ed the location and abundance of clams 130 in Great Bay (Nelson, 1981), Though found that densities were generally low, seed clams were abundant at most sites, despite the presence of suitable habitat, it appears that few survive since the and that recent spatfall was poor. These abundance of larger size classes was data are presented in Table 3.4 and the low at all sites. The abundance of seed locations of shellfish resources are clams may have also been the result of shown in Figure 3.3. NH Fish and Game a particularly heavy set that year. NH (1991) reported that there were 400 Fish and Game (1991) also reported acres of clam flats in Little Harbor, the acreage and standing crop of clams in Back Channel area and in Sagamore the Great Bay Estuary in 1991. These Creek and a standing stock of 1,600 data are presented in Table 3.3. A recent bushels of adult clams. A more recent study provided more recent data on report provides an updated database on clam populations in the Great Bay Estu- clam populations in Back Channel (Lan- ary (Langan, 1999). Results show mod- gan et al., 1999b). erate to high density of clams on the There is currently insufficient data western flats of the Salmon Falls River to establish any trends in clam popula- and near Sandy Point in Great Bay, and tions in Great Bay or Little Harbor. For low density on the eastern shore of a historical perspective, the report by lower Little Bay and along southern Jackson (1944) stated that clams shoreline of Dover Point in Little Bay. declined steadily in number between Jones and Langan (1996c) estimated 1900 and 1944, and at that time there clam abundance and spatfall on several was “only a vestige of their former flats in the Little Harbor area. They abundance,” though no quantitative
Softshell clam flat acreage and abundance in Great Bay Estuary. TABLE 3.3
Jackson (1944) NH F&G (1991) NH F&G (1991) Location Acreage Acreage Total Bushels Salmon Falls River 125 125 500 Cocheco River 140 140 560 Piscataqua River 265 265 1060 Bellamy River 300 300 1200 Oyster River 225 225 900 Lamprey River 60 60 240 Squamscott River 180 180 720 Little Bay 430 380 1520 Great Bay 1000 500 2000 Total 2725 2175 8700
Softshell clam flat density and abundance in Little Harbor. TABLE 3.4
Clamflat Location Acres Density Total Area Abundance # Bushels No. #/m2 m2 1200 clams/bu 1 Odiorne: West 0.4 1.6 1,618 2,589 2 2 Odiorne: East 8.6 4.4 34,796 153,102 18 3 Witch Creek: Unsuitable substrate 4 Triangle 3.2 12:53 12,950 162,264 135 5 Wentworth 12.1 2.02 48,968 98,915 82 6 Seavey 6.4 5.07 25,900 131,313 1 09 7 Berrys Brook 4.2 4.65 18,817 87,499 73 Total 34.9 5.0 143,049 635,682 530
131 FIGURE 3.3
Shellfish resources in Portsmouth, Rye, and Portsmouth Little Harbors. Harbor
Little Harbor
Soft-shelled Clams
Rye Harbor
data are available for that period. shellfish in New Hampshire and the long The locations of clam resources in term data are presented in detail in the Hampton Harbor are illustrated in Figure utilities’ 1996 environmental report (NAI, 3.4. Abundance and age composition of 1996). Since only a summary of the infor- clams from the Hampton River Conflu- mation is presented here, the reader is ence, Common Island and Seabrook referred to the referenced document for (middle ground) clam flats in Hampton more detail. Harbor have been monitored since 1974 Larval Abundance by Normandeau Associates for the Public Service Company of New Hampshire as Mya larvae are present in the water col- a requirement of their license to operate umn from May through October and the Seabrook nuclear power plant. Larval maximum densities are typically record- abundance has been monitored for the ed in late summer or early fall with a sec- same time period at a nearfield station ondary peak in early summer. This outside the Harbor. This is without a timing of the peak density can vary in doubt the most complete dataset for timing and magnitude. Larval density has 132 1 Clam Beds 2 1 Angels Creek 2 Coles Creek 4 3 Shipyard 3 10 4 Tide Mill Creek FIGURE 3.4 5 The Slough 7 6 Eagle Creek Shellfish resources in the 5 7 Ell Creeks Hampton Harbor Estuary. 11 6 8 Fire Man Creek 9 Mussel Bed 8 5 10 Hampton Falls Depot 11 Swins Creek 12 Hampton Flats 13 Eastmans Slough 14 Swains Creek 13 2 15 Peanut Stand 9 16 Johnny Bragg's Birth 12 17 Nates Stake 18 Half Tide Rock 14 1 19 Common Island 17 3 20 Sinnies Creek 15 18 21 Knowles Island 16 22 Middle Ground 19 23 Race Rock 24 Gills Rock 20 4 25 Merrills Point 22 21 26 Upper Gills Rock 27 Great Slough Creek 23 28 Morrill Creek 29 Doles Island
24 25 30 Cross Beach 31 Simes Flats 26 32 Crotch Creek 27 33 Dock Creek 28
1 Common Island
30 2 Hampton/Browns 29 River Confluence 3 Browns River Area 4 Middle Ground 5 The Willows
31 32 been generally lower in the years 1991- rally in Hampton Harbor. In 1995, YOY 1995 than in the period from 1978-1981. density on the Seabrook Flat was lower Gonadal studies indicate that spawning than all years since 1974, while on the in Hampton Harbor usually follows the Hampton River confluence flat, density appearance of larvae at offshore stations, was higher than 1991-1994, but lower indicating that the early larvae are not than the 1974-1989 average. Density was produced by local broodstock. Based on the second lowest since 1974 on the the current patterns in the area, it is like- Common Island flat. Long term density ly that recruitment of larvae of non-local appears to have declined slightly since origin occurs. 1974, and good sets appear to occur approximately every three to four years Young of the Year (Figure 3.5). Young of the year (YOY) clams are Spat newly settled spat ranging from 1-5 mm. Historically YOY clam density has been Density of spat (6-25 mm), or year one highly variable both spatially and tempo- clams that have successfully overwin- 133 FIGURE 3.5 Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams 1-5 mm length: 1974-1995. Data from NAI (1995)
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams 1-5mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0 Seabrook Station in Operation 1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
tered, has been variable for the study reached peak abundances from 1980- period, however, it can be stated that 1984. The steady sharp decline in abun- density on all flats was highest from 1977 dance beginning in 1984 was very likely through 1981, lowest from 1981 through due to heavy harvest pressure. A classic 1989, and although much lower than the predator prey relationship, where the 1977-81 abundances, peaks in density change in density of prey is tracked by a occurred in 1990 and 1994. These peaks change in predator density (with some in density correspond well to the YOY lag period), exists between the clam densities except for the years from 1983 population and the number of adult clam through 1987 where it appears that rea- licenses sold (Figure 3.8). Closure of the sonably good sets did not survive the flats in 1989 resulted in minor recovery winter (Figure 3.6). of adult clam density on the Common Island flat from 1989 to 1995, a much Juveniles greater increase in density in clams on Juvenile clams (26-50 mm), are more the Seabrook flat, and little change on than likely two year old clams. The the Hampton River confluence flat, annual density of juveniles corresponds though an increase was recorded from well with spat density with a one year 1994-1995. The Common Island flat was lag time. Clams of this size were most reopened in 1994, however the effects of abundant from 1979-1981, and have recreational clamming in 1994 and 1995 declined steadily since, though smaller appeared to have little effect on clam peak densities were recorded in 1990 density (Figure 3.9). A recent study and 1995 (Figure 3.7). focused on removing blue mussels from flats to improve clam habitats (Langan Adults and Barnaby, 1998). Adult clams (>50 mm) were abundant in Predation, particularly of small 1971 through 1975 (Savage and Dunlop clams, can greatly affect the survival of 1983), declined from 1976-1979, and clams to harvestable size. The green 134 Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams 6-25 mm length: 1974-1995. FIGURE 3.6 Data from NAI (1995).
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams 6-25mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0
1.8 Seabrook Station in Operation
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams 26-50 mm length: 1974-1995. FIGURE 3.7 Data from NAI (1995).
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams 26-50mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0 Seabrook Station 1.8 in Operation
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
135 FIGURE 3.8 Number of clam licenses and the adult clam standing crop (bushels) in Hampton-Seabrook Harbor: 1971-1987. Data from NAI (1995).
Bushels Licenses
15000
10000
5000
0 1971 1973 1975 1977 1979 1981 1983 1985 1987
FIGURE 3.9 Annual mean log10(x+1) density (number per ft2) of clams >50 mm length: 1974-1995. Data from NAI (1995).
Log10(x+1) Density of Clams >50mm Flat 1 Flat 2 Flat 4
2.0 Seabrook Station in Operation 1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
136 crab, a major predator of Mya, has been resulted from disease related mortalities. highly variable over time in Hampton In November, 1989, twelve of fifteen Harbor, but unlike human predators, clams (80%) from the Hampton River their numbers are influenced by mini- were infected. From 1990-1995, adult mum winter water temperatures rather clam densities quadrupled in the middle than prey (clam) abundance. Even in ground, while Common Island densities years of low crab abundance, there did not change, and Hampton River den- appears to be sufficient numbers of crabs sity decreased by 50%. It is suspected in the Harbor to impact juvenile clam that disease may have contributed to the abundance. Other predators include observed reductions. Clams in the Great nematodes, horseshoe crabs and birds. Bay Estuary have not been examined for Though massive sets of clams could neoplasia. “breakthrough” and overwhelm preda- Blue Mussels (Mytilis edulis) tion pressure, it is unlikely that this will happen without substantial natural or The blue mussel is widely distributed in artificial reseeding and predator protec- the North Atlantic and occurs in Europe tion (Savage and Dunlop, 1983). as well as North America. On the East Ultimately, it appears that the con- Coast of the U.S., it ranges from Cape trolling factors determining clam popula- Hatteras to the Arctic Circle. Mussels tions in Hampton Harbor are larval inhabit the intertidal and subtidal zones settlement, predation, prevalence of sar- of estuaries and the open coast. Though comatous neoplasia (Hampton River flat) primarily a shallow water species, they and harvest pressure. Savage and Dun- are sometimes found at considerable lop (1983) stated that unless and seed depths. They can tolerate temperatures clams are protected from predators and ranging from -2°C to 25°C and salinities harvest pressure on adult clams is con- ranging from 5 ppt to 35 ppt, though trolled, it would be very difficult for even prolonged expose to salinities below 15 large sets of clams to overcome the rate ppt are lethal. Spawning can occur year of predation and produce increased round, though the peak spawning peri- quantities of adult clams. od is June through August. Like other bivalves, the larvae are planktonic and Softshell Clam Diseases: remain in the water column for three to Sarcomatous neoplasia five weeks. Initial settlement occurs in Sarcomatous neoplasia, a lethal form of shallow water on any firm substrate, leukemia in clams, has the potential to however, newly attached juvenile mus- cause serious mortalities in the softshell sels can detach their byssal threads and clams. The infection has been observed drift with the currents in search of other in relatively pristine waters, however it is suitable attachment surfaces. Though suspected that the rate of infection is mussels are harvested in large quantities enhanced by pollution. and are an important aquaculture Sarcomatous neoplasia was observed species in Europe, Canada and other in Hampton Harbor clam populations in parts of the world, they are largely October, 1986 and February, 1987 from ignored as a food species in New Eng- the Common Island (6%) and Hampton land. They are considered by many to River confluence (27%) flats (NAI, 1996). be a nuisance species since colonization No infections were found on the leads to fouling of industrial and coastal Seabrook flat (middle ground). Clam sur- structures, as well as the hulls of ships. veys in 1987 indicated that juvenile and Blue mussels can be found in the adult densities were reduced by 50% in Great Bay Estuary attached to any hard the two flats where disease was identi- substrate in the intertidal and subtidal fied, while the population was zones, and also colonize intertidal flats in unchanged on the middle ground. It is scattered clumps and contiguous mats. suspected that the reduced densities Though during high salinity periods
137 mussels may be found in most areas of Sea Scallops (Placopecten magellanicus) the estuary, their limited tolerance for low salinity limits their permanent Though primarily an oceanic species, sea upstream distribution to the area around scallops can be found in the higher salin- Dover Point. Mussels are most abundant ity areas of bays and estuaries in New in the lower Piscataqua River, Ports- England below a depth of 5 meters. Sev- mouth Harbor and Little Harbor. The eral scallop beds are located in the lower location of some mussel beds in the Piscataqua River and Portsmouth Harbor lower estuary was identified as part of and include the area between Salaman- the Ecological Risk Assessment study for der Point and Fort Point, in Spruce Creek the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard. Density, and off Fort McClarey in Kittery, Maine. size and condition index of mussels from Langan (1994) examined the density, size a number of sites was measured for this structure and movements of scallops in study (Johnston et al., 1994). Banner and the Fort Point area using SCUBA surveys Hayes (1996) mapped blue mussel habi- and mark and recapture studies. Mean tat using a suitability index model, how- density was 1.3 scallops/m2 and with the ever, the lower estuary where mussels exception of few small (10-20 mm) indi- are most abundant was not included in viduals, the population had a normal dis- their study. tribution. Small scallops are difficult to Long term records of larval abun- see and may have been overlooked by dance and juvenile settlement of blue divers. Scallop movement is greater for mussels have been maintained as part of the 40-60 mm sized animals than smaller the PSNH environmental studies pro- or larger individuals. Some large scallops gram by Normandeau Associates (NAI, were found within 100 meters of the 1996). Mussel larvae are a dominant release site a year after tagging. A project taxon in the nearshore plankton commu- which began in 1996 (Langan 1997) is nity and are the dominant noncolonial investigating the spawning time, spatfall taxon on shallow depth fouling panels. and growth and mortality of scallops in Density of larvae has increased in recent suspension and bottom culture. The years, and though settlement varies spawning period in 1996, based on annually, in general it has increased in gonadal/ somatic index (GSI), com- recent years as well. Mussels can be menced in late July and spat settlement found in the estuary attached to hard began in October. Onion bag/monofila- substrate in both the intertidal and subti- ment type spat collectors were used to dal zones, and can form extensive beds capture larvae. Some collectors were on tidal flats. Banner and Hayes (1996) retrieved in March and scallops from 4- have mapped mussel habitat using 10 mm were retrieved. These scallops occurrence and suitability indices. The and approximately one thousand 25 mm most prominent beds are located in the individuals were placed in suspension Hampton River, Blackwater River, and on culture to measure growth and mortality. the Seabrook middle ground clam flat. Natural enhancement of the bottom There is no scientifically documented under the collectors was assessed in the change in abundance, though there is summer of 1997. information (P. Tilton, personal commu- Scallops are fished commercially with nication) that the coverage of mussels on towed dredges from November 1 to April the Seabrook flat has increased in recent 14, and are harvested commercially and years. Mussel density on the flats in recreationally using SCUBA. Other than Seabrook can be as high as 3500/m2 the 1994 survey at Fort Point, there is lit- (Langan and Barnaby, 1998). Recent tle information on scallop density or pop- developments in new culture techniques, ulation change over time. Commercial combined with increased market value fishermen indicate, however, that there is and an abundant natural seed supply a great deal of variation in scallop abun- makes this species an ideal candidate for dance both temporally and spatially (P. aquaculture development. Flanigan, personal communication). 138 Other Bivalve Species extruded one year after molting. The females carry the fertilized eggs under Though there is no documented infor- their abdomen for up to one year. The mation on population densities and eggs hatch and are released into the trends, several other bivalve species water column in late spring/early sum- common to New Hampshire estuaries mer in near shore areas, and the plank- should be mentioned. The deposit feed- tonic larvae go through several molt ing clam Macoma balthica is common in stages before settling to the bottom. The all areas of Great Bay and Hampton Har- preferred juvenile settlement substrate is bor and the siphon of this clam is a rock-cobble, (Wahle and Steneck 1991, favored prey item of juvenile winter 1992) though older juveniles can be flounder (Armstrong, 1996). Razor clams found inhabiting any type of substrate (Ensis directus) can be locally abundant where shelter (boulders, rocks, cobble, in subtidal areas of Great Bay (Nelson, mud burrows) can be found. Lobsters 1981), and the ribbed mussel (Geukensia reach commercial size after 15-20 molts demissus) is also common in lower salin- or in 6-9 years. Despite increased fishing ity and marsh areas of the Great Bay pressure in recent years, lobster popula- (Nelson, 1981) and Hampton/Seabrook tions are relatively stable. More informa- estuaries. The gem clam, Gemma tion on lobster abundance is presented gemma, a very small bivalve, can be the in Chapter 4. dominant infaunal taxon in the sandier areas of Great Bay. Crabs 3.1.3.2 Crustaceans Several species of crabs can be found in abundance in New Hampshire’s estuaries American Lobsters and coastal areas. Most prominent are the rock crab (Cancer irroratus ) and the The American lobster is the largest crus- green crab (Carcinus maenas) though tacean inhabiting New Hampshire’s estu- the small mud crabs of the genera aries and coastal zone. They are the Panopeus and Rhythropanopeus are also target of a large and valuable commercial very abundant. There is some commer- fishery which will be discussed in a later cial harvesting of rock crabs for human section of this report. Though primarily a consumption and green crabs for bait, coastal and oceanic species, lobsters however, their economic importance is inhabit many coastal bays and estuaries. negligible. They range from the mid-Atlantic states through Newfoundland, though in their 3.1.3.3 Horseshoe Crabs southern range, they are found in great- (Limulus polyphemus) est abundance in deeper offshore waters. Though most often fished in shallow The horseshoe crab (Limulus polyphe- waters (<100 ft), lobsters inhabit waters mus) is not a true crab, and among the as deep as 1,500 ft. Lobsters are omnivo- arthropods is more closely related to the rous, feeding on molluscs, urchins, arachnids (spiders, scorpions) than crus- starfish, crabs and even other lobsters. taceans. Horseshoe crabs are abundant They in turn are preyed upon by seals, in Great Bay and occur in lower numbers groundfish (cod) and other large preda- in Hampton Harbor. They are most con- tory fish such as striped bass. The adults spicuous in the month of June, when undergo a seasonal migration, moving they mate in large numbers during the inshore in spring and offshore in the fall, spring flood tides and deposit their eggs though within that time period, they may on the beach. The eggs are preyed upon move about a great deal within estuaries by several species of shore birds and (Dr. S. Jury, personal communication). represent a major food source for some Spawning occurs by means of internal species. Horseshoe crabs excavate large fertilization when the female has recent- feeding pits in soft substrates, consuming ly molted, and the fertilized eggs are the worms, molluscs and crustaceans. 139 3.2
ESTUARINE oastal New Hampshire and its estu- the NH Fish and Game, Normandeau FINFISH Caries were well known for their vari- Associates, Inc, the University of New ety and abundance of finfish species in Hampshire, U.S. Fish and Wildlife, and colonial times. In fact, the area’s earliest the National Oceanic and Atmospheric settlements were established in order to Administration (NOAA) as part of natural exploit the bountiful stocks of finfish. resource inventories, impact assessments Throughout the eighteenth and nine- for power plants and ecological research teenth centuries, overharvesting, the con- projects. Detailed information on estuar- struction of tidal dams, destruction of ine and coastal finfish species can be spawning grounds through sedimenta- found in Jackson (1994), Nelson (1981, tion and municipal and industrial pollu- 1982), Sale et al. (1992), Jury et al. tion greatly reduced their numbers in the (1994), NAI (1977 and 1996) and fish Great Bay Estuary (Jackson 1944). As habitat has been mapped in G.I.S. format conditions improved toward the latter by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Gulf of part of this century, many species have Maine Project (Banner and Hayes, 1996). re-established themselves since 1900. Finfish research and monitoring by NH Today the Great Bay Estuary supports 52 Fish and Game, Normandeau Associates species of resident and migratory fish the University of New Hampshire contin- (Nelson, 1981) which are listed in ues today, and provides updated infor- Appendix E, while twenty eight species mation on finfish abundance. The status were reported for Hampton Harbor (NAI, and trends of finfish species selected for 1977). Estuarine species include year their commercial, recreational and eco- round resident such as tomcod (Micro- logical importance are described below. gadus tomcod), mummichogs (Fundulus 3.2.1 SELECTED SPECIES sp.) and silversides (Menidia menidia), seasonal migrants such as bluefish 3.2.1.1 Striped Bass (Pomatomus saltatrix) and striped bass (Morone saxatilis) (Morone saxatilis) and anadromous fish such as the river herrings (Alosa pseudo- As a result of the region-wide moratori- harengus and A. aestevalis), shad (Alosa um and subsequent harvest restrictions sapisissima) and lampreys (Petromyzon on striped bass in the 1980’s and 1990’s, marinus) (Jackson, 1944; Nelson,1981, New Hampshire waters have experi- 1982; Sale et al., 1992; Jury et al., 1994). enced a tremendous increase in the sea- Fishways constructed on the Cocheco sonal occurrence of this species. Striped (2), Exeter (2), Oyster, Winnicut and bass abundance has increased steadily Lamprey rivers in the Great Bay Estuary since 1988. Though the data presented in have enabled populations of several Figure 3.10 are based on NH Fish and anadromous species to rebound, howev- Game creel surveys and the size fre- er, some species such as Atlantic salmon, quency of the fish are not noted, there is and the common and shortnosed stur- general agreement among biologists and geons (for which there is no reliable his- anglers that fish of all sizes have toric record of occurrence) and shad increased in abundance. Fish begin to have not successfully been reestablished, arrive in mid to late May and remain in despite stocking efforts for Atlantic the estuary until October. It is not known salmon and shad. Commercially and if the same fish stay for the entire period recreationally important species, include or of there is a continual immigration smelt, (Osmerus mordax), winter floun- and emigration of individuals during this der, (Pleuronectes americanus), smooth period. Catches of fish in the winter and flounder (Liopsetta putnami), and striped early spring indicate that some fish may bass, (Morone saxatilis). Finfish occur- overwinter in the Great Bay Estuary. rence, abundance and ecology have Catches of legal (> 32”) and undersized been studies by many groups including fish tagged by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife 140 Catch per trip of striped bass and winter flounder. Based on survey information. FIGURE 3.10
Catch Per Trip Winter Flounder Striped Bass
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
Striped bass caught in New Hampshire with U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service tags: 1988-96. FIGURE 3.11
45 Total Fish Caught
Released 40 Kept
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
141 Service have shown the same increase flounder per five minute tow. Highest since 1988 (Figure 3.11). densities were found in the Clark Island Detailed information on striped bass embayment and near Fishing Island. population status and trends for Hamp- Mean length frequency varied by station, ton Harbor is not available, though some ranging from < 100 mm to nearly 300 of the data in Figures 3.5 and 3.6 would mm. Trawls and seine hauls in 1993 at include fish captured in or near Hampton similar stations yielded up to fifty small Harbor. flounder per seine haul in shallow water near Fishing island, the Kittery back 3.2.1.2 Winter Flounder channel, Clark Island embayment and (Pleuronectes americanus) the Police Dock area of Seavey Island. The recreational CPUE of winter flounder The mean size of fish captured in seine in Great Bay declined from 1988 to 1996, hauls was 57 mm. Larger fish were cap- although CPUE was higher in 1995 and tured with an otter trawl in the back 1996 than in 1994 (Figure 3.10). Similar channel and Clark Island Embayment. A declines in abundance have been total of 48 fish were captured in 10 five observed in Hampton Harbor. Larger minute tows, with a mean size of 366 individuals of this species are not year mm. round estuarine residents and undertake Though juvenile fish appear to be regular migrations out of the estuary in abundant in the estuary, the recreational the fall and return in the spring. Juvenile angler CPUE has declined in recent fish can be found in the estuary in all years. This is no doubt attributable to months, though their abundance is great- stock depletion from heavy commercial est from May through September. Winter harvest pressure in the Gulf of Maine. flounder are subjected to very high fish- Catches of winter flounder at three ing pressure in the nearshore (>3, <25 stations in the Hampton/Seabrook Estu- miles) and offshore (>25 mi) waters and ary have declined since 1980, though the commercial CPUE in the Gulf of they have remained somewhat stable Maine has declined dramatically since since 1987. The reason for the decline is 1982, after an increase from 1974 to 1982 attributable to overexploitation by com- (NOAA 1992). Studies by Armstrong mercial fishing in the Gulf of Maine (NAI, (1995) and Langan (1994, 1996) found 1996) that juvenile winter flounder are abun- 3.2.1.3 Rainbow Smelt dant in the estuary in spring and sum- (Osmerus mordax) mer, and forage in many different habitats. There is no clear preference for The rainbow smelt is a common species any one habitat and they can be found in in the Great Bay Estuary and is fished the intertidal zone at high tide as well as through the ice by commercial and recre- in channel bottom in deeper areas of ational fishermen in the winter. They are Great Bay. Using an otter trawl Arm- an anadromous species that enter the strong (1995) averaged eight winter estuary in fall and winter and ascend the flounder per 10 minute tow in mid Great tidal rivers in the Great Bay Estuary after Bay from 1989 to 1992. Langan (1996), ice-out to spawn. Based on angler CPUE, using the same type of fishing gear in the the abundance of smelt has been highly same location averaged 7.9 flounder per variable from 1987 to 1996 (Figure 3.12). 10 minute tow in 1996. The size fre- CPUE reached a low point in 1992 and quency distribution was similar for the increased from 1993-1996. Average smelt two studies. Fish were collected in Sep- egg deposition measured in the upper tember, 1991 (Johnston et al., 1993) and tidal reaches of the rivers from 1979 in the spring of 1993 (Langan 1994) in through 1996 has also been highly vari- the lower estuary as part of the Ecologi- able. Predation by striped bass may cal Risk Assessment for the Portsmouth affect smelt populations. Naval Shipyard. In 1991, a series of five Rainbow smelt abundance has been minutes tows yielded from 0 to 11 winter monitored by seine hauls at three sites in 142 Smelt CPUE by area (number caught per angler hour): 1987-1996. FIGURE 3.12
Smelt CPUE (#/Angler Hour) Great Bay Lamprey River Bellamy/Oyster River Squamscott River
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996
Hampton Harbor. Though abundance fishways in the Cocheco, Exeter, Lam- has been variable for the 19 year period prey, Oyster and Taylor (Hampton Har- (1976-1995), there is no discernible bor) rivers since 1975. Returns to the trend. The greatest abundances was Exeter, Lamprey and Taylor rivers show a measured in 1990, 1979, 1984, 1993 and decline in numbers, while the Cocheco 1994, and lowest abundances in 1978, and Oyster rivers show an increase (Fig- 1980, 1992 and 1995. ure 3.13). The most dramatic decline has been in the Taylor River. The reason for 3.2.1.4 River Herring: the declines in some rivers is unknown, Alewife (Alosa pseudoharengus) though predation by striped bass and and Blueback (Alosa aestovalis) changes in water flow may be factors. River herring (two species) are anadro- This species is also fished commercially mous fish that migrate into the Great Bay for bait by offshore and inshore gillnet- Estuary in the spring and ascend the ters. Records for catches by holders of bay’s tributaries to spawn. Though dams inland netters permits are available. prevented these fish from reaching the 3.2.1.5 American Shad freshwater portions of the rivers for (Alosa sapidissima) many years, the construction of fishways in the 1970s has enabled passage of the Spawning adult American shad have fish to freshwater. been stocked from 1980 to 1995 in the The NH Fish and Game has moni- Lamprey and Exeter rivers, and from tored spring returns of river herring at 1980-1988 in the Cocheco and Lamprey 143 FIGURE 3.13 River herring returns in Seacoast rivers: 1975-1996.
450,000 Cocheco
Exeter 400,000 Oyster 350,000 Lamprey
300,000 Taylor
250,000
200,000
150,000
100,000
50,000
0 1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
rivers. Numbers stocked in the Exeter species captured in shallow waters and River increased each year since 1980, often represented >50% of the total catch. however this has not been reflected in Young striped bass (12-24") have been the number of returning fish (Figure observed to feed heavily on silversides in 3.14). A large number of fish returned to the Great Bay Estuary. The abundance of the Lamprey River in 1988, however few silversides has not been moni- tored in have returned since. The best ratio of recent years, therefore it is not possible to returning to stocked fish has been real- determine trends in abundance. ized for the Cocheco River, where the The abundance of Atlantic silver- fewest adult fish were stocked. It may be sides has been monitored by seining at possible that returning shad are inter- three stations in Hampton Harbor from cepted by commercial gillnetters in the 1976 to 1995, though the years 1984-1987 Gulf of Maine. Though the flesh is gen- were not sampled (NAI, 1996). A decline erally not consumed, the roe are consid- in abundance beginning in 1982 from the ered a delicacy. The springtime harvest peak abundances during the period of shad in local offshore waters may be 1976-1981 was observed. Since 1982, the affecting the returns. population has shown some interannual variation, but appears to have changed 3.2.1.6 Atlantic Silversides little to the present (Figure 3.15). (Menidia menidia) 3.2.1.7 Atlantic Salmon Silversides are a small, short-lived, and (Salmo salar) highly abundant estuarine species that are found in both Great Bay and Hamp- Although once abundant, the anadro- ton Harbor. They generally inhabit shal- mous Atlantic salmon is uncommon in low waters and are an important prey coastal New Hampshire, except as a species for larger predatory fish. In the stocked species. Overexploitation, the 1980-81 Fish and Game surveys (Nelson, destruction of spawning grounds by saw- 1982), they were the most abundant fish dust and sediments in the 1800s, and 144 Number of spawning adult American shad stocked in the coastal rivers of New Hampshire: 1980-1996. FIGURE 3.14
1600 Exeter Lamprey 1400 Cocheco
1200
1000
800
600
400
200
0 1980 1982 1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996
Annual geometric mean catch of Atlantic silversides per unit effort in Hampton Harbor in seine FIGURE 3.15 samples (number per haul) for three stations and the combined mean of all stations: 1976-1995.
Mean Catch per Unit Effort S1 S2 S3 Mean 2.0 Seabrook Station in Operation 1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6 Not Sampled 0.4
0.2
0.0
1975 1980 1985 1990 1995
145 dam construction resulted in the cessa- occurred over the past twelve years due tion of any natural runs of Atlantic to pond draw downs. The NH Fish and salmon. The decline in Atlantic salmon Game Department recommended alter- populations is regional rather than local, ing the draw down schedule to avoid and only a few native spawning runs subsequent alewife strandings. remain in some Maine rivers. Atlantic The second incident occurred in the salmon alevins have been stocked in fall of 1995 when a private citizen report- tributaries to Great Bay since 1989, and ed approximately 100 dead alewives some adults have been stocked in recent near Bay Ridge Road in Greenland. The years. However the success of the pro- cause of death was not identified, how- gram is yet to be determined. ever, it was speculated that a short term stress from a drop in salinity caused by 3.2.2 Fish Kills high freshwater inflow during the period In the past several years three incidents or an isolated low dissolved oxygen con- of fish kills have been reported in the dition caused the fish kill. Great Bay Estuary, all involving alewives In October of 1997, nearly 2,400 (Alosa pseudoharengus). In 1993, a juvenile alewives which were migrating school of alewives ascended a temporary from fresh to tidal waters were killed spillway created by a pond draw down over a two day period by physical trau- from the Exeter Water Works. The fish ma caused by an hydroelectric turbine at ascended the spillway to the pond from the Cocheco River dam in downtown which there was no means of escape. Dover. New Hampshire Fish and Game The fish depleted the oxygen in the pool personnel reported that the mechanism and 375-450 fish died as a result. Mr. Vir- that allows the fish to bypass the turbine gil Harris of the Exeter Water Department was not operating properly. Corrective reported that similar incidents have actions were initiated.
146 3.3
3.3.1 STATUS AND TRENDS et al., 1993). Based on this work, the MARINE PLANT OF SALT MARSH location and areas of salt marshes and HABITATS: algal beds in the Great Bay Estuary were Salt Marshes, Salt marshes are specialized habitats calculated by Weiss (1993). A total of Macroalgal Beds characterized by emergent vascular 2,230 acres (9.025 km2) of tidal marsh and Eelgrass plants that extend within the intertidal are located in the Great Bay Estuary, with Meadows zone from approximately mid tide height the lower Piscataqua River, the Squam- to just above the elevation of the normal scott River, and the Great Bay having the spring tide line. The total area of tidal most extensive tidal marsh area. Coupled marshes within the entire state has been with the National Wetlands Inventory estimated at 7,500 acres in 1974 (3,040 map, the Great Bay data provided the ha; Breeding et al., 1974) and at 6,200 basis for another salt marsh map pro- acres in 1994 (2,500 ha; USDA, 1994). duced by USF&WS (Figure 3.16; Banner The difference may not indicate an actu- and Hayes, 1996). al decline, since no significant losses in Annual aboveground productivity of marsh acreage have been documented in smooth cordgrass (Spartina alterniflora) ten years of 305b reports issued by NH was estimated by Chock (1975) to be DES. The ecology of salt marshes of the approximately 604 g dry weight/m2/yr Great Bay Estuary has been reviewed by for a salt marsh at Cedar Point (Little Short and Mathieson (1992), and plant Bay). No estimates of total annual pro- species occurring in the salt marshes of ductivity (including belowground pro- New Hampshire have been listed in this duction) have been reported for salt (Appendix J) and earlier reports (NAI, marshes in New Hampshire. However, 1988; Ward et al., 1993). The most com- some standing crop data, usually sam- mon plant associated with the low marsh pled during peak aerial biomass or at the in New Hampshire is the tall form of end of the growing season, are available. Spartina alterniflora (salt marsh cord- Standing crop does not include the grass); the most common high marsh leaves and shoots produced that were species include Spartina patens (salt eaten, dead, or otherwise removed over meadow cordgrass), the short form of the course of the year. Peak standing Spartina alterniflora, Distichlis spicata crop measurements for high marshes (spike grass) and Juncus gerardii (black dominated by salt meadow hay (Sparti- grass) (USDA, 1994). In addition, there is na patens) as well as low marsh areas of a list of all plant species that occur in S. alterniflora are found in Table 3.5 and New Hampshire wetlands (Reed, 1988). in the following references (Nelson, 1981; Short, 1987; Short and Mathieson, 3.3.1.1 Distribution, Standing 1992; Burdick, 1992; Burdick and Crop and Productivity Dionne, 1994). In an examination of the Salt marshes were identified and mapped relationship between above and below- for the National Wetlands Inventory ground standing crop, Gross et al. (1991) (Tiner, 1984) and more recently in two report values for a high marsh dominat- studies that covered the tidal marshes of ed by short form S. alterniflora in Rye of the state (NAI, 1988, Ward et al., 1993). 527 and 754 g dry wt/m2 of total above No comparison of the inventories has ground and live below ground standing been made, but the more recent work is crop, respectively. more accurate and differences, if deter- Although often ignored, salt marsh- mined, may not actually reflect changes es can contain a significant macroalgal in salt marsh distribution. The tidal component. This is especially true of marshes within the Great Bay Estuary, low marshes dominated by S. alterniflo- including all tributaries, were mapped ra occurring near extensive intertidal utilizing color infrared transparencies macroalgal beds (e.g., Little Harbor, and extensive ground truth work (Ward Cutts Cove) where they may become 147 TABLE 3.5 Standing crop of peak aboveground plant biomass in New Hampshire salt marshes (biomass = g dry wt/m2).
Site [Years of data] Habitat (n/yr) S. alterniflora S. patens Other* Algae Total
Little Harbour1 [1] Low marsh (6) 512 0 0 1020 1532 High Marsh (6) 28 614 12 3 657
North Mill Pond2 [3] Low marsh ( 8) 683 ** 14 9 70
Cutts Cove2 [3] Low marsh (16) 322 ** 35 818 117
Great Bay NERR3 [1] High marsh (5) 56 311 22 0 38
Rye Harbor3 [1] High marsh (5) 50 293 12 0 35
*Other vascular plants, including grasses and fortes, e.g., Salicornia europaea. ** Spartina patens was the predominant species in this category, but was lumped with Other. 1 = Burdick 1994, 2 = Burdick and Short 1997, 3 = Burdick, unpublished data
heavily colonized by fucoid algae with Dredging Impacts and distinctive growth forms, called marsh Harvesting Effects ecads (Ascophyllum nodosum variety Dredge and fill operations have altered scorpioides and Fucus vesiculosus vari- marshes within all of the seacoast estuar- ety spiralis; Norton and Mathieson, ies to some extent. Large areas of the 1983). In a study of seasonal trends in Hampton-Seabrook marsh were dredged the standing crop of S. alterniflora, the and filled for residential housing. Rye associated ecads of fucoid algae were Harbor has been dredged on several also assessed by Chock (1975), who occasions, and in 1941 and 1962 the concluded they contributed greatly to spoil was placed on the salt marsh land- marsh productivity. A later study of ward of the harbor. This transformed eight coastal salt marshes near the several acres of marsh into upland habi- mouth of the Piscataqua River found tat and has negatively impacted over 10 fucoid biomass ranged from 100 to over additional acres. The ecological impacts 1300 g dry weight per m2 with the algae at the sites of sediment dredging have averaging almost 60% of the total plant not been assessed, but impacts to the biomass found in the low marshes (Bur- marsh from disposal were reviewed by dick, 1994). Burdick (1992). Elevating the surface and 3.3.1.2 Habitat Impacts and Losses surrounding the area with earthen dikes severely reduced salt water flooding and Threats to salt marshes in New Hamp- increased fresh water flooding in the shire have been reviewed and summa- spring. These changes lowered soil salin- rized (USDA, 1994). Specific threats and ity, led to the displacement of native impacts to marshes were categorized by marsh plants by Phragmites, Typha and human activities that are considered to upland plants, resulted in the formation be important. Currently, marine develop- of die-back areas and large pools of ment poses the greatest threat to salt water, and caused a direct loss of fish marshes through dredging, dock con- habitat. struction, shoreline development along In addition to direct negative the upper marsh edge, and development impacts, dredging may reduce sediment across marshes that result in tidal restric- sources to marshes, leading to an inade- tions. Other potentially important quate sediment supply to support marsh impacts to marsh function include har- maintenance and development. Dredg- vesting marsh resources and conflicting ing may also increase the wave energy uses within these habitats. environment, leading to increased ero- 148 FIGURE 3.16
Habitat map for cordgrass/salt hay. From Banner and Hayes (1996). Cordgrass/ Salt Hay Habitat
149 sion at the seaward edge of marshes. On ward edge of salt marshes will prevent the other hand, increased sediment sup- these habitats from migrating landward ply or a reduced wave environment from with local sea level rise (Pethick, 1983). dredging may allow the expansion of a Furthermore, the rate of sea level rise is marsh at its seaward edge. expected to increase in New Hampshire Although salt hay was harvested from 1.2 to 7.5 mm/year. Structures that widely along the New Hampshire sea- prevent marshes from migrating land- coast from the 17th to 20th centuries, the ward will result in marshes becoming intensity of marsh management to narrow and lower in elevation. In time, improve yields and harvesting efficiency waves reflecting from submerging are poorly known (Breeding et al., 1974). marshes will erode the marsh peat and Ditching to improve hay yields (not exacerbate local erosion and flooding equivalent to mosquito ditching) was rou- problems (Smith et al., 1978). tine. Salt hay farming continues to this day Impacts from Tidal Restrictions and has experienced a small revival in northern Massachusetts, yet the impacts Tidal restrictions influencing estuarine from salt hay farming on salt marsh circulation and other functions relating to ecosystems are unknown (Rozsa, 1995). water quality that have been caused by roads, railways, dikes and causeways Impacts from Docks, Piers and have severe long-term impacts to salt Shoreline Development marshes. Construction in the intertidal Impacts from docks and piers on salt and subtidal areas of an estuary always marshes have not been assessed in New influences circulation patterns to some Hampshire. Clearly, solid fill and crib extent (Miller and Valle-Levinson, 1996), structures built on marshes eliminates but linear features built on or along salt them and are discouraged, but open marshes that restrict tidal flow have sig- piers have also been shown to reduce nificant impacts (Marrone, 1990). Besides productivity and viability of salt marshes altering circulation, these structures in other New England States (Michael reduce flooding by salt water and tend to Ludwig, NMFS Milford, CT). The US retain fresh water (especially in the ACOE has issued design guidelines for spring), and can ultimately result in a structures over marshes (height over sed- non-tidal freshwater marsh. iment needs to be at least as great as Restrictions to tidal flow in salt width of the structure), but it is not clear marshes lead to areal (if habitat becomes whether such guidelines prevent degra- non-tidal) as well as functional losses. In dation, nor have the dock impacts to New Hampshire, significant tidal restric- marshes been assessed quantitatively tions have been fully documented and systematically. (USDA, 1994) and there are indications Similar to docks, impacts from other that some marshes are deteriorating. forms of shoreline development are Deterioration includes replacement of severe when structures are built upon emergent salt marsh vegetation by open and over marshes. However, structures water, unvegetated flats, freshwater plant placed at the landward edge of salt species or invasive species such as purple marshes can also have serious effects on loosestrife and common reed. Marsh marsh viability and maintaining these deterioration is a symptom of changes in habitats in the near future (Pethick, local processes with the result that the 1983). Because sea level is rising, and marsh is unable to maintain itself. Besides marshes have traditionally migrated land- reducing or even excluding fish access to ward as well as built vertically to main- their habitat (Burdick et al., 1997), tidal tain themselves in the face of rising sea restrictions appear to lead to declines in level (Redfield, 1965), increased local sea productivity and habitat value for wildlife. level is expected to be accompanied by Impacts to water quality and soil landward migration of salt marshes. chemistry from tidal restrictions are not However, structures placed at the land- well known, but serious negative 150 impacts to water quality have been doc- 3.3.1.3 Habitat Change Analysis umented elsewhere (Portnoy, 1991). In and Modeling New Hampshire, current knowledge is Large areas of salt marsh have been filled limited to soil and creek salinity, soil for residential and industrial develop- redox potential, soil moisture and soil ment (Breeding et al., 1974) while other organic matter (Short, 1984; Burdick, areas are deteriorating due to tidal 1992; Burdick and Dionne, 1994; restrictions commonly associated with Ammann unpublished data; Burdick et roads. It is estimated that New Hamp- al., 1997; unpublished data). shire still has 50% of its 18th Century tidal Salinity changes are the most obvi- wetlands and 90% of its 18th Century ous impacts, with restrictions generally non-tidal wetlands (NHDES, 1996b). leading to freshening of the marshes More recent data summarizing impacts of when compared to control marshes or permitted projects and known violations the same marshes following restoration on tidal and non-tidal wetlands are con- of tidal exchange (Table 3.6). Reductions tained in the bi-annual 305(b) reports in salt water flooding to restricted marsh- sent to Congress by NHDES. There has es allows for chemical and microbial oxi- been very little net loss of tidal wetlands dation of reduced soil constituents, in the past 10 years (Table 3.7). The data leading to higher, more positive redox indicate small losses have occurred in potentials, loss of soil organic matter, and non-tidal wetland acreage statewide, lower pH (Burdick and Dionne, 1994). although the most recent report states Furthermore, the ability of the marshes to that “...there has been no measurable net remove suspended sediments from tidal loss of wetlands functional value” waters is certainly curtailed by tidal (NHDES, 1996b). Natural gains in wet- restrictions, though these impacts from lands through the activities of beaver as restrictions have not yet been quantified. they dam creeks and flood forests is esti-
Soil salinity changes in salt marshes from hydologic manipulations. TABLE 3.6
Soil Salinity Before After After Reference Estuary/Marsh name Type of Restriction Restriction Restriction Restoration marsh Hampton Estuary Drakeside Rd Marsh1 Undersized Culvert — 8.5 10.1 10.5
Rye Harbor Awcomin Marsh2 Diked dredge fill — 6.5 21.6 24 Locke Road Marsh3 Undersized Culvert — 16.4-27.0 NA 23.1
Great Bay Estuary Peverly Ponds4 Causeway with Tidal Gate — NA NA (GBNWR) Sandy Point Marsh1 Berm formed by debris — 5.6 25.1 25.2 (GBNERR) Mill Brook Marsh5 Causeway with Tidal Gate — 0.0 19.5 16.2 (Stuart Farm)
Approximately 50 other sites in New Hampshire are hydraulically restricted as determined by the NRCS (USDA 1994), but no data on soil chemistry at other sites is available at this time.
1 Burdick, Unpublished data 2 Burdick and Dionne, 1994 3 Little, Unpublished data 4 USF&W Service, Data unavailable at this time 5 Burdick et al. 1997
151 TABLE 3.7 Impacts of permitted projects and known violations on state-wide wetlands: 1988-1996. Data from NHDES (1996).
Tidal Wetlands (acres) Non-tidal Wetlands (acres) Year Impacted Total Impacted Total 1987-88 0 7,500 25-50 95,000 1989-90 0 7,500 50 200,000 1991-92 0 7,500 150 192,500 1993-94 0 7,500 200-300 400,000-600,000 1995-96 0 7,500 150-250 400,000-600,000
mated to be in the tens of acres each by Kelley et al. (1995). Modern marshes year (NHDES, 1989a). began developing about 4,000 years ago Specific restrictions causing deterio- when sea level rise slowed and low ration of the salt marshes have been enu- marshes became established on intertidal merated for the tidal wetlands of New sediments. The low marshes expanded Hampshire by the Natural Resource Con- seaward and at the same time collected servation Service (USDA, 1994). They sediments to build vertically and become found 50 tidal restrictions in the state high marsh. The high marsh, in turn, which encompass over 20% of the salt expanded seaward following the expan- marsh area remaining in NH (1,300 out sion of low marsh and landward cover- of 6,200 acres; USDA, 1994). The report ing upland as sea level slowly continued shows that marshes deteriorating from to rise, resulting in the flat, high marsh tidal restrictions are more commonly habitat that is typical of New Hampshire found at the upland borders of large salt marshes. marsh systems (i.e., Hampton/Seabrook A conceptual model of the changes Estuary) and behind smaller barrier in marshes due to impacts from tidal beach systems (i.e., Little River Marsh), restrictions has recently been proposed but are spread throughout the state. As by Burdick et al. (1997), but estimation discussed previously, deterioration of rates within the model for simulating includes losses in salt marsh acreage as changes in tidally-restricted and restored well as functional losses. Thus in contrast marshes have not been made or verified. to the 305(b) reports (NHDES, 1996b), it Furthermore, few of the marsh functions appears that indirect losses of tidal wet- that are responsible for socially-esteemed land acreage as well as functions contin- values have been quantified. Increases in ue to occur. However, restoration of tidal our understanding of habitat functions exchange to some sites may be able to and change will support modeling and reverse some of these wetland losses improve marsh management. (see restoration section). 3.3.2 STATUS AND Preliminary results of change analy- TRENDS OF MACROALGAE ses based on aerial photography of selected marshes in the tidal reaches of 3.3.2.1 Distribution, Standing the Squamscott River indicated some Crop and Productivity increase in open water (salt pannes) in several marshes (Ward, in preparation). Macroalgal habitats are best character- The development and evolution of ized as those where seaweeds are found salt marshes in New Hampshire is growing on rocky shorelines and into the thought to follow the widely held model subtidal zone to depths where the sea- developed in Massachusetts by Redfield weeds, being light dependent, remain in in 1965, later verified by Keene (1980) in the photic zone. Seaweeds also form a Hampton marsh, and recently verified important ecological components of salt and modified for salt marshes in Maine marshes, seagrass beds, mudflats, chan- 152 nels, and artificial substrata such as pil- in Langan and Jones (1993). Paired repli- ings and rip-rap, but the focus in this cate clip plots at top, middle, and lower report is on the rocky shorelines and intertidal zones showed the dominance channels dominated by seaweeds. There of the brown fucoid algae, Ascophyllum are a total of 219 seaweed species nodosum, with important contributions known from New Hampshire (Appendix in the middle and lower zones by both J; Mathieson and Hehre, 1986; Mathieson red and green species. and Penniman, 1991). In these reports, 3.3.2.2 Habitat Impacts and Losses large-scale spatial and seasonal distribu- tions are reported for many algal species Channel work in the lower Piscataqua and the factors that control the distribu- River has occurred on many occasions, tions are discussed. For example, some and included blasting ledges, dredging in species were found to occur in Great Bay the river, as well as in Little Harbor at the but not on the open Atlantic Ocean. Dis- turn of the century. Few studies are avail- tribution maps showing species occur- able that document impacts to intertidal rences at specific sites were compiled and subtidal plant habitats, and impacts from these earlier works by Banner and to benthic communities have been Hayes (1996) for knotted wrack (Asco- regarded as minor in the past (i.e., phyllum nodosum), Irish moss (Chon- Brown and Fleming 1989). Dredging not drus crispus) and tufted red weed only directly removes algal habitat, it (Macrocarpus stellatus) (Figures 3.17; reduces algal production and survival Banner and Hayes, 1996). At specific because suspended sediments from the sites, changes in algal communities have dredging attenuates light needed for been documented (e.g., Dover Point by growth. Furthermore, the hard clean sur- Reynolds and Mathieson, 1975), and the faces needed as sporelings attachment potential for revisiting other previously points become unsuitable for macroalgal sampled sites is very good. However, recruitment after dredging activities long term changes in algal distributions cover them with fine sediments. over time are not currently available. Shoreline development typically A detailed study of the occurrence removes or buries algal beds in the inter- and standing crop of algal species along tidal zone. The extent of these impacts the shores of the Oyster River and its along our coasts has not been deter- tributaries was conducted in 1993 (Math- mined. However, placement of hard sur- ieson, unpublished data). Enteromorpha faces at these sites can often lead to new prolifera, Ulva lactuca, Ascophyllum algal beds if algae can colonize the new nodosum and Fucus vesiculosus were surfaces (e.g., bridge abutments, rip-rap common to virtually all areas. The occur- walls). rance of Polysiphonia harveyi, Ulva Algae has been harvested for various oxysperma, Chondrus crispus, Gracilaria uses in New England, but such harvest in tikvahiae and unidentified cyanobacteria New Hampshire estuaries is poorly were also measured in a few tributaries. known and probably minimal. Algin and The location of the algae with respect to carrageenan are extracted from kelps, elevation within the intertidal zone was knotted wrack (Ascophyllum nodosum) also noted. and Irish moss (Chondrus crispus) and Standing crop and growth estimates are used as additives in the food indus- have been made for a few species of red try. Few algae are consumed directly in and brown algae and these reports char- this country, but dulse (Rhodymenia acterize the habitats as well (Mathieson palmata) and nori (Porphyra sp.) are har- and Burns 1975; Chock and Mathieson vested for consumption. Knotted wrack 1976; Mathieson et al. 1976; Josselyn and is also used for packing material to pre- Mathieson, 1978). In 1993, a minor sur- serve live shellfish and worms. Impacts vey of algal species that estimated stand- to the algal resources from experimental ing crop by species was conducted by harvesting have been assessed for the Mathieson at Adams Point and reported red algae Irish moss (Mathieson and 153 FIGURE 3.17 Occurances Habitat map for rockweed, Irish moss Tufted Redweed and tufted redweed. Rockweed From Banner and Hayes (1996). Irish Moss
154 Burns 1975). They found that plants birds. Additionally, eelgrass may act as a could recover in a year after carefully filter of nutrients, suspended sediments, controlled harvesting, but winter harvest- and contaminants to the waters of the ing had greater impacts and overharvest- estuary. ing could cause demise of the algal beds. 3.3.3.1 Distribution, Standing 3.3.2.3 Habitat Change Crop and Productivity Analysis and Modeling Distribution maps of eelgrass are avail- What little is known about habitat able for most of the Great Bay Estuary change regarding the macroalgal beds for the mid-1980s (Short et al., 1986) for of New Hampshire estuaries includes Great and Little bays through the 1990s studies on the destruction of estuarine (Short, unpublished) and for the mouth and near shore populations of kelp by a of Little Harbor in 1996 (Short, 1996). small species of estuarine snail, Lacuna Most eelgrass habitat in New Hampshire vincta (Fralick et al., 1974). The stand- has been surveyed within the last six ing crop and assemblage of algal years; however, a comprehensive map of species may be used as an indicator of these findings has not been compiled. A nutrient status of specific sections of GIS layer of eelgrass habitat has recently estuaries. Nutrient poor areas support been completed by the U.S. Fish and slow-growing long-lived species where- Wildlife Gulf of Maine Project (Banner as over-enriched areas become less and Hayes, 1996). diverse and dominated by opportunistic Eelgrass in the Great Bay Estuary has species indicative of poor habitat health. experienced fairly dramatic changes in Although no synthesis currently exists, population distribution and total produc- analysis of existing data and revisiting tivity over the last two decades. Spatial sites sampled 20 years ago could pro- and temporal changes in eelgrass popu- vide interesting information on the sta- lations prior to 1991 have been reported tus and trends of estuarine health in in numerous publications (Short et al., New Hampshire. 1986; Short and Mathieson, 1992; Short et The use of models to describe al., 1992; Short et al., 1993; Burdick and changes in algal beds has received little Short, 1995) and these data are shown in attention. In 1978, Josselyn and Math- Figure 3.18. The Great Bay Estuary suf- ieson (1978) created a model to fered from a decline in eelgrass popula- describe seasonal changes in living bio- tions during the 1980s resulting in a low mass, dead biomass found on the strand point of eelgrass distribution in 1989. line as wrack, and decomposition of These decreases in population represent wrack for fucoid algae and eelgrass dramatic losses of eelgrass habitat as a within Great and Little Bays. result of wasting disease (Short and Mathieson, 1992). Similar problems and trends in eelgrass populations have been 3.3.3 STATUS AND TRENDS reported for the neighboring Annisquam OF EELGRASS BEDS Estuary at Cape Ann in Massachusetts Eelgrass habitat provides the largest spa- (Dexter, 1985). The period of eelgrass tial distribution of any habitat within decline in Great Bay was followed by Great Bay (Short et al., 1992; Short and rapid recovery where extensive seed Mathieson, 1992). Eelgrass beds in the production led to extensive revegetation estuary occur as large meadows and within Great Bay proper. This recovery small contiguous beds forming intertidal can be seen by comparing Figures 3.19 and subtidal seagrass habitats. Eelgrass and 3.20. In contrast, some beds in Little habitat functions as breeding and nurs- Bay and along the Piscataqua River have ery grounds for the reproduction of fin- not reappeared and efforts are underway fish, shellfish, and other invertebrates. to protect remaining beds from develop- Eelgrass meadows serve as a feeding ment and restore significant beds to area for many fish, invertebrates and these portions of the estuary. 155 FIGURE 3.18 Time series of eelgrass distribution in Great Bay.
August 1987 September 1990
July 1988 September 1991
July 1989 September 1992
Standing crop and other population the greatest levels of disease occurred in characteristics of the eelgrass population 1989, the year that most of the beds in near the red nun buoy at the mouth of Great Bay had succumbed to the disease Great Bay were made in 1987, 1989 and (Short et al., 1993). 1993 (Table 3.8; Langan and Jones, 3.3.3.2 Habitat Impacts and Losses 1993). Both shoot and total (shoots, roots and rhizomes) standing crop data show Dredging Impacts on increases between 1987 and 1993, the Benthic Habitats and Sediments period when eelgrass was declining and then recovering from episodes of wast- As previously mentioned, creation and ing disease. The Wasting Disease Index maintenance of navigable channels in was measured for each year and showed the Great Bay Estuary has occurred for 156 Population characteristics of eelgrass in the small beds at the mouth of Great Bay (near the red TABLE 3.8 nun buoy): August 1987, 1989, 1993.
Year Shoot Rhizome Eelgrass Biomass Algal Morphology Wasting Density Length Shoots R&R Total Biomass Length Width Leaves Disease Index #/m2 cm/m2 grams dry wt./m2 g/m2 cm mm #/shoot % 1987 427 197 66 263 114 5.0 4.7 16.6 1989 504 249 128 377 125 5.2 4.8 43.5 1993 426 139 395 59 454 25 145 4.9 3.8 10.0
many years, though little information docks appear to influence eelgrass beds. exists that describes impacts to eelgrass The large commercial dock being built beds. In 1992, the threat to an eelgrass for the expansion of the Port of New bed from dredging and constructing the Hampshire will have significant impacts new Port of New Hampshire pier facility (see habitat mitigation section below) was recognized as a serious ecological that is being assessed. impact which required habitat mitigation. Impacts from Shoreline As a result, seven acres of eelgrass were Development and Harvesting transplanted into various sites within the estuary. A proposed dredging at the Human development of the shoreline mouth of Little Harbor to deepen moor- around Portsmouth Harbor, including the ing areas may impact some of the twen- Portsmouth Naval Shipyard, has filled ty five acres of eelgrass beds. many acres of shallow estuarine habitat that was at least partly occupied by sea- Impacts of Boating, Docks, and Piers grass beds and salt marshes. Specific In general, commercial boat operators instances include the expansion of the have had little impact on submerged haz- Shipyard in the 20th century which con- ards, including submerged vegetation. nected several islands and most recently However, recreational boaters are often included filling marshes and mudflats for unfamiliar with such hazards and have the Jamaica Island Landfill in the 1970s often been observed entangled in eel- (Johnston et al., 1994). Similarly, devel- grass or grounded on the shallow flats of opment of transportation and marine eelgrass beds in Great Bay (Burdick, per- facilities around Noble’s Island resulted sonal observation). Further evidence of in filling of North Mill Pond and Cutts boat damage in Great Bay includes boat Cove. Bridges and causeways across scarring from propellers and damage river channels, bays and inlets as well as from hulls during groundings, but the salt marshes have also probably led to damage appears to be minor and the the destruction of many seagrass beds beds have rapidly revegetated (Burdick, and marshes along the seacoast. Shore- personal observation). Continued recre- line development for marine related uses ational boat use in the estuary will pose continues to impact marshes eelgrass continued risks to eelgrass meadows. beds today. For example, potential Because docks and piers cross shal- impacts from the Port of New Hampshire low subtidal habitats to secure vessels in expansion are outlined in the mitigation deeper waters, it is likely that these struc- plan (Short et al., 1992), which identifies tures have crossed and impacted eelgrass specific eelgrass beds, mud flats and salt beds and other habitats (Burdick and marshes as three estuarine habitats that Short, 1995). However, no record may be impacted from port expansion remains for whatever impacts have (see habitat mitigation section below). occurred over the past three centuries Anthropogenic inputs of contami- from these structures. Currently, few nants to the estuary resulting from devel- 157 FIGURE 3.19
Eelgrass distribution in Great Bay and Little Bay: 1981.
opment within the watershed may have Hampshire do not appear to have been significant indirect impacts on eelgrass large, and although their potential habitat. Potential impacts were outlined impacts are unknown, they are likely for Great Bay Estuary (Short, 1992), and minor. have been documented in other New 3.3.3.3 Habitat Change England estuaries (Short et al., 1995; Analysis and Modeling Short and Burdick, 1996). They include eelgrass loss from nutrient over-enrich- The spatial distribution of eelgrass habitat ment and increased sediment input. The in Great Bay has been modeled using a primary cause of these eelgrass losses is spatial grid modeling structure (Short et reduction in water clarity, a result of al., 1996). The model calculates and pre- human impacts to the estuarine water- dicts the changes in eelgrass habitat that shed. Anthropogenic impacts to eelgrass result from poor water quality and wast- habitat within the Great Bay Estuary have ing disease activity (Short et al., 1986; not been documented. 1995) after incorporating tidal flows with Seagrass has been harvested in the distributions of water quality characteris- northeast for building insulation, uphol- tics available from throughout the Great stery stuffing, but is probably most wide- Bay Estuary (Jones and Langan, 1994a). ly used for garden mulch and fertilizer. Eelgrass habitat modeling in the Great The scale of such activities in New Bay Estuary is now limited by the lack of 158 FIGURE 3.20
Eelgrass distribution and density in Great Bay and Little Bay: 1990.
adequate hydrodynamic information to grass populations in the 1930s along both fully implement the spatial distribution coasts of the North Atlantic (Short et al., model. With such information, the model 1988). The wasting disease was subse- will continue to improve and become a quently shown to result from a pathogen- useful predictor of eelgrass habitat distri- ic infection of eelgrass populations by a bution. This management tool can then marine slime mold Labryrinthula zosterae be expanded to incorporate other estuar- (Short et al., 1987; Muehlstein et al., 1991). ine habitats, including salt marsh, algal More recent change analysis in Great beds, and shellfish areas. Bay has documented further loss of eel- Change analysis of eelgrass distribu- grass through the remainder of the 1980s tion in the Great Bay Estuary has provid- (Figure 3.18) to a low point in eelgrass ed valuable information for understanding distribution in July, 1989. This dramatic the dynamics of the eelgrass habitat. A decline in eelgrass was followed by an loss of eelgrass distribution in Great Bay equally dramatic increase and recovery was documented between 1981 and 1984 of eelgrass beds that occurred between for Great Bay, Little Bay and the upper 1989 and 1990 (Burdick et al. 1993). The Piscataqua River (Short et al., 1986). The loss during the 1980s was determined to dramatic losses of eelgrass over this time be caused by rapid infection and spread period signalled a recurrence of the wast- of Labryrinthula zosterae. The spread of ing disease. This disease devastated eel- the disease ceased in late 1988 following 159 a rainfall event which decreased the In the Piscataqua River, eelgrass is salinity of the estuary and inhibited the currently found in small beds along the growth of the pathogen. The recovery of shoreline in many areas. On the Maine eelgrass during 1989 through 1990 was side of the Piscataqua River, the most the result of high levels of sexual repro- extensive bed of eelgrass exists off duction and seed dispersal within the Addlington Creek just south of the con- estuary producing extensive revegetation fluence of Little Bay and the upper Pis- of mudflat areas by eelgrass seedlings. cataqua River. Small patches of eelgrass The total area of eelgrass loss in are found further down the Piscataqua Great Bay between 1986 and 1989 was River on the Maine side and adjacent to 690 hectares (ha) and the area of recov- the small boat passage under the Memo- ery from 1989 to 1990 was 700 ha. This rial Bridge. On the New Hampshire side change analysis suggests that the loss of of the river, eelgrass is found in Outer area was extremely rapid at 230 ha/y Cutts Cove adjacent to the New Hamp- but that the recovery through seedling shire Port Authority construction and at recruitment was even greater, over 600 several sites along the Piscataqua south ha/y. The rapid recovery due to recruit- of Dover Point where eelgrass restora- ment of new shoots from seeds had tion has taken place as part of the New actually begun in 1989, but did not Hampshire eelgrass mitigation project show until the 1990 aerial photographs. (Short et al., 1996; Davis and Short, The 1992 maps indicate more extensive 1997). eelgrass cover in Great Bay than was Using the 1981 NH Fish and Game reported by Nelson (1981) (Figures 3.19 map of eelgrass distribution in the Pis- and 3.20). cataqua River as a baseline, (Nelson, As of 1990, distribution of eelgrass in 1981) data from 1990 (Burdick et al., Little Bay was approximately 2% (Figure 1993) indicate that there was a loss of 3.20) of what was reported in Little Bay approximately 50 ha of eelgrass in a ten in 1981 (Figure 3.19; Nelson 1981), how- year period. The restoration of 3.5 acres ever the source of the data and the meth- of eelgrass habitat along the New ods used by Nelson (1981) are unclear. Hampshire side of the Piscataqua River The most recent published map of eel- (Short et al., 1996) has increased the grass in Little Bay (Burdick et al. 1993) area of eelgrass in the river, however includes a persistent bed off Dover Point changes in the existing eelgrass areas and a small bed just west of the General from 1990 to 1997 have not been docu- Sullivan Bridge in Newington. A decade mented. In Portsmouth Harbor, eelgrass prior to these observations, Nelson has not been carefully mapped and no (1981) reported eelgrass along both sides historical data has been reported, but of Little Bay and extending into the Bel- observations of eelgrass beds over the lamy River. Little Bay has been moni- past decade suggest fairly consistent dis- tored annually from 1984 to the present, tribution (Short, 1992; Johnston et al., and no new patches of eelgrass were 1994) . Eelgrass has been found found prior to 1993. Since 1993, natural throughout many parts of Portsmouth recruitment of new eelgrass beds has Harbor with extensive beds at the occurred at 3 sites in Little Bay. The loss mouth of the Harbor on both the New in area of eelgrass in Little Bay from 218 Hampshire and Maine side. At these ha in 1981 (Nelson 1981) to 3.7 ha in sites, eelgrass grows to a maximum 1990 (Burdick et al. 1993) shows a loss of depth of 11 meters as a result of clear 98% of the eelgrass in Little Bay over that water from the Gulf of Maine entering 9 year period. The increase from 1993 to the River. More comprehensive map- the present has not been quantified. In ping of eelgrass distribution in the entire 1997, an effort was begun to restore eel- Great Bay Estuary is needed to establish grass to parts of Little Bay (see section on baseline conditions for future habitat Habitat Restoration). monitoring and change analyses.
160 3.4
ecause of the diversity of habitats, impingement data from the Seabrook WILDLIFE BNew Hampshire’s estuaries support Station Environmental Studies (NAI, an impressive array of living resources. 1996). In addition to the species described 3.4.2 WATERFOWL above, terrestrial wildlife, birds and AND SHOREBIRDS marine mammals are also present. Mam- mals living within the Great Bay area The Seacoast area is the principal winter- include whitetail deer, beaver, red fox, ing waterfowl location in New Hamp- mink, otter, muskrat, coyote and rac- shire (Vogel, 1995), with 75% of the coon. In addition, Great Bay is part of wintering waterfowl in Great Bay. A the Atlantic flyway and an important recent mid-winter survey of mallards, migratory stopover as well as wintering black duck, greater/lesser scaup, golden- area for many birds. As a result, there are eye, bufflehead, red-breasted mer- substantial populations of both seasonal gansers, Canada geese and other and year round birds that undoubtedly seaduck species showed Canada geese have a direct affect on water quality and black duck to be the most plentiful throughout the coastal zone. species around Great Bay (Vogel, 1995). The 1995 counts for most species were 3.4.1 MARINE MAMMALS higher than the average count for the Harbor seals (Phoca vitulina) may be previous ten years. Recent counts for found throughout the Great Bay Estuary, waterfowl by the Audubon Society in the and are common in the lower portions of Hampton Harbor area are presented in the estuary as well as in Rye Harbor and Table 3.9. Hampton Harbor. A hooded seal was Great Bay is a focus area for the seen in Little Bay in 1998. Harbor por- North American Waterfowl Management poises (Phocoena phocoena) frequent Plan (Vogel, 1995). There are two the lower portions of the estuary and wildlife preserves in the Great Bay area. have been sighted in Little Bay. It is like- One is located in Newington at the site ly that some whales find their way into of the old Pease Air Force Base. It con- Portsmouth Harbor (e.g., a humpback sists of a 1,054 acre area bordering Little whale, Megaptera novaeangliae sp. trav- Bay which has been designated as a elled up the Piscatatqua River to the Wildlife Sanctuary by the U.S. Fish and mouth of Little Bay in 1995). There are Wildlife Service. The other preserve is also maps for sightings of 5 whale located at Adams Point and is adminis- species in the Gulf of Maine that include tered by the NH Fish and Game Depart- sightings off the coast of New Hampshire ment as a Wildlife Management Area. In (CeTAP, 1982 in NAI, 1994). Harbor seals addition, the Great Bay Estuarine (Phoca vitalina) were the only marine Research Reserve has over 5,300 acres of mammal observed in a study where protected areas that include wetlands, weekly observations were made for 12 months during 1980-81 throughout the Piping plover chick GBE (Nelson, 1982). Seals were sighted from November through April, most often during March and April. They were sighted most often in Little Bay, with infrequent sightings in Great Bay and the Piscataqua River. Data maintained by NOAA/NMFS indicates an increase in harbor seal populations throughout the New England region, confirming obser- vations by local fishermen as well as S. MIRICK 161 TABLE 3.9 Summary of mid-winter survey and volunteer counts of waterfowl in Hampton Harbor: 1995. Data from Vogel (1995).
Species 1995 Counts 10 Year Average Change from 1995 Volunteer (1985-1994) 10 Year Averages Count Averages Mallard Anas platyrhynchos 511 288 77% 493 Black duck Anas rubripes 1,846 973 90% 267 Greater/lesser scaup Aythya marila/affinis 550 360 53% 114 Goldeneye Bucephala clangula 200 79 153% 50 Bufflehead Bucephala albeola 05 — 43 Seaduck species 513 436 18% 0 R.B. merganser Mergus serrator 78–13% 26 Canada goose Branta canadensis 3,110 1,603 94% 1,821 Total 6,796 4,200 62% —
Volunteer data based on the average counts of 6 surveys conducted January-March, 1995 at certain sites around Great Bay. Other species noted during the volunteer survey include domestic geese, mute swans, hooded mergansers, common mergansers, northern pintails, ruddy ducks, and ring-necked ducks.
saltmarshes, uplands and habitat for loons are endangered and threatened waterfowl. Other conservation areas bird species found in the Great Bay Estu- include Audubon’s Bellamy River prop- ary (Merrill, 1995). The bald eagle inhab- erty, Nature Conservancy land on its the shores of Little and Great Bay in Durham Point and other NH Fish and the winter (NH Audubon Society, annual Game areas. monitoring data). A detailed study of shorebird use of A study consisting of weekly bird the Great Bay Estuary during the fall and observations made for 12 months during spring migratory periods was conducted 1980-81 throughout the GBE identified in 1990-91 (Miller and Miller, 1991). Data over 90,000 consisting of 71 species (Nel- on the relative abundance of 16 shore- son, 1982). The birds were classified into bird species during a one year period four categories: seabirds, waterfowl, were reported along with habitats used, wading birds and terrestrial and shore- locations, human influences, manage- birds. Some species left the area during ment options and research needs. There cold months and were replaced to some is a checklist for the birds of Great Bay extent by other species. The total species that lists >170 species by season and in the estuary each month was fairly con- abundance (GBNERR, 1993). stant at ~20, ranging from 13 in January to 34 in August. 3.4.3 NON-GAME SPECIES Great Bay is part of the Atlantic fly- A summary of the amphibians, reptiles, way and an important migratory mammals and wetland-associated birds stopover as well as wintering area for in New Hampshire is included as a series many waterfowl and wading birds. As a of appendices in Chase et al. (1995). The result, there are both substantial season- appendices cover terrestrial and semi-ter- al and year round populations of water- restrial vertebrates with a few example fowl throughout the Great Bay area. descriptions of habitat use, survival Common species include cormorants, needs and conservation issues. In New Canada geese, bald eagles, sea gulls, Hampshire there are 39 species of terns, ducks, herons, snowy egrets, amphibians and reptiles, 55 native mam- common loons and a large variety of malian species and over 200 bird species, perching birds. 51 of which they list as wetland-depend- Wildlife is well represented within ent or wetland-associated. Bald eagles, the Little Harbor area, primarily at Odi- common terns, upland sand pipers, orne State Park, and in the extensive salt marsh hawks, ospreys and common marshes of Seavey Creek and Berry 162 Brook, part of which is owned and man- area, and in Hampton Harbor and its aged by Odiorne State Park. Habitat tributaries. It also probably occurs in the areas in Little Harbor have been mapped. Exeter and Lamprey rivers plus Rye Har- Mammals living in the Little Harbor area bor. The piping plover is federally listed include whitetail deer, beaver, fox, mink, as threatened and occurs in parts of otter, muskrat, squirrels, chipmunks, rab- Hampton Harbor and its tributaries. The bits, moles, voles, rats, mice, bats, peregrine falcon, once federally listed as shrews, weasels, skunks and raccoons endangered but now delisted, has docu- (Seacoast Science Center, 1992). Wildlife mented occurrences in the upper Pis- populations are not suspected to be large cataqua River and in Hampton Harbor enough to impact water quality, espe- and its tributaries. A more comprehen- cially considering that most of the shore- sive list of threatened or endangered line is developed. In addition, the Little species in the GBNERR is in Appendix L. Harbor area is a seasonal stopover for Foss and De Luca (1992) assessed many waterfowl and wading birds. the breeding season distribution, habitat Species seen or heard during one or use, status and nesting success of four more seasons include common loon, threatened or endangered bird species in grebes, cormorants, bittern, brant, Cana- coastal New Hampshire. The species da geese, mallard, eider, oldsquaw, scot- included common terns (state endan- ers, common goldeneye, bufflehead, gered), ospreys (state threatened), mergansers, hawks, kestrel, plovers, norther harriers (state threatened) and killdeer, yellowlegs, willet, sandpipers, piping plovers (state endangered; feder- godwits, turnstone, dunlin, snipe, gulls, ally threatened). Tern colonies were terns, dovekie, owls, whip-poor-will, located in Hampton marsh, Back Chan- swift, kingfisher, woodpeckers, flicker, nel and Little Bay. Northern harriers used flycatchers, phoebe, kingbird, swallows, coastal habitats in 1992, but there was no jays, crows, chickadee, nuthatches, proof of nesting. Piping plover habitat wrens, kinglets, wheatear thrushes, exists on the southeast shore of Hamp- robin, catbird, mockingbird, cedar ton Harbor, but no breeding was waxwing, starling, vireos, warblers, paru- observed in 1992. Osprey nests in four la, warblers, redstart, yellowthroat, pine locations were monitored and some and evening grosbeak, towhee, sparrows breeding activity was observed. The blackbird, grackle, orioles, finches, cross- report included monitoring and manage- bill, goldfinch, and a large variety of less ment recommendations for each species. common birds. Others have continued monitoring the four existing osprey nests around Great 3.4.4 RARE AND Bay (C. Martin, NH Audubon Society, ENDANGERED SPECIES personal communication). There are a number of threatened and In 1997, the NHOSP funded a proj- endangered species in coastal New ect by the NH Audubon Society and the Hampshire. There are 23 threatened or NHF&G Department Nongame Program endangered plant and animal species in to restore terns to the Isles of Shoals the GBNERR. The shortnose sturgeon is (NHF&G, 1997a). Seven chicks hatched a federal endangered species that proba- from six nests, and efforts will be made bly occurs, although this is unproven to repeat this success next year. The (NAI, 1994). Detailed descriptions of the NHF&G Nongame Program also protect- six endangered and threatened birds in ed and monitored five piping plover the coastal region were given in NHOSP nests at Seabrook and Hampton beaches (1992). The bald eagle is federally listed in 1997. Three of the seventeen chicks as endangered and it occurs in the survived and fledged in August. The oth- Salmon Falls, upper Piscataqua, Oyster, ers either starved or were run over by Cocheco and Bellamy rivers plus in Little vehicles or joggers. This was the first Bay, Great Bay and tributaries, documentation of nesting piping plovers Portsmouth Harbor and Back Channel in New Hampshire since 1984. 163 3.5
INTRODUCED AND he objective of this section is to syn- to be negatively correlated with crab NUISANCE SPECIES Tthesize current information on select- density (NAI, 1996). Green crabs as well ed species relevant to shellfish and other as rock crabs (Cancer irroratus) and living resources, not necessarily to be a mud crabs (all of which are abundant in comprehensive review of all introduced Great Bay) also prey on juvenile oysters. and nuisance species. Green crabs have been identified as seri- ous pests that threaten efforts to restore 3.5.1 GREEN CRABS eelgrass beds in the Great Bay Estuary. (Carcinus maenas) Descriptive study and mesocosm experi- Introduced and Nuisance ments have shown that their foraging Green crabs were introduced into North and burrowing activities kill and dislodge America in the early 1900’s and have planted shoots (Davis et al., in review). been identified as a major predator of 3.5.2 EUROPEAN OYSTER juvenile shellfish. In the Great Bay Estu- (Ostrea edulis) ary, green crabs are more abundant in the Piscataqua River and Little Bay than Introduced in Great Bay. Though there is some Discussed in another section. information on crab density at eelgrass 3.5.3 COMMON PERIWINKLE mitigation sites in the Piscataqua River, (Littorina littorea) the data are insufficient to establish the status and trends of green crab popula- Introduced tions in Great Bay. Normandeau Associ- This introduced species is highly abun- ates Inc. has monitored green crab dant in coastal and estuarine waters. As a populations in Hampton Harbor since grazer, it is primarily herbivorous, but 1977 using baited traps (NAI, 1996). will scavenge on detritus as well. Their data show that crab density in a Through its foraging activities, the com- given year is highly dependent on the mon periwinkle has a significant role in minimum winter temperature, and that estuarine food webs, and influences (and colder temperatures result in fewer crabs may control) community patterns along the following spring (Savage and Dun- rocky shorelines (Mathieson et al., 1991). lop, 1983). Survival of clam spat appears However, the widespread distribution of Green crab this 19th century colonizer has left ecol- ogists with little opportunity to collect evidence and test whether Littorina lit- torea has caused adverse impacts on coastal and estuarine ecosystems in the Gulf of Maine.
3.5.4 OYSTER DRILL (Urosalpinx cinerea) Nuisance The oyster drill, a predatory gastropod, preys heavily on oysters in higher salini- ty waters. Intolerant of low salinities, drills typically cannot survive extended periods in areas of Great Bay where major oyster beds are located, although they have been found at Nannie Island and Adams Point. During extended high salinity periods, they can cause signifi- S. MILLER cant mortalities. The status and trends of 164 drill populations, and their impact on New Hampshire estuaries includes stud- oyster population has not been docu- ies on the destruction of estuarine and mented. near shore populations of kelp by a small species of estuarine snail, Lacuna 3.5.5 SEA LETTUCE (Ulva lactuca) vincta (Fralick et al., 1974) and previous- Nuisance ly mentioned increases in macroalgal Proliferation of ephemeral green algae habitat by Ulva latuca and other oppor- such as Ulva latuca due to nutrient tunistic species. overenrichment has caused serious Several species of emergent plants ecosystem alterations in many areas of are considered nuisances in tidal marsh- the world (Sawyer, 1965). Though severe es. These include common reed (Phrag- impacts have not been documented in mites australis, formerly communis), the Great Bay Estuary, anecdotal obser- purple loosestrife (Lythrum salicaria), vations of increased abundance of Ulva and sometimes cattail (Typha angustifo- latuca and other opportunistic green lia) (USDA, 1994).These plants drasti- algae should prompt some analysis of cally reduce plant diversity in marshes, the change in areal coverage and bio- restrict bird and fish access to the mass of these so called “nuisance” marsh, and have been cited as a fire macrophytic algae. A project that hazard to nearby homes (USDA, 1994; addresses this subject began in 1997 and Rozsa, 1995). The presence and spread is described in section 2.4.5.3. of these species can serve not only as indicators of impacts to marshes (USDA, 3.5.6 OTHER INTRODUCED 1994), but as indicators of losses in AND NUISANCE PLANTS marsh functions and values (Morgan et The major nuisance species associated al., 1996). Thus, these invasive plants with declines in seagrass habitats world- are believed to reduce the economic wide are various species of algae, includ- value of salt marshes (USDA 1994). All ing opportunistic red and green species three species are clearly increasing in that form mats and drift into beds, epi- coastal marshes (Dzierzeski, 1991; phytic species that cover individual USDA, 1994; Tiner, 1996). Phragmites is blades, and phytoplankton that can cited as the “most significant problem shade entire beds (Short and Wylie- confronting” salt marshes in Connecticut Echeverria, 1996). Although epiphytes (Rozsa, 1995), and its continued spread and drift algae are known to occur in and establishment in New Hampshire seagrass beds in New Hampshire’s estu- marshes is cause for concern. Manage- aries, impacts to eelgrass beds do not ment action plans have been developed appear to be significant at this time and implemented to curb this problem. (Short et al., 1993; Langan and Jones, For example, where these plants have 1993). However, experimental model invaded tidally-restricted marshes, ecosystems of eelgrass beds indicate that reestablishment of natural tidal regimes nutrient additions can lead to algal dom- have reduced their distribution or vigor inance and seagrass bed collapse (Short (Burdick and Dionne, 1994; Burdick et et al., 1995). al., 1997). In New Hampshire, Widgeon grass Within salt marshes, human nui- (Ruppia maritima) occurs primarily in sances such as mosquitos and green- creeks, ponds, and pannes of salt marsh- head flies are managed by seacoast es (Richardson, 1980). However, it also towns that collectively spend approxi- occurs extensively in South Mill Pond, mately $100,000 each year. Ironically, Portsmouth, where it must compete with most of the effort to control these pests various species of opportunistic macroal- occur in marshes that have degraded, gae. What little is known about habitat often as a result of efforts to manage change regarding the macroalgal beds of such pests (USDA 1994).
165 3.6
SUMMARY The review of technical information on the status and trends for living resources in OF FINDINGS coastal New Hampshire showed a great deal of existing information for a wide range of different species and communities. There are issues that emerge from analysis of the data for some species, while little is known about others. This section is a summary of what is known and what information gaps still exist.